UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE
ACT OF 1934
FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010
COMMISSION FILE NUMBER 000-23777
PENSECO FINANCIAL SERVICES CORPORATION
SCRANTON, PENNSYLVANIA
COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA
I.R.S. EMPLOYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER 23-2939222
150 NORTH WASHINGTON AVENUE
SCRANTON, PENNSYLVANIA 18503-1848
TELEPHONE NUMBER 570-346-7741
SECURITIES REGISTERED UNDER SECTION 12(g) OF THE ACT
Common Stock, Par Value $ .01 per share
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ¨ No x
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ¨ No x
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes x No ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes ¨ No ¨
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrants knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of large accelerated filer, accelerated filer and smaller reporting company in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer |
¨ |
Accelerated filer |
x |
|||
Non-accelerated filer |
¨ (Do not check if a smaller reporting company) |
Smaller reporting company |
¨ |
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes ¨ No x
The aggregate market value of the Companys voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant on June 30, 2010, based on the closing price of such stock on that date, equals approximately $92,645,322.
The number of shares of common stock outstanding as of March 11, 2011 equals 3,276,079.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the Corporations definitive proxy statement relating to the 2011 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, to be held on May 3, 2011, are incorporated by reference in Part III.
PENSECO FINANCIAL SERVICES CORPORATION
All information is presented in thousands of dollars, except as indicated and per share amounts are based on weighted average shares
PART I
ITEM 1 | BUSINESS |
GENERAL
PENSECO FINANCIAL SERVICES CORPORATION, (the Company), which is headquartered in Scranton, Pennsylvania, was formed under the general corporation laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania in 1997 and is registered as a financial holding company. The Company became a holding company upon the acquisition of all of the outstanding shares of Penn Security Bank and Trust Company (the Bank), a Pennsylvania state-chartered bank, on December 31, 1997. The Company is subject to supervision by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, or the Federal Reserve Board. The Bank, as a state-chartered financial institution, is subject to supervision, regulation and examination by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and the Pennsylvania Department of Banking.
The Bank is a full service community bank operating twelve branch offices in Lackawanna, Luzerne, Monroe and Wayne Counties of Pennsylvania serving principally the communities of Scranton, Clarks Summit, Old Forge, Moscow, Stroudsburg, East Stroudsburg and Mount Pocono. The Companys principal banking office is located at 150 North Washington Avenue, Scranton, Pennsylvania, containing trust, investor services, marketing, audit, human resources, executive, data processing, central loan processing and central bookkeeping offices.
ACQUISITION OF OLD FORGE BANK
On April 1, 2009, the Company completed its acquisition of Old Forge Bank in a cash and stock transaction valued at approximately $55.5 million (the Merger). The Merger was accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting and, accordingly, the assets and liabilities of Old Forge Bank have been recorded at their respective fair values on the date the Merger was completed. Old Forge Bank was merged into Penn Security Bank and Trust Company. An aggregate of 1,128,079 shares of Company common stock and approximately $17.4 million in cash was paid to former Old Forge Bank shareholders.
Recognized amounts of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed on April 1, 2009 as a result of the Merger are as follows:
Cash |
$ | 4,760 | ||
Investments |
31,261 | |||
Loans |
159,949 | |||
Property and equipment |
1,576 | |||
Core Deposit Intangible |
2,027 | |||
All other assets |
13,027 | |||
Identifiable Assets |
212,600 | |||
Deposits |
177,018 | |||
Borrowings |
5,000 | |||
All other liabilities |
1,517 | |||
Identifiable Liabilities |
183,535 | |||
Identifiable net assets |
29,065 | |||
Goodwill |
26,398 | |||
Total consideration transferred |
$ | 55,463 | ||
2
The following table reflects net income from accretion and amortization, net of taxes, of acquisition date fair value adjustments relating to the Merger included in the Companys financial results during the period indicated.
Years Ended December 31, |
2010 | 2009 | ||||||
Homogeneous loan pools |
$ | 633 | $ | 550 | ||||
Time deposits |
185 | 305 | ||||||
Core deposit intangible expense |
(225 | ) | (182 | ) | ||||
Net income from acquisition fair value adjustment |
$ | 593 | $ | 673 | ||||
FINANCIAL OVERVIEW
The following table sets forth certain financial information regarding the Company at and for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008:
2010 | 2009 | 2008 | ||||||||||
Interest Income |
$ | 41,745 | $ | 40,151 | $ | 33,898 | ||||||
Interest Expense |
8,356 | 9,580 | 10,830 | |||||||||
Net Interest Income |
33,389 | 30,571 | 23,068 | |||||||||
Provision for Loan Losses |
1,999 | 2,260 | 861 | |||||||||
Net Interest Income after Provision for Loan Losses |
31,390 | 28,311 | 22,207 | |||||||||
Non-Interest Income |
12,152 | 10,369 | 11,036 | |||||||||
Non-Interest Expenses |
28,453 | 28,420 | 22,172 | |||||||||
Income Taxes |
3,367 | 1,888 | 2,458 | |||||||||
Net Income |
$ | 11,722 | $ | 8,372 | $ | 8,613 | ||||||
Earnings per Share |
$ | 3.58 | $ | 2.80 | $ | 4.01 | ||||||
Total Revenue |
$ | 53,897 | $ | 50,520 | $ | 44,934 | ||||||
Net Interest Margin |
4.11 | % | 4.11 | % | 3.93 | % | ||||||
BALANCE SHEET AMOUNTS: |
||||||||||||
Assets |
$ | 916,087 | $ | 883,327 | $ | 628,967 | ||||||
Investment Securities |
$ | 217,044 | $ | 195,930 | $ | 151,912 | ||||||
Net Loans |
$ | 608,605 | $ | 597,670 | $ | 435,873 | ||||||
Deposits |
$ | 691,032 | $ | 645,434 | $ | 424,725 | ||||||
Long-Term Borrowings |
$ | 68,835 | $ | 68,094 | $ | 72,720 | ||||||
Stockholders Equity |
$ | 121,922 | $ | 117,397 | $ | 73,642 |
Net income for 2010 increased $3,350 or 40.0%, to $11,722 or $3.58 per weighted average share compared with the year ago period of $8,372 or $2.80 per weighted average share. The increase in net income was primarily attributed to higher net interest income as well as the absence of merger-related costs in 2010, compared to $1,550 incurred in 2009 due to the Companys acquisition of Old Forge Bank. Also, the Company did not recognize any impairment losses in 2010 as compared to $787 of losses in 2009 related to the Banks equity investment portfolio. The results of operations for 2010 include twelve months of operations from the former Old Forge Bank, as opposed to only nine months of Old Forge Bank operations captured in 2009. Net interest margin remained unchanged at 4.11% for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to the year ended December 31, 2009. Net interest income increased $2,818 or 9.2% to $33,389 for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to $30,571 for 2009. Net interest income after provision for loan losses increased $3,079 or 10.9% during 2010 primarily due to increased interest and fees on loans, which in turn were attributable to the expansion of our loan portfolio following the acquisition of Old Forge Bank in 2009. Net interest income was also positively affected in 2010 by reduced interest expense from lower borrowing costs. The provision for loan losses decreased $261 to $1,999 during 2010 compared with $2,260 for the same period of 2009, based on managements evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses through the application of its allowance for loan losses methodology. Among other things, the methodology, which was enhanced in the third quarter of 2010, takes into consideration the strength of the local economy. Please see the discussion of our methodology for calculating the allowance for loan losses under the heading Managements Discussion & AnalysisProvision for Loan Losses.
3
Net income for 2009 decreased $241 or 2.8%, to $8,372 or $2.80 per weighted average share compared with 2008 net income of $8,613 or $4.01 per share. The decrease in net income was primarily attributed to merger costs of $1,550, the recognition of an impairment loss on bank equity investment securities of $787, increased FDIC insurance costs of $909, along with the effect of a one time gain of $1,129, net of tax, related to Visa Internationals Initial Public Offering during 2008. Net interest margin increased from 3.93% for the year ended December 31, 2008 to 4.11% for the year ended December 31, 2009. Net interest income increased $7,503 or 32.5% to $30,571 for the twelve months ended December 31, 2009 compared to $23,068 for the same period of 2008. The increase was largely due to an increase in the loan portfolio of $159.9 million that resulted from the acquisition of Old Forge Bank on April 1, 2009. Net interest income after provision for loan losses increased $6,104 or 27.5% during the 2009 period, largely due to increased interest and fees on loans and reduced interest expense from lower borrowing costs. The provision for loan losses increased $1,399 to $2,260 during 2009 compared with $861 for the same period of 2008 due to economic weakness and uncertainty with regard to the overall state of the economy, concern as to the local economy and the unemployment rate. In 2009 the Bank had an increase in non-performing loans, charge-offs and foreclosures.
In 2010, the local economy continued to experience the effects of our nations economic downturn. The local housing market remained weak and the unemployment rate in Northeastern Pennsylvania was largely unchanged at 9.5% at year-end (compared to 9.6% at December 31, 2009) according to the Pennsylvania Department of Labor & Industry.
Although the level of non-performing loans increased because of the high levels of unemployment, we believe that adequate allowances for non-performing loans have been made at this time. To enhance our ability to identify and manage risk throughout our organization going forward, the Bank created the senior level position of Chief Risk Officer. This position will facilitate our enterprise-wide risk assessment to identify, monitor and quickly mitigate the inherent risks of a community bank in todays economic environment.
The table below sets forth allowances for loan losses for the three most recently completed fiscal years:
As of: |
2010 | 2009 | 2008 | |||||||||
Provision for loan losses |
$ | 1,999 | $ | 2,260 | $ | 861 | ||||||
Allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans |
161.1 | % | 269.3 | % | 362.8 | % | ||||||
Non-performing loans to period end loans |
0.66 | % | 0.39 | % | 0.33 | % | ||||||
Ratio of charge-off loans to average loans |
0.30 | % | 0.23 | % | 0.07 | % | ||||||
Ratio of foreclosed loans to average loans |
0.19 | % | 0.21 | % | |
2010 | 2009 | 2008 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
As of: |
Amount | (#) | Amount | (#) | Amount | (#) | ||||||||||||||||||
Charge-offs |
$ | 1,838 | 102 | $ | 1,300 | 75 | $ | 317 | 50 | |||||||||||||||
Foreclosures completed |
1,183 | 6 | 1,145 | 7 | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Non-performing loans |
4,034 | 70 | 2,339 | 46 | 1,454 | 16 |
As a result of the economic conditions in our market area, starting in 2009, management took the following actions:
|
Adjusted the credit policy in 2009 to lower the maximum loan-to-value ratios on commercial real estate loans and certain consumer loans; |
|
Hired a former bank examiner in February 2010 to perform loan reviews on a full time basis and to enhance our allowance for loan loss methodology for implementation in the third quarter of 2010; and |
|
Contracted with a credit professional in March 2010 to assess the soundness of the small business underwriting function as well as the appropriateness of the Companys established methodology for determining the allowance for loan losses. |
There were no purchased loans in 2010, 2009 or 2008 other than loan participations with local banks. Originations of new loans are primarily in loans secured by real estate. The growth in loans from 2008 to 2010 was mainly due to the merger of Old Forge Bank.
4
MARKET AREA AND COMPETITIVE CONDITIONS
The Bank considers Monroe, Lackawanna, Wayne and Luzerne Counties in Northeastern Pennsylvania to be its primary market area. The Bank operates in a competitive environment in which it must compete with many local independent banks as well as several banks that are affiliates or branches of very large regional and national holding companies. The competition includes commercial banks, savings and loan associations, credit unions, other lending institutions and mortgage originators.
The following table sets forth the percentage of deposits held by the Bank in each of the counties comprising its primary market area as of June 30, 2010, the latest date for which information is available, and June 30, 2009:
June 30, 2010 | June 30, 2009 | |||||||
Monroe |
1.94 | % | 2.02 | % | ||||
Lackawanna |
12.10 | % | 12.34 | % | ||||
Wayne |
1.20 | % | 1.26 | % | ||||
Luzerne |
0.37 | % | 0.37 | % |
The principal competitive factors among the Companys competitors can be grouped into two categories: pricing and services. In the Companys primary service area, interest rates on deposits, especially time deposits, and interest rates and fees charged to customers on loans are very competitive. In the current economic environment, there is increased competition in view of weaker loan demand. From a service perspective, the Bank competes in areas such as convenience of location, types of services offered, service costs and banking hours. Our profitability depends on our continued ability to compete successfully in our market area.
LENDING AND DEPOSIT PRODUCTS
Through its banking subsidiary, the Company generates interest income from its outstanding loans receivable and its investment portfolio. Other income is generated primarily from merchant transaction fees, trust fees and service charges on deposit accounts. The Companys primary costs are interest paid on deposits and borrowings and general operating expenses. The Company provides a variety of commercial and retail banking services to business and professional customers, as well as retail customers, on a personalized basis. The Companys primary lending products are real estate, commercial and consumer loans. The Company also offers ATM access, credit cards, active investment accounts, trust department services and other various lending, depository and related financial services. The Companys primary deposit products are savings and demand deposit accounts and certificates of deposit. The Company also offers collateralized repurchase agreements, as an alternative deposit option for its customers. The repurchase agreements are accounted for as a collateralized borrowing with a one day maturity and are collateralized by U.S. Agency securities. At December 31, 2010, the Company had aggregate repurchase agreements with balances of approximately $19.4 million.
The table presented below indicates the composition of the Companys loan portfolio at December 31 of each of the years ended 2010, 2009 and 2008.
2010 | 2009 | 2008 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial Secured by Real Estate |
$ | 207,964 | 33.8 | % | $ | 194,935 | 32.3 | % | $ | 115,957 | 26.3 | % | ||||||||||||
Residential Real Estate |
295,301 | 48.0 | % | 308,068 | 51.0 | % | 261,520 | 59.3 | % | |||||||||||||||
Commercial and Industrial |
36,190 | 5.9 | % | 30,743 | 5.1 | % | 27,793 | 6.3 | % | |||||||||||||||
Consumer |
55,862 | 9.1 | % | 59,789 | 9.9 | % | 28,281 | 6.4 | % | |||||||||||||||
States & Political Subdivisions |
9,882 | 1.6 | % | 6,873 | 1.1 | % | 4,471 | 1.0 | % | |||||||||||||||
All Other |
9,906 | 1.6 | % | 3,562 | 0.6 | % | 3,126 | 0.7 | % | |||||||||||||||
Loans net of Unearned Income |
$ | 615,105 | 100.0 | % | $ | 603,970 | 100.0 | % | $ | 441,148 | 100.0 | % | ||||||||||||
Loans secured by real estate represent the largest portion of the loan portfolio and have been relatively stable in terms of the percentage of the Companys loan portfolio representing 82%, 83%, and 86% for the years ended 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively. Installment loans represent 10% of the loan portfolio due to the indirect automobile loan portfolio acquired in the merger with Old Forge Bank, which was $25 million at April 1, 2009. Commercial and industrial loans have remained relatively stable as a percentage of the loan portfolio, representing 6%, 5% and 6% at year end 2010, 2009 and 2008.
The Companys loan portfolio is primarily residential and commercial secured mortgage loans in its Northeastern Pennsylvania market area. Approximately 2% of the loan portfolio was comprised of loans to entities located outside our market area.
At December 31, 2010, the loan portfolio was comprised of approximately $285.4 million or 46.4% of fixed rate loans and $329.7 million or 53.6% of adjustable rate loans.
5
The Company is not dependent upon a single customer, or a few customers, the loss of one or more of which would have a material adverse effect on its operations. The operations and earnings of the Company are not materially affected by seasonal changes or by Federal, state or local environmental laws or regulations.
Lending Activities
The Bank offers a variety of loans including commercial, residential and consumer loans. The consumer portfolio includes automobile loans, educational loans and home equity loans and lines of credit. Since 2008, the Company has discontinued originating educational loans. Since 2007, the commercial real estate loan portfolio has grown steadily. During 2010, the commercial real estate portfolio remained stable despite the weakened economy, and at December 31, 2010 and 2009, it comprised 33.8% and 32.3% of our total loan portfolio, respectively.
The Company intends to continue to evaluate commercial real estate and commercial business lending opportunities, including small business lending. The Bank has added to the experienced staff of commercial lenders and continues to proactively monitor and manage existing credit relationships. To this end, the Bank has enhanced the credit risk management staff and procedures as it relates to residential mortgage loans.
The Company has not engaged in sub-prime residential mortgage lending, which is defined as mortgage loans advanced to borrowers who do not qualify for market interest rates because of problems with their credit history. The Company focuses its lending efforts within its market area.
One-to-Four Family Residential Loans . The Bank offers two types of residential mortgage loans: fixed-rate loans, with terms of up to 30 years, and adjustable-rate loans, with interest rates and payments that adjust annually after an initial fixed period of one, three or five years. Interest rates and payments on our adjustable-rate loans generally are adjusted to a rate equal to a percentage above the U.S. Treasury Security Index. The Banks adjustable-rate single-family residential real estate loans generally have a cap of 2% on any increase or decrease in the interest rate at any adjustment date, and a maximum adjustment limit of 6% on any such increase or decrease over the life of the loan. Although the Bank does offer adjustable-rate loans with initial rates below the fully indexed rate, loans tied to the one-year constant maturity treasury (CMT) are underwritten using methods approved by the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (Freddie Mac) or the Federal National Mortgage Association (Fannie Mae), which require borrowers to be qualified at a rate equal to 200 basis points above the discounted loan rate under certain conditions.
Borrower demand for adjustable-rate loans compared to fixed-rate loans is a function of the level of interest rates, the expectations of changes in the level of interest rates, and the difference between the interest rates and loan fees offered for fixed-rate mortgage loans as compared to the interest rates and loan fees for adjustable-rate loans. The loan fees, interest rates and other provisions of mortgage loans are determined by us on the basis of our own pricing criteria and competitive market conditions.
Our residential mortgage loans are consistently underwritten to standards established by Freddie Mac.
While one-to-four family residential real estate loans are normally originated with up to 30-year terms, such loans typically remain outstanding for substantially shorter periods because borrowers often prepay their loans in full either upon sale of the property pledged as security or upon refinancing the original loan. Therefore, average loan maturity is a function of, among other factors, the level of purchase and sale activity in the real estate market, prevailing interest rates and the interest rates payable on outstanding loans. The Bank does not offer loans with negative amortization or interest only loans.
The Bank generally does not make high loan-to-value loans (defined as loans with a loan-to-value ratio in excess of 80%) without private mortgage insurance. The maximum loan-to-value ratio the Bank generally permits is 95% with private mortgage insurance. The Bank requires all properties securing mortgage loans to be appraised by a board-approved independent appraiser. The Bank generally requires title insurance on all first mortgage loans. Borrowers must obtain hazard insurance, and flood insurance is required for loans on properties located in a flood zone.
Commercial Real Estate Loans . At December 31, 2010, the Bank had commercial real estate loans totaling $208.0 million, or 33.8%, of our total loan portfolio.
6
The Bank offers commercial real estate loans secured by real estate primarily with adjustable rates. The Bank originates a variety of commercial real estate loans generally for terms up to 25 years and payments based on an amortization schedule of up to 25 years. These loans are typically based on either the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) of Pittsburghs borrowing rate or our own pricing criteria and adjust every three to five years. Commercial real estate loans also are originated for the acquisition and development of land. Conditions of acquisition and development loans originated generally limit the number of model homes and homes built on speculation, and draws are scheduled against executed agreements of sale. Commercial real estate loans for the acquisition and development of land are typically based upon the prime rate as published in The Wall Street Journal . Commercial real estate loans for developed real estate and for real estate acquisition and development are originated generally with loan-to-value ratios up to 75%, while loans for the acquisition of land are originated with a maximum loan to value ratio of 65%.
Commercial Loans. The Bank offers commercial business loans to professionals, sole proprietorships and small businesses in our market area. The Bank offers installment loans for capital improvements, equipment acquisition and long-term working capital. These loans are typically priced at short term fixed rates or variable rates based on the prime rate as published in The Wall Street Journal . These loans are secured by business assets other than real estate, such as business equipment and inventory, and, generally, are backed by the personal guarantee of the borrower. The Bank originates lines of credit to finance the working capital needs of businesses to be repaid by seasonal cash flows or to provide a period of time during which the business can borrow funds for planned equipment purchases.
When making commercial business loans, the Bank considers the financial statements of the borrower and guarantor, the borrowers payment history of both corporate and personal debt, the debt service capabilities of the borrower, the projected global cash flows of the business and guarantor, the viability of the industry in which the customer operates and the value of the collateral.
Consumer Loans . The Bank offers a variety of consumer loans, including home equity loans and lines of credit, automobile loans and loans secured by savings accounts and certificates of deposit. The Banks also offers unsecured loans.
The Bank generally offers home equity loans and lines of credit with a maximum combined loan-to-value ratio of 80%. Home equity loans have fixed-rates of interest and are originated with terms of up to 15 years. Home equity lines of credit have variable rates and are based upon the prime rate as published in The Wall Street Journal . Home equity lines of credit have draw periods with 20 year repayment periods.
The Bank offers loans secured by new and used automobiles, both directly and indirectly through dealerships. These loans have fixed interest rates and generally have terms up to six years. The Bank offers automobile loans with loan-to-value ratios of up to 100% of the purchase price of the vehicle depending upon the credit history of the borrower and other factors.
The Bank offers consumer loans secured by savings accounts and certificates of deposit held at the Company based upon the deposit rates plus a margin with terms up to five years. The Bank will offer such loans up to 100% of the principal balance of the certificate of deposit or balance in the savings account. The Bank also offers unsecured loans and lines of credit with terms up to five years. Our unsecured loans and lines of credit bear a substantially higher interest rate than our secured loans and lines of credit.
The procedures for underwriting consumer loans include an assessment of the applicants payment history on other debts and ability to meet existing obligations and payments on the proposed loan. Although the applicants creditworthiness is a primary consideration, the underwriting process also includes a comparison of the value of the collateral, if any, to the proposed loan amount.
Credit Risks
The Company adheres to sound credit policies, both prior to and during the current economic downturn. Our loan policies require verification of information provided by loan applicants as well as an assessment of their ability to repay for all loans. At no time has the Company made loans similar to those commonly referred to as no doc or stated income loans.
While the vast majority of the loan portfolio involves collateral, the Company has made and will continue to make loans on an unsecured basis. At December 31, 2010, there were $12.5 million in unsecured consumer loans in our portfolio and $5.5 million in commercial loans which is considerably less than the $9.1 million outstanding at December 31, 2009. Unsecured commercial loans are only granted to those borrowers exhibiting historically strong cash flow and capacity with seasoned management of unquestioned character. In addition, for unsecured loans made to businesses, the Companys credit policy requires loan guarantees by all individuals having 20% or more ownership interest in the borrowing entity. Unsecured consumer loans are made for relatively short terms and to borrowers with strong credit histories. Unsecured consumer loans at December 31, 2010 also included a credit card portfolio of $3.3 million.
7
Requests to modify, restructure or otherwise change the terms of loans are considered by the Company on an individual basis as the circumstances and/or reasons for such changes may vary. All such changes in terms must be authorized by the original approval body. Also, our credit policy prohibits the modification of loans or the extension of additional credit to borrowers who are not current on their payments. Exceptions are approved only where the Companys position in the credit relationship is expected to be greatly enhanced by such action.
Adjustable-Rate Loans . While the Bank anticipates that adjustable-rate loans will better offset the adverse effects of an increase in interest rates as compared to fixed-rate mortgages, an increased monthly mortgage payment required of adjustable-rate loan borrowers in a rising interest rate environment could cause an increase in delinquencies and defaults. The marketability of the underlying property also may be adversely affected in a high interest rate environment. In addition, although adjustable-rate mortgage loans make our asset base more responsive to changes in interest rates, the extent of this interest sensitivity is limited by the annual and lifetime interest rate adjustment limits on residential mortgage loans.
Commercial Real Estate Loans . Loans secured by commercial real estate generally have larger balances and involve a greater degree of risk than one-to-four family residential mortgage loans. Of primary concern in commercial real estate lending is the borrowers and guarantors creditworthiness and the feasibility and global cash flow potential of the project. Additional considerations include: location, market and geographic concentrations, loan to value, strength of guarantors and quality of tenants. Payments on loans secured by income properties often depend on successful operation and management of the properties. As a result, repayment of such loans may be subject to a greater extent than residential real estate loans, to adverse conditions in the real estate market or the economy. To monitor cash flows on income properties, the Bank requires borrowers and loan guarantors, if any, to provide annual financial statements on commercial real estate loans and rent rolls where applicable. In reaching a decision on whether to make a commercial real estate loan, the Bank considers and reviews a global cash flow analysis of the borrower and guarantor, when applicable, and considers the net operating income of the property, the borrowers expertise, credit history and profitability and the value of the underlying property. The Bank has generally required that the properties securing these real estate loans have debt service coverage ratios (the ratio of earnings before debt service to debt service) of at least 1.2x. An environmental report is obtained when the possibility exists that hazardous materials may have existed on the site, or the site may have been impacted by adjoining properties that handled hazardous materials.
Commercial Business Loans . Unlike residential mortgage loans, which generally are made on the basis of the borrowers ability to make repayment from his or her employment or other income, and which are secured by real property, the value of which tends to be more easily ascertainable, commercial business loans are of higher risk and typically are made on the basis of the borrowers ability to make repayment from the cash flow of the borrowers business. As a result, the availability of funds for the repayment of commercial business loans may depend substantially on the success of the business itself. Further, any non-real estate collateral securing such loans may depreciate over time, may be difficult to appraise and may fluctuate in value.
Consumer Loans . Consumer loans may entail greater risk than do residential mortgage loans, particularly in the case of consumer loans that are unsecured or secured by assets that depreciate rapidly, such as motor vehicles. In the latter case, repossessed collateral for a defaulted consumer loan may not provide an adequate source of repayment for the outstanding loan and a small remaining deficiency often does not warrant further substantial collection efforts against the borrower. Consumer loan collections depend on the borrowers continuing financial stability, and therefore are likely to be adversely affected by various factors, including job loss, divorce, illness or personal bankruptcy. Furthermore, the application of various federal and state laws, including federal and state bankruptcy and insolvency laws, may limit the amount that can be recovered on such loans.
Loan Originations . Loan originations come from a number of sources. The primary sources of loan originations are existing customers, walk-in traffic, advertising and referrals from customers.
The Bank also purchases participations in loans from local financial institutions to supplement our lending portfolio. Loan participations totaled $19.5 million at December 31, 2010. Loan participations are subject to the same credit analysis and loan approvals as loans the Bank originates. The Bank is permitted to review all of the documentation relating to any loan in which the Bank participates. However, in a purchased participation loan, the Bank does not service the loan and thus are subject to the policies and practices of the lead lender with regard to monitoring delinquencies, pursuing collections and instituting foreclosure proceedings.
Loan Approval Procedures and Authority . Our lending activities follow written, non-discriminatory, underwriting standards and loan origination procedures established by our board of directors and management. The Board of Directors has granted loan approval authority to certain officers or groups of officers up to prescribed limits, based on the officers experience. Individual loans or lending relationships with aggregate exposure of more than $500,000 must be approved by the Senior Loan Committee, which is comprised of senior Bank officers. All loans or lending relationships in excess of $1.0 million must be approved by the Credit Committee of the Banks Board, which includes four non-employee directors. All loans or lending relationships in excess of $3.0 million must be approved by the full Board of Directors of the Bank.
8
Loans to One Borrower . The maximum amount that the Bank may lend to one borrower and the borrowers related entities is limited, by regulation, to generally 15% of our stated capital and reserves. At December 31, 2010, our regulatory limit on loans to one borrower was $14.8 million. At that date, the total outstanding available credit balance with our largest lending relationship was $9.1 million which was secured by various mixed use commercial real estate and general business assets. All of the loans in the relationship are performing in accordance with their original terms at December 31, 2010.
Financial Services .
The Company has a third party marketing agreement with UVEST Financial Services that allows the Company to offer a full range of securities, brokerage services and annuity sales to its customers. The Companys Investor Services Division is located in the Companys headquarters building and the services are offered throughout the entire branch system. For the year ended December 31, 2010, the Companys income from brokerage services was $340 or 0.6% of total revenue compared to $348 or 0.7% in 2009 and $596 or 1.3% in 2008.
REGULATION AND SUPERVISION
General
The Bank is a commercial bank chartered by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insures our deposits up to applicable limits. The Bank is subject to extensive regulation, examination and supervision by the Pennsylvania Department of Banking, our primary regulator, and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, as deposit insurer. The Bank is required to file reports with the Pennsylvania Department of Banking and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation concerning our activities and financial condition. The Pennsylvania Department of Banking and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation periodically review our safety and soundness and our compliance with various regulatory requirements.
The Company is a bank holding company subject to regulation by the Federal Reserve Board under the Bank Holding Company Act (BHCA). The Company is also subject to regular examination by and the enforcement authority of the Federal Reserve Board. The Company is also treated as a bank holding company under Pennsylvania banking law. As such, the Company is subject to periodic examination by, and may be required to file reports with, the Pennsylvania Department of Banking.
This regulation and supervision establishes a comprehensive framework of activities in which an institution can engage and is intended primarily for the protection of depositors and borrowers, not our stockholders. The regulatory structure also gives the regulatory authorities extensive discretion in connection with their supervisory, enforcement activities and examination policies, with respect to the classification of assets and the establishment of adequate loan loss reserves for regulatory purposes. Any change in such regulatory requirements and policies, whether by the Pennsylvania Department of Banking, the Pennsylvania Legislature, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or the U.S. Congress could have a material adverse impact on our operations.
Certain legal and regulatory requirements that apply to us are referred to below or elsewhere in this document. The summaries of the statutory provisions and regulations set forth in the document do not purport to be a complete description of all applicable statutes and regulations and their effects on us and are qualified in their entirety by reference to the actual statutes and regulations.
Regulation of Pennsylvania Commercial Banks
The Pennsylvania Department of Banking regulates the internal organization of the Bank as well as our activities, including, deposit-taking, lending and investment. The basic authority for our activities is specified by Pennsylvania law and by regulations, policies and directives issued by the Pennsylvania Department of Banking. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation also regulates many of the areas regulated by the Pennsylvania Department of Banking and federal law limits some of the authority that Pennsylvania law grants to us.
Business Activities. The Pennsylvania Department of Banking is required to regularly examine each state-chartered bank. The approval of the Pennsylvania Department of Banking is required to establish or close branches, to merge with another bank and to undertake many other activities.
Limits on Loans to One Borrower. Generally, the maximum amount that the Bank will be able to lend to a single borrower under Pennsylvania law is 15% of our capital accounts.
9
Loans to a Banks Insiders. Pennsylvania law provides that the Bank may make loans to our executive officers and directors and greater than 10% stockholders (collectively, insiders) in accordance with federal regulations. Generally, under federal law, loans to insiders and certain related interests must be approved in advance by a majority of the board of directors of the institution, with any interested director not participating in the voting, if the loan exceeds the greater of twenty five thousand or 5% of the institutions capital. Loans aggregating five hundred thousand are subject to the approval requirements in all cases. Loans to insiders must be made on terms substantially the same as offered in comparable transactions to outside parties and must not present more than the normal risk of loss or present any other unfavorable features. There is an exception for extensions of credit made to officers and directors as part of a bank-wide compensation or benefit program that does not favor directors or officers over other employees. There are further restrictions on loans that can be made to executive officers.
Intrastate Branching Activities. The Bank may, with the approval of the Pennsylvania Department of Banking and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, establish, acquire and operate branches anywhere in Pennsylvania.
Interstate Branching. Federal law authorizes the responsible federal banking agencies to approve merger transactions between banks located in different states, regardless of whether the merger would be prohibited under the law of the two states, unless the state in which the target institution is located has opted out. Accordingly, the Bank may acquire branches in a state other than Pennsylvania unless the other state has enacted legislation opting out. Pennsylvania and federal law also generally authorize de novo branching into another state.
Activities and Investments. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 generally limits the activities that all state-chartered banks may engage in as principal to those authorized for national banks, despite more expansive state law. Additionally, equity investments by state banks are limited to the types and amounts permitted for national banks, subject to certain exceptions. For example, the Bank may engage in state authorized activities or investments that are impermissible for national banks (other than non-subsidiary equity investments) if the Bank meets all applicable capital requirements and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation determines that the activities or investments do not pose a significant risk to deposit insurance fund.
Capital Requirements. The Bank is subject to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporations regulatory capital requirements. The capital regulations require state banks to meet two minimum capital standards: a 4% leverage ratio (3% for institutions receiving the highest rating on the depository institution examination rating system) and an 8% risk-based capital ratio. In addition, the prompt corrective action standards discussed below establish, in effect, a minimum 2% tangible capital standard, a 4% leverage ratio (3% for institutions receiving the highest examination rating) and, together with the risk-based capital standard itself, a 4% Tier 1 risk-based capital standard.
The leverage ratio requires a minimum ratio of Tier 1 (or core) capital to adjusted total assets of 4% (3% for institutions with the highest examination rating). Tier 1 capital is generally defined as common stockholders equity (including retained earnings), certain noncumulative perpetual preferred stock and related surplus and minority interests in equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries, less certain deferred tax assets and intangibles other than certain mortgage servicing rights and credit card relationships.
The risk-based capital standard requires the maintenance of Tier 1 and total capital (which is defined as Tier 1 capital plus Tier 2 (or supplementary capital)) to risk-weighted assets of at least 4% and 8%, respectively. In determining risk-weighted assets, all assets, including certain off-balance sheet assets, recourse obligations, residual interests and direct credit substitutes, are multiplied by risk weighting of 0% to 100% assigned by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation capital regulation based on the risks believed inherent in the type of asset. The components of Tier 2 capital currently include such instruments as cumulative preferred stock, long-term perpetual preferred stock, mandatory convertible securities, subordinated debt and intermediate preferred stocks, as well as the allowance for loan and lease losses up to a maximum of 1.25% of risk-weighted assets and up to 45% of unrealized gains on available-for-sale equity securities with readily determinable fair market values. Overall, the amount of Tier 2 capital included as total capital cannot exceed 100% of Tier 1 capital.
The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation may increase required capital levels in the future. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation also has authority to establish individual minimum capital requirements in appropriate cases upon a determination that an institutions capital level is or may become inadequate in light of the particular circumstances.
10
Prompt Corrective Regulatory Action. Under federal law, the appropriate federal regulatory agency is required to take certain supervisory actions against undercapitalized institutions, the severity of which depends upon the institutions degree of undercapitalization. Generally, a bank that has a ratio of total capital to risk weighted assets of less than 8%, a ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of less than 4% or a ratio of Tier 1 capital to total assets of less than 4% (3% or less for institutions with the highest examination rating) is considered to be undercapitalized. A bank that has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 6%, a Tier 1 capital ratio of less than 3% or a leverage ratio that is less than 3% is considered to be significantly undercapitalized and a bank that has a tangible capital to assets ratio equal to or less than 2% is deemed to be critically undercapitalized. Subject to a narrow exception, a receiver or conservator must be appointed within specified time frames for an institution that is critically undercapitalized. The law also provides that an acceptable restoration plan must be filed within 45 days of the date a bank receives notice that it is undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized or critically undercapitalized. Performance under the plan must be guaranteed by the institutions parent company in an amount of up to the lesser of 5% of the total assets when deemed to be undercapitalized or the amount necessary to adequately achieve capitalized status. In addition, certain mandatory supervisory actions become applicable to any undercapitalized institution including, but not limited to, increased monitoring by regulators and restrictions on growth, capital distributions (including dividends) and expansion. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation could also take additional discretionary supervisory actions, including the issuance of a capital directive, requiring the sale of the institution and the replacement of senior executive officers and directors.
Safety and Soundness Guidelines. Federal law requires each federal banking agency to establish safety and soundness standards for institutions under its authority. The federal banking agencies, including the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, have issued Interagency Guidelines Establishing Standards for Safety and Soundness. The guidelines specify basic standards for internal controls and information systems, internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate risk exposure and asset growth, asset quality earnings and employee compensation. If the appropriate federal banking agency determines that a depository institution is not in compliance with the safety and soundness guidelines, it may require the institution to submit an acceptable plan to achieve compliance with the guidelines. The institution must submit an acceptable compliance plan within 30 days of receipt of a request for such a plan. Failure to submit or implement a compliance plan may result in regulatory sanctions.
Uniform Lending Standards. Under Federal Deposit Insurance Corporations regulations, state banks must adopt and maintain written policies that establish appropriate limits and standards for loans that are secured by interests in real estate or are made for the purpose of financing permanent improvements to real estate. The policies must establish loan portfolio diversification standards, prudent underwriting standards, including loan-to-value limits that are clear and measurable, loan administration procedures and documentation and loan approval and reporting requirements. Such real estate lending policies must reflect the Interagency Guidelines for Real Estate Lending Policies that have been adopted by the federal banking agencies.
Transactions with Related Parties . Transactions between a state bank and any affiliate are governed by Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act. Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act apply to us, as a state non-member bank, by virtue of Section 18(i) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act. An affiliate is any company or entity, which controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the state member bank, such as the Company. Generally, Sections 23A and 23B: (i) limit the extent to which an institution or its subsidiaries may engage in covered transactions with any one affiliate to an amount equal to 10% of such institutions capital stock and surplus, and contain an aggregate limit on all such transactions with all affiliates to an amount equal to 20% of such capital stock and surplus, (ii) impose collateral requirements on certain transactions with affiliates, and (iii) require that all such transactions be on terms substantially the same, or at least as favorable, to the institution or subsidiary as those provided to a nonaffiliate. The term covered transaction includes loans to, purchases of assets from and the issuance of a guarantee on behalf of an affiliate, and certain other transactions.
Tying Arrangements. The Bank is prohibited from engaging in certain tying arrangements in connection with any extension of credit, sale or lease of property or furnishing of services. With certain exceptions for traditional banking services, the Bank may not condition an extension of credit to a customer on a requirement that the customer obtain or provide additional credit, property or services from or to us or any of our subsidiaries or that the customer refrain from obtaining credit, property or other services from a competitor.
Dividend Restrictions. Our ability to pay dividends is governed by Pennsylvania law and the regulations of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. Under Pennsylvania law, the Bank may only declare and pay dividends from our accumulated net earnings. In addition, the Bank may not declare and pay dividends from the surplus funds that Pennsylvania law requires that the Bank maintains. Each year the Bank must set aside as surplus funds a sum equal to not less than 10% of our net earnings until the surplus funds equal 100% of our capital stock. The Bank may invest the surplus funds in the same manner as deposits, subject to certain exceptions. Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation policy provides that, during the first three years of operation, the Bank may pay cash dividends only from net operating income and only after the Bank has established an appropriate allowance for loan and lease losses and our overall capital is adequate. Under federal law, an insured bank may not pay dividends if doing so would make it undercapitalized within the meaning of the prompt corrective action law discussed previously or if in default of its deposit insurance fund assessment.
11
Enforcement. The Pennsylvania Department of Banking has authority to appoint a receiver or conservator for a Pennsylvania Bank in a variety of circumstances, including where the bank conducts its business in an unsafe manner, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to transact business, has assets less than its obligations or violates a law, court order or order of the Banking Department. The Pennsylvania Department of Banking may, under certain circumstances, suspend or remove officers or directors who have violated the law, conducted the banks business in a manner which is unsafe, unsound or contrary to the depositors interests or been negligent in the performance of their duties. In addition, upon finding that a bank has engaged in an unsafe or unsound practice, violated a law, rule, regulation or written agreement relating to its supervision, or violated any condition, imposed in writing, in connection with the approval of any application, the Pennsylvania Department of Banking may issue an order to cease and desist against the bank or its directors or officers.
The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation has primary federal enforcement responsibility over state banks under its jurisdiction, including the authority to bring enforcement action against all institution-related parties, including stockholders, and any attorneys, appraisers and accountants who knowingly or recklessly participate in wrongful action likely to have an adverse effect on an institution. Formal enforcement action may range from the issuance of a capital directive or cease and desist order to removal of officers and/or directors, receivership, conservatorship or termination of deposit insurance. Civil money penalties cover a wide range of violations and actions, and range up to $25,000 per day or even up to $1 million per day (in the most egregious cases). Criminal penalties for most financial institution crimes include fines of up to $1 million and imprisonment for up to 30 years.
Consumer Protection and Fair Lending Regulations . Pennsylvania commercial banks are subject to a variety of federal and Pennsylvania statutes and regulations that are intended to protect consumers and prohibit discrimination in the granting of credit. These statutes and regulations provide for a range of sanctions for non-compliance with their terms, including imposition of administrative fines and remedial orders, and referral to the Attorney General for prosecution of a civil action for actual and punitive damages and injunctive relief. Certain of these statutes authorize private individual and class action lawsuits and the award of actual, statutory and punitive damages and attorneys fees for certain types of violations.
Dodd-Frank Act . The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the Dodd-Frank Act) became law on July 21, 2010. The Dodd-Frank Act implements far-reaching changes across the financial regulatory landscape.
The Dodd-Frank Act creates the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection (Bureau), which will be an independent bureau within the Federal Reserve System with broad authority to regulate the consumer finance industry including regulated financial institutions such as the Bank and non banks and others who are involved in the consumer finance industry. The Bureau will have exclusive authority through rulemaking, orders, policy statements, guidance and enforcement actions to administer and enforce federal consumer finance laws, to oversee non federally regulated entities, and to impose its own regulations and pursue enforcement actions when it determines that a practice is unfair, deceptive or abusive (UDA). The federal consumer finance laws are currently interpreted, administered and enforced by different federal agencies, including the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC), the current federal regulator of the Bank. The Treasury Secretary has determined July 21, 2011 as the date when all of the functions and responsibilities of the Bureau will be transferred to it. While the Bureau will have the exclusive power to interpret, administer and enforce federal consumer finance laws and UDA, the Dodd-Frank Act provides that the FDIC will continue to have examination and enforcement powers over the Bank relating to the matters within the jurisdiction of the Bureau because it has less than $10 billion in assets. The Dodd-Frank Act also gives state attorneys general the ability to enforce federal consumer protection laws.
The Dodd-Frank Act also:
|
Applies the same leverage and risk-based capital requirements to most bank holding companies (BHCs) that apply to insured depository institutions; |
|
Requires the FDIC to make its capital requirements for insured depository institutions countercyclical, so that capital requirements increase in times of economic expansion and decrease in times of economic contractions; |
|
Requires BHCs and banks to be both well-capitalized and well-managed in order to acquire banks located outside their home state and requires any BHC electing to be treated as a financial holding company to be both well-managed and well-capitalized; |
|
Changes the assessment base for federal deposit insurance from the amount of insured deposits held by the depository institution to the depository institutions average total consolidated assets less tangible equity, eliminates the ceiling on the size of the DIF and increases the floor of the size of the DIF; |
12
|
Makes permanent the $250,000 limit for federal deposit insurance and increases the cash limit of Securities Investor Protection Corporation protection from $100,000 to $250,000 and provides unlimited federal deposit insurance until January 1, 2013 for noninterest-bearing demand transaction accounts at all insured depository institutions; |
|
Eliminates all remaining restrictions on interstate banking by authorizing national and state banks to establish de novo branches in any state that would permit a bank chartered in that state to open a branch at that location; and |
|
Repeals the federal prohibitions on the payment of interest on demand deposits, effective July 21, 2011, thereby permitting depository institutions to pay interest on business transaction and other accounts. |
Many of the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act will require the federal banking agencies to promulgate hundreds of regulations to implement its provisions. One provision amends the Electronic Fund Transfer Act to, among other things, give the Federal Reserve Board the authority to issue rules which are expected to limit debit-card interchange fees. While this restriction will not be applicable to the Bank due to its size, the impact of any restriction may set a market floor which could have negative competitive implications for the Bank based upon final approval in April 2011.
While designed primarily to reform the financial regulatory system, the Dodd Frank Act also contains a number of corporate governance provisions that will affect public companies. The Dodd Frank Act requires the SEC to adopt rules which may affect the Banks executive compensation policies and disclosure.
The Bank continues to review the Dodd-Frank Act to determine its impact on the Bank. The Dodd-Frank Act could require the Bank to make material expenditures, in particular personnel training costs and additional compliance expenses, or otherwise adversely affect the Banks business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flow. It could also require the Bank to change certain of its business practices, adversely affect its ability to pursue business opportunities the Bank might otherwise consider pursuing, cause business disruptions and/or have other impacts that are as of yet unknown to the Bank. Failure to comply with these laws or regulations, even if inadvertent, could result in negative publicity, fines or additional expenses, any of which could have an adverse effect on the Banks business, financial condition, results of operations, or cash flow.
Community Reinvestment Act. Under the Community Reinvestment Act (the CRA), as implemented by Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation regulations, a bank has a continuing and affirmative obligation, consistent with its safe and sound operation, to help meet the credit needs of its entire community, including low and moderate income neighborhoods. The CRA does not establish specific lending requirements or programs for financial institutions, nor does it limit an institutions discretion to develop the types of products and services that it believes are best suited to its particular community. The CRA requires the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, when examining an institution, to assess the institutions record of meeting the credit needs of its community and to take the record into account in its evaluation of certain applications by the institution. The CRA also requires all institutions to make public disclosure of their CRA ratings. Unlike the responsibility for other federal consumer protection and fair lending regulations, which is being transferred to the new Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, the CRA will remain with the federal prudential regulators. Our most recent CRA rating was satisfactory.
Assessments. Pennsylvania banks are required to pay annual assessments to the Pennsylvania Department of Banking to cover the cost of regulating Pennsylvania institutions. Our asset size determines the rate of assessment.
Deposit Insurance. The Banks deposits are insured up to applicable limits by the Deposit Insurance Fund of the FDIC. The Deposit Insurance Fund is the successor to the Bank Insurance Fund and the Savings Association Insurance Fund, which were merged in 2006. Under the FDICs existing risk-based assessment system for 2010, insured institutions are assigned to one of four risk categories based on supervisory evaluations, regulatory capital levels and certain other factors. An institutions assessment rate depends upon the category to which it is assigned, and certain potential adjustments established by FDIC regulations, with less risky institutions paying lower assessments. Assessment rates, with adjustments, currently range from seven to 77.5 basis points of assessable deposits. The FDIC may change the scale uniformly from one quarter to the next, except that no adjustment can deviate more than three basis points from the base scale without notice and comment. No institution may pay a dividend if in default of the federal deposit insurance assessment.
In November 2009, the FDIC issued a rule that required all insured depository institutions, with limited exceptions, to prepay their estimated quarterly risk-based assessments for the fourth quarter of 2009 and for all of 2010, 2011 and 2012. The FDIC also adopted a uniform three basis point increase in assessment rates effective on January 1, 2011.
13
The Dodd-Frank Act changed the assessment base for federal deposit insurance from the amount of insured deposits held by the depository institution to the depository institutions average total consolidated assets less average tangible equity, eliminating the ceiling on the size of the DIF and increasing the floor of the size of the DIF. The Dodd-Frank Act establishes a minimum designated reserve ratio (DRR) of 1.35% of estimated insured deposits, mandates the FDIC adopt a restoration plan should the fund balance fall below 1.35%, and provides dividends to the industry should the fund balance exceed 1.50%.
On February 7, 2011, the FDIC approved a final rule on Assessments, Dividend Assessment Base and Large Bank Pricing (the Final Rule). The Final Rule implements the changes to the deposit insurance assessment system as mandated by the Dodd-Frank Act and is effective April 1, 2011.
The Final Rule changed the assessment base for insured depository institutions from adjusted domestic deposits to the average consolidated total assets during an assessment period less average tangible equity capital during that assessment period. Tangible equity is defined in the Final Rule as Tier 1 Capital and shall be calculated monthly, unless, like the Bank, the insured depository institution has less than $1 billion in assets, then the insured depository institution will calculate the Tier 1 Capital on an end of quarter basis. Parents or holding companies of other insured depository institutions are required to report separately from their subsidiary depository institutions.
The Final Rule retains the unsecured debt adjustment, which lowers an insured depository institutions assessment rate for any unsecured debt on its balance sheet. In general, the unsecured debt adjustment in the Final Rule will be measured to the new assessment base and will be increased by 40 basis points. The Final Rule also contains a brokered deposit adjustment for assessments. The Final Rule provides an exemption to the brokered deposit adjustment to financial institutions that are well capitalized and have composite CAMEL ratings of 1 or 2.
The Final Rule also creates a new rate schedule that is intended to provide more predictable assessment rates to financial institutions. The revenue under the new rate schedule will be approximately the same. Moreover, it indefinitely suspends the requirement in the Dodd-Frank Act that the FDIC pay dividends from the insurance fund when the fund reaches 1.5% of insured deposits to increase the probability that the fund reserve ratio will reach a sufficient level to withstand a future crisis. In lieu of the dividend payments, the FDIC has adopted progressively lower assessment rate schedules that become effective when the reserve ratio exceeds 2% and 2.5%.
The Dodd-Frank Act makes permanent the $250,000 limit for federal deposit insurance and increases the cash limit of Securities Investor Protection Corporation protection from $100,000 to $250,000 and provides unlimited federal deposit insurance until January 1, 2013 for noninterest-bearing demand transaction accounts at all insured depository institutions. In addition, the FDIC adopted an optional Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program (TLGP) under which, for a fee, noninterest-bearing transaction accounts would receive unlimited insurance coverage until June 30, 2010, subsequently extended to December 31, 2010. The TLGP also included a debt component under which certain senior unsecured debt issued by institutions and their holding companies between October 13, 2008 and October 31, 2009 would be guaranteed by the FDIC through June 30, 2012, or in some cases, December 31, 2012. The Bank opted to participate in the unlimited noninterest-bearing transaction account coverage and opted not to participate in the unsecured debt guarantee program.
In addition to the assessment for deposit insurance, institutions are required to make payments on bonds issued in the late 1980s by the Financing Corporation to recapitalize a predecessor deposit insurance fund. This payment is established quarterly and, during the four quarters ended June 30, 2010, averaged 1.04 basis points of assessable deposits.
The FDIC has authority to increase insurance assessments. A significant increase in insurance premiums would likely have an adverse effect on the operating expenses and results of operations of the Bank. Management cannot predict what insurance assessment rates will be in the future.
Insurance of deposits may be terminated by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation upon a finding that the institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or the Pennsylvania Department of Banking.
SAFE Act. The Secure and Fair Enforcement for Mortgage Licensing Act of 2008 (the SAFE Act) requires all mortgage loan originators (MLOs) employed by federally insured depository institutions, credit unions, or owned and controlled subsidiaries that are federally supervised (collectively federally insured banks or banks) to federally register with the Nationwide Mortgage Licensing System and Registry (NMLS). A bank that employs MLOs must also register with the NMLS.
14
The federal banking agencies released a final rule to implement the SAFE Act requirements for the federal registration of MLOs (the Rule) on July 28, 2010, which took effect on October 1, 2010. Under the Rule, an employee of a bank who engages in the business of loan originations must, among other things, register as a loan originator with the NMLS, maintain that registration annually, and obtain a unique identifier.
Under the Rule, banks that employ MLOs are required to, among other things, register with the NMLS and develop policies and procedures to ensure compliance with the federal registration rules of SAFE Act.
The registration with the NMLS opened on January 31, 2011 and all MLOs and banks that employ MLOs must complete the registration within 180 days of January 31, 2011.
The Company is subject to the requirements of the SAFE Act and intends to be fully compliant within the required time period.
Regulation of Bank Holding Companies
The Company is subject to a number of regulatory requirements due to its status as a bank holding company under federal and Pennsylvania laws.
Activities. With certain exceptions, the BHCA prohibits a bank holding company from acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 5% of the voting shares of a company that is not a bank or a bank holding company, or from engaging directly or indirectly in activities other than those of banking, managing or controlling banks, or providing services for its subsidiaries. The principal exceptions to these prohibitions involve certain non-bank activities which, by statute or by Federal Reserve Board regulation or order, have been identified as activities closely related to the business of banking. Our activities are subject to these legal and regulatory limitations under the BHCA and the related Federal Reserve Board regulations. Notwithstanding the Federal Reserve Boards prior approval of specific nonbanking activities, the Federal Reserve Board has the power to order a holding company or its subsidiaries to terminate any activity, or to terminate its ownership or control of any subsidiary, when it has reasonable cause to believe that the continuation of such activity or such ownership or control constitutes a serious risk to the financial safety, soundness or stability of any bank subsidiary of that holding company.
A bank holding company whose financial institution subsidiaries are well capitalized and well managed and have satisfactory CRA records can elect to become a financial holding company and thereby be permitted to engage in a broader range of financial activities than are permitted to bank holding companies. Financial holding companies are authorized to engage in, directly or indirectly, financial activities. A financial activity is an activity that is: (i) financial in nature; (ii) incidental to an activity that is financial in nature; or (iii) complementary to a financial activity and that does not pose a safety and soundness risk. Statutes and regulations include a list of activities that are deemed to be financial in nature. Other activities also may be decided by the Federal Reserve Board to be financial in nature or incidental thereto if they meet specified criteria. A financial holding company that intends to engage in a new activity or to acquire a company to engage in such an activity is required to give prior notice to the Federal Reserve Board. If the activity is not either specified in statutes and regulations as being a financial activity or one that the Federal Reserve Board has determined by rule or regulation to be financial in nature, the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board is required.
Acquisitions. Under the BHCA, a bank holding company must obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board before (1) acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of any voting shares of any bank or bank holding company if, after such acquisition, the bank holding company would directly or indirectly own or control more than 5% of such shares; (2) acquiring all or substantially all of the assets of another bank or bank holding company; or (3) merging or consolidating with another bank holding company. Satisfactory financial condition, particularly with regard to capital adequacy, and satisfactory CRA ratings generally are prerequisites to obtaining federal regulatory approval to make acquisitions.
Capital Requirements. The Federal Reserve Board has adopted guidelines regarding the consolidated capital adequacy of bank holding companies, which require bank holding companies to maintain specified minimum ratios of capital to total assets and capital to risk-weighted assets.
Source of Strength. Federal Reserve Board policy is that bank holding companies should serve as a source of strength to their subsidiary banks by providing capital, liquidity and other support in times of financial distress.
15
Dividends. The Federal Reserve Board has the power to prohibit dividends by bank holding companies if their actions constitute unsafe or unsound practices. The Federal Reserve Board has issued a policy statement on the payment of cash dividends by bank holding companies, which expresses the Federal Reserve Boards view that a bank holding company should pay cash dividends only to the extent that the companys net income for the past year is sufficient to cover both the cash dividends and a rate of earnings retention that is consistent with the companys capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition. The Federal Reserve Board also indicated that it would be inappropriate for a bank holding company experiencing serious financial problems to borrow funds to pay dividends. Under the prompt corrective action regulations, the Federal Reserve Board may prohibit a bank holding company from paying any dividends if the holding companys bank subsidiary is classified as undercapitalized.
Stock Repurchases. As a bank holding company, the Company is required to give the Federal Reserve Board prior written notice of any purchase or redemption of our outstanding equity securities if the gross consideration for the purchase or redemption, when combined with the net consideration paid for all such purchases or redemptions during the preceding 12 months, is equal to 10% or more of the Companys consolidated net worth. The Federal Reserve Board may disapprove such a purchase or redemption if it determines that the proposal would violate any law, regulation, Federal Reserve Board order, directive or any condition imposed by, or written agreement with, the Federal Reserve Board. This requirement does not apply to bank holding companies that are well capitalized, received one of the two highest examination ratings at their last examination and are not the subject of any unresolved supervisory issues.
Change in Control. Under the BHCA, any company must obtain approval of the Federal Reserve Board prior to acquiring control of a bank holding company, such as the Company or insured bank, such as the Bank. For purposes of the BHCA, control is defined as ownership of more than 25% of any class of voting securities of the holding company or the bank, the ability to control the election of a majority of the directors, or the exercise of a controlling influence over management or policies of the holding company or the Bank.
In addition, the Change in Bank Control Act and the related regulations of the Federal Reserve Board require any person or persons acting in concert (except for companies required to make application under the BHCA), to file a written notice with the Federal Reserve Board before such person or persons may acquire control of a bank holding company. The Change in Bank Control Act defines control as the power, directly or indirectly, to vote 25% or more of any voting securities or to direct the management or policies of a bank holding company. There is a presumption of control where the acquiring person will own, control or hold with power to vote 10% or more of any class of voting security of a bank holding company under certain specified circumstances.
Under Pennsylvania banking law, prior approval of the Pennsylvania Department of Banking is also required before any person may acquire control of a Pennsylvania bank or bank holding company.
FORWARD LOOKING INFORMATION
This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements that are based on assumptions and may describe future plans, strategies and expectations of Penseco Financial Services Corporation. These forward-looking statements are generally identified by use of the words believe, expect, intend, anticipate, estimate, project or similar expressions. Penseco Financial Services Corporations ability to predict results or the actual effect of future plans or strategies is inherently uncertain. Factors which could have a material adverse effect on the operations of Penseco Financial Services Corporation and its subsidiary include, but are not limited to, changes in interest rates, national and regional economic conditions, legislative and regulatory changes, monetary and fiscal policies of the U.S. government, including policies of the U.S. Treasury and the Federal Reserve Board, the quality and composition of the loan or investment portfolios, demand for loan products, deposit flows, competition, demand for financial services in Penseco Financial Services Corporations market area, changes in real estate market values in Penseco Financial Services Corporations market area, changes in relevant accounting principles and guidelines and inability of third party service providers to perform. Additional factors that may affect our results are discussed in Item 1A to this Annual Report on Form 10-K titled Risk Factors.
These risks and uncertainties should be considered in evaluating forward-looking statements and undue reliance should not be placed on such statements. Except as required by applicable law or regulation, Penseco Financial Services Corporation does not undertake, and specifically disclaims any obligation, to release publicly the result of any revisions that may be made to any forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of the statements or to reflect the occurrence of anticipated or unanticipated events.
Unless the context indicates otherwise, all references in this Annual Report to Company, we, us and our refer to Penseco Financial Services Corporation and its subsidiary.
16
ITEM 1A | RISK FACTORS |
In addition to the other information set forth in this report, one should carefully consider the factors discussed below, which could materially affect our business, financial condition or future results. The risks described below are not the only risks that the Company faces. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that the Company currently deems to be immaterial also may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and/or operating results.
RISKS RELATED TO OUR BUSINESS
Credit Risk
Changes in the credit quality of our loan portfolio may impact the level of our allowance for loan losses.
The Bank makes various judgments about the collectibility of our loans, including the creditworthiness of our borrowers and the value of the real estate and other assets serving as collateral for our loans. In determining the allowance for loan losses, we review our loans and our loan loss and delinquency experience, and we evaluate economic conditions. In the third quarter of 2010, we refined our methodology for determining loan losses to emphasize, in particular, local economic conditions in response to our experience during this recent recession. If our judgments are incorrect, our allowance for loan losses may not be sufficient to cover future losses and our financial statements may not accurately reflect our financial condition. In addition, bank regulators periodically review our allowance for loan losses and may require us to increase our provision for loan losses or recognize further loan charge-offs. Increased provisions for loan losses would increase our expenses and reduce our profits.
Our emphasis on residential mortgage and commercial real estate loans in the Northeast Pennsylvania market area exposes us to a risk of loss.
At December 31, 2010, $295.3 million, or 48.0%, of our loan portfolio consisted of residential mortgage loans and $208.0 million, or 33.8%, of our loan portfolio consisted of commercial real estate loans. A significant majority of these loans are made to borrowers or secured by properties located in Northeastern Pennsylvania. As a result of this concentration, a sustained downturn in the regional economy could significantly increase non-performing loans, which would hurt our profits. Future declines in real estate values in the Northeastern Pennsylvania area could also cause some of our mortgage and commercial real estate loans to be inadequately collateralized, which would expose us to a greater risk of loss if the Bank seeks to recover on defaulted loans by selling the real estate collateral.
Changes in the credit quality of our investment portfolio may affect our earnings .
Investments are evaluated periodically to determine whether a decline in their value is other than temporary. Management utilizes criteria such as the magnitude and duration of the decline, in addition to the reasons underlying the decline, to determine whether the loss in value is other than temporary. The term other than temporary is not intended to indicate that the decline is permanent. It indicates that the prospects for a near term recovery of value are not necessarily favorable, or that there is a lack of evidence to support fair values equal to, or greater than, the carrying value of the investment. Once a decline in value is determined to be other than temporary, the value of the security is reduced and a corresponding charge to earnings is recognized.
Changes in interest rates could affect our investment values and net interest income which could hurt our profits.
At December 31, 2010, the Company had approximately $173.3 million of marketable securities available for sale in its portfolio. These securities are carried at fair value on the consolidated balance sheets. Unrealized gains or losses on these securities, that is, the difference between the fair value and the amortized cost of these securities, are reflected in stockholders equity, net of deferred taxes. As of December 31, 2010, the Companys available for sale marketable securities portfolio had an unrealized gain, net of taxes, of $1.1 million. The fair value of the Companys available for sale marketable securities is subject to interest rate change, which would not affect recorded earnings, but would increase or decrease comprehensive income and stockholders equity.
The principal component of the Companys earnings is net interest income, which is the difference between interest and fees earned on interest-earning assets and interest paid on deposits and other borrowings. The most significant impact on net interest income between periods is derived from the interaction of changes in the volume of and rates earned or paid on interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. The volume of earning dollars in loans and investments, compared to the volume of interest-bearing liabilities represented by deposits and borrowings, combined with the spread, produces the changes in net interest income between periods.
17
The Company continually monitors the relationship of its interest rate sensitive assets and liabilities through its Asset/Liability Committee.
We are subject to credit risk in connection with our lending activities, and our financial condition and results of operations may be negatively impacted by economic conditions and other factors that adversely affect our borrowers.
Our financial condition and results of operations are affected by the ability of our borrowers to repay their loans, and in a timely manner. Lending money is a significant part of the banking business. Borrowers, however, do not always repay their loans. The risk of non-payment is assessed through our underwriting and loan review procedures based on several factors including credit risks of a particular borrower, changes in economic conditions, the duration of the loan and in the case of a collateralized loan, uncertainties as to the future value of the collateral and other factors. Despite our efforts, we do and will experience loan losses, and our financial condition and results of operations will be adversely affected. Our non-performing assets were approximately $4,837 on December 31, 2010. Our allowance for loan losses was approximately $6,500 on December 31, 2010. Our loans which were between thirty and fifty-nine days delinquent totaled $2,955 on December 31, 2010.
Our concentration of commercial real estate loans could result in increased loan losses and costs of compliance.
A substantial portion of our loan portfolio, 33.8% as of December 31, 2010, is comprised of commercial real estate loans. The commercial real estate market is cyclical and poses risks of loss to us because of the concentration of commercial real estate loans in our loan portfolio, and the lack of diversity in risk associated with such a concentration. Banking regulators have been giving and continue to give commercial real estate lending greater scrutiny, and banks with larger commercial real estate loan portfolios are expected by their regulators to implement improved underwriting, internal controls, risk management policies and portfolio stress-testing practices to manage risks associated with commercial real estate lending. In addition, commercial real estate lenders are making greater provisions for loan losses and accumulating higher capital levels as a result of commercial real estate lending exposures. Additional losses or regulatory requirements related to our commercial real estate loan concentration could materially adversely affect or business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our allowance for loan losses may not be adequate to absorb actual loan losses, and we may be required to make further provisions for loan losses and charge off additional loans in the future, which could materially and adversely affect our business.
We attempt to maintain an allowance for loan losses, established through a provision for loan losses accounted for as an expense, which is adequate to absorb losses inherent in our loan portfolio. If our allowance for loan losses is inadequate, it may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
The determination of the allowance for loan losses inherently involves a high degree of subjectivity and judgment and requires us to make significant estimates of current credit risks and future trends, all of which may undergo material changes. Changes in economic conditions affecting borrowers, new information regarding existing loans, identification of additional problem loans and other factors, both within and outside of our control, may require us to increase our allowance for loan losses. Increases in non-performing loans have a significant impact on our allowance for loan losses. Our allowance for loan losses may not be adequate to absorb actual loan losses. If current trends in the real estate markets continue, we could continue to experience increased delinquencies and credit losses, particularly with respect to real estate construction and land acquisition and development loans and one-to-four family residential mortgage loans. Moreover, we expect that the current recession will negatively impact economic conditions in our market areas and that we could experience significantly higher delinquencies and credit losses. As a result, we will continue to make provisions for loan losses and to charge off additional loans in the future, which could materially adversely affect our financial conditions and results of operations.
In addition to our internal processes for determining loss allowances, bank regulatory agencies periodically review our allowance for loan losses and may require us to increase the provision for loan losses or to recognize further loan charge-offs, based on judgments that differ from those of our management. If loan charge-offs in future periods exceed the allowance for loan losses, we will need to increase our allowance for loan losses. Furthermore, growth in our loan portfolio would generally lead to an increase in the provision for loan losses. Any increases in our allowance for loan losses will result in a decrease in net income and capital, and may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
Our results of operations may be materially and adversely affected by other-than-temporary impairment charges relating to our investment portfolio.
18
During 2009, we recorded an other-than-temporary impairment charge for bank equity investment securities, and we may be required to record future impairment charges on our investment securities if they suffer declines in value that we determine are other-than-temporary. Numerous factors, including the lack of liquidity for re-sales of certain investment securities, the absence of reliable pricing information for investment securities, adverse changes in the business climate, adverse regulatory actions or unanticipated changes in the competitive environment, could have a negative effect on our investment portfolio in future periods. If an impairment charge is significant enough, it could affect the Banks ability to pay dividends, which could materially adversely affect us and our ability to pay dividends to shareholders. Significant impairment charges could also negatively impact our regulatory capital ratios and result in us not being classified as well-capitalized for regulatory purposes.
We are exposed to environmental liabilities with respect to real estate that we have or had title to in the past.
A significant portion of our loan portfolio is secured by real property. In the course of our business, we may foreclose, accept deeds in lieu of foreclosure, or otherwise acquire real estate, and in doing so could become subject to environmental liabilities with respect to these properties. We may become responsible to a governmental agency or third parties for property damage, personal injury, investigation and clean-up costs incurred by those parties in connection with environmental contamination, or may be required to investigate or clean-up hazardous or toxic substances, or chemical releases at a property. The costs associated with environmental investigation or remediation activities could be substantial. In addition, as the owner or former owner of a contaminated site, we may be subject to common law claims by third parties based on damages and costs resulting from environmental contamination emanating from the property. Although we have policies and procedures to perform an environmental review before acquiring title to any real property, these may not be sufficient to detect all potential environmental hazards. If we were to become subject to significant environmental liabilities, it could materially and adversely affect us.
Consumer protection initiatives related to the foreclosure process could affect our remedies as a creditor.
Consumer protection initiatives proposed related to the foreclosure process, including voluntary and/or mandatory programs intended to permit or require lenders to consider loan modifications or other alternatives to foreclosure, could increase our credit losses or increase our expense in pursuing our remedies as a creditor.
The requirement to record certain assets and liabilities at fair value may adversely affect our financial results.
We report certain assets, including available-for-sale investment securities, at fair value. Generally, for assets that are reported at fair value we use quoted market prices or valuation models that utilize market data inputs to estimate fair value. Because we record these assets at their estimated fair value, we may incur losses even if the asset in question presents minimal credit risk. The level of interest rates can impact the estimated fair value of investment securities. Disruptions in the capital markets may require us to recognize other-than-temporary impairments in future periods with respect to investment securities in our portfolio. The amount and timing of any impairment recognized will depend on the severity and duration of the decline in fair value of our investment securities and our estimation of the anticipated recovery period.
Continued and sustained deterioration in the housing sector and related markets and prolonged elevated unemployment levels may adversely affect our business and financial results.
During 2009 and the beginning of 2010, general economic conditions continued to worsen nationally as well as in our market area. While we did not invest in sub-prime mortgages and related investments, our lending business is tied significantly to the housing market. Declines in home prices, and increases in foreclosures and unemployment levels, have adversely impacted the credit performance of real estate loans, resulting in the write-down of asset values. While the economic downturn moderated in late 2010, the continuing housing slump has resulted in reduced demand for the construction of new housing, further declines in home prices, and increased delinquencies on construction, residential and commercial mortgage loans. The ongoing concern about the economy in general has caused many lenders to reduce or cease providing funding to borrowers. These conditions may also cause a further reduction in loan demand, and increases in our non-performing assets, net charge-offs and provisions for loan losses. A worsening of these negative economic conditions could adversely affect our prospects for growth, asset and goodwill valuations and could result in a decrease in our interest income and a material increase in our provision for loan losses.
If our investment in the common stock of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh is classified as other-than-temporarily impaired or as permanently impaired, our earnings and stockholders equity could decrease.
We own common stock of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh. We hold this stock to qualify for membership in the Federal Home Loan Bank System and to be eligible to borrow funds under the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburghs advance program.
19
The aggregate cost and fair value of our Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh common stock as of December 31, 2010 was $6.1 million based on its par value. There is no market for our Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh common stock.
Published reports indicate that certain member banks of the Federal Home Loan Bank System may be subject to accounting rules and asset quality risks that could result in materially lower regulatory capital levels. In an extreme situation, it is possible that the capital of a Federal Home Loan Bank, including the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh, could be substantially diminished or reduced to zero. Consequently, we believe that there is a risk that our investment in Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh common stock could be impaired at some time in the future, and if this occurs, it would cause our earnings and stockholders equity to decrease by the after-tax amount of the impairment charge.
Compliance Risk
The Company operates in a highly regulated environment and may be adversely affected by changes in laws and regulations.
The Company is registered as a financial holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, and, as such, is subject to supervision and regulation by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (FRB). The Company is required to file annual and quarterly reports of its operations with the FRB.
As a financial holding company, the Company is permitted to engage in banking-related activities as authorized by the FRB, directly or through subsidiaries or by acquiring companies already established in such activities subject to the FRB regulations relating to those activities.
Our banking subsidiary, Penn Security Bank and Trust Company, as a Pennsylvania state-chartered financial institution, is subject to supervision, regulation and examination by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania Department of Banking and by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the FDIC), which insures the Banks deposits to the maximum extent permitted by law.
Regulatory authorities have extensive discretion in their supervisory and enforcement activities, including the imposition of restrictions on operations, the classification of assets and determination of the level of allowance for loan losses. Any change in such regulation and oversight, whether in the form of regulatory policy, regulations, legislation or supervisory claim may have a material impact on the Companys and the Banks operations. The current administration has also proposed comprehensive legislation intended to modernize regulation of the United States financial system. Among other things, the proposed legislation would also create a new federal agency, the Consumer Financial Protection Agency that would be dedicated to administering and enforcing fair lending and consumer compliance laws with respect to financial products and services, which could result in new regulatory requirements and increased regulatory costs for us. If enacted, the legislation may have a substantial impact on our operations. However, because any final legislation may differ significantly from the current administrations proposal, the specific effects of the legislation cannot be evaluated at this time.
Any change in such regulation and oversight, whether in the form of regulatory policy, regulations, legislation or supervisory actions, may have a material impact on our operations.
Recently enacted financial reform legislation will, among other things, create a new Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, tighten capital standards and result in new laws and regulations that are expected to increase our costs of operations.
On July 21, 2010, the Dodd-Frank Act became law. This new law will significantly change the current bank regulatory structure and affect the lending, deposit, investment, trading and operating activities of financial institutions and their holding companies. The Dodd-Frank Act requires various federal agencies to adopt a broad range of new implementing rules and regulations, and to prepare numerous studies and reports for Congress. The federal agencies are given significant discretion in drafting the implementing rules and regulations, and consequently, many of the details and much of the impact of the Dodd-Frank Act may not be known for many months or years.
Effective one year after the date of enactment is a provision for the Dodd-Frank Act that eliminates the federal prohibitions on paying interest on demand deposits, thus allowing businesses to have interest bearing checking accounts. Depending on competitive responses, this significant change to existing law could have an adverse impact on our interest expense.
The Dodd-Frank Act also broadens the base for FDIC deposit insurance assessments. Assessments will now be based on the average consolidated total assets less tangible equity capital of a financial institution, rather than deposits.
20
The Dodd-Frank Act will require publicly traded companies to give stockholders a non-binding vote on executive compensation and so-called golden parachute payments, and authorizes the Securities and Exchange Commission to promulgate rules that would allow stockholders to nominate their own candidates using a companys proxy materials. It also provides that the listing standards of the national securities exchanges shall require listed companies to implement and disclose clawback policies mandating the recovery of incentive compensation paid to executive officers in connection with accounting restatements. The legislation also directs the Federal Reserve Board to promulgate rules prohibiting excessive compensation paid to bank holding company executives, regardless of whether the company is publicly traded or not.
The Dodd-Frank Act creates a new Consumer Financial Protection Bureau with broad powers to supervise and enforce consumer protection laws. The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has broad rule-making authority for a wide range of consumer protection laws that apply to all banks and savings institutions, including the authority to prohibit unfair, deceptive or abusive acts and practices. The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has examination and enforcement authority over all banks and savings institutions with more than $10 billion in assets. Banks with $10 billion or less in assets will continue to be examined for compliance with the consumer laws by their primary bank regulators. The Dodd-Frank Act also weakens the federal preemption rules that have been applicable for national banks and federal savings associations, and gives state attorneys general the ability to enforce federal consumer protection laws.
The Dodd-Frank Act requires minimum leverage (Tier 1) and risk based capital requirements for bank and savings and loan holding companies that are no less than those applicable to banks, which will exclude certain instruments that previously have been eligible for inclusion by bank holding companies as Tier 1 capital, such as trust preferred securities.
It is difficult to predict at this time what specific impact the Dodd-Frank Act and the yet to be written implementing rules and regulations will have on community banks. However, it is expected that at a minimum they will increase our operating and compliance costs and could increase our interest expense.
Operational Risk
A continuation of recent turmoil in the financial markets could have an adverse effect on our financial position or our results of operations.
In recent periods, United States and global markets, as well as general economic conditions, have been disrupted and volatile. Concerns regarding the strength of financial institutions have led to distress in credit markets and issues relating to liquidity among financial institutions. Some financial institutions around the world have failed; others have been forced to seek acquisition partners. The United States and other governments have taken steps to try to stabilize the financial system, including investing in financial institutions. The Company has not applied for and is not participating in any government sponsored Capital Purchase Programs. Our companys financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected by (1) continued disruption and volatility in financial markets, (2) continued capital and liquidity concerns regarding financial institutions generally and our counterparties specifically, including the Federal Home Loan Bank, (3) limitations resulting from governmental action in an effort to stabilize or provide additional regulation of the financial system, or (4) recessionary conditions that are deeper or last longer than currently anticipated. Further, there can be no assurance that action by Federal and state legislatures, and governmental agencies and regulators, including the enacted legislation authorizing the U.S. government to invest in financial institutions, or changes in tax policy, will help stabilize the U.S. financial system and any such action, including changes to existing legislation or policy, could have an adverse effect on the financial conditions or results of operations of the Company.
The current economic recession could result in increases in our level of non-performing loans and/or reduce demand for our products and services, which would lead to lower revenue, higher loan losses and lower earnings.
Our business activities and earnings are affected by general business conditions in the United States and in our primary market area. These conditions include short-term and long-term interest rates, inflation, unemployment levels, monetary supply, consumer confidence and spending, fluctuations in both debt and equity capital markets and the strength of the economy in the United States generally and in our primary market area in particular. In the current recession, the national economy has experienced general economic downturns, with rising unemployment levels, declines in real estate values and erosion in consumer confidence. The current economic recession has also had a negative impact on our primary market area, which has experienced a softening of the local real estate market and reductions in local property values. A prolonged or more severe economic downturn, continued elevated levels of unemployment, further declines in the values of real estate, or other events that affect household and/or corporate incomes could impair the ability of our borrowers to repay their loans in accordance with their terms. The economic downturn could also result in reduced demand for credit or fee-based products and services, which also would decrease our revenues.
21
Special FDIC assessments and increased base assessment rates by the FDIC will decrease our earnings.
Beginning in late 2008, the economic environment caused higher levels of bank failures, which dramatically increased FDIC resolution costs and led to a significant reduction in the Deposit Insurance Fund. As a result, the FDIC has significantly increased the initial base assessment rates paid by financial institutions for deposit insurance. The base assessment rate was increased by seven basis points (7 cents for every $100 of deposits) for the first quarter of 2009. Effective April 1, 2009, initial base assessment rates were changed to range from 12 basis points to 45 basis points across all risk categories with possible adjustments to these rates based on certain debt-related components. These increases in the base assessment rate will increase our deposit insurance costs and negatively impact our earnings. In addition, in May 2009, the FDIC imposed a special assessment on all insured institutions due to recent bank and savings association failures. The emergency assessment amounts to 5 basis points on each institutions assets minus Tier 1 capital as of June 30, 2009, subject to a maximum equal to 10 basis points times the institutions assessment base. The assessment was collected on September 30, 2009. Based on our assets and Tier 1 capital as of June 30, 2009, our special assessment was approximately $385 thousand. The special assessment decreased our earnings. In addition, the FDIC may impose additional emergency special assessments after June 30, 2009 of up to 5 basis points per quarter on each institutions assets minus Tier 1 capital if necessary to maintain public confidence in federal deposit insurance or as a result of deterioration in the Deposit Insurance Fund reserve ratio due to institution failures. Any additional emergency special assessment imposed by the FDIC will further decrease our earnings.
The Company may experience increased lending and credit risk as a result of our acquisition of Old Forge Bank.
On April 1, 2009, the Company completed the acquisition of Old Forge Bank in a cash and stock transaction valued at approximately $55.5 million. There are inherent risks in the acquisition of any merger candidate as to the loans and deposits acquired in the merger. There may be greater losses in the loan portfolio than were identified at the merger date. Furthermore, deposit customers might leave the Bank for any number of personal or business reasons. Management monitors the asset quality and deposit base on an ongoing basis. The fair value adjustments applicable to the merger are reviewed annually for appropriateness based upon the actual results compared to the merger date. As such, the market rate adjustment and the credit fair value adjustment are evaluated to ensure that the amortizations and accretions are reasonable.
The Company needs to continually attract and retain qualified personnel for its operations.
High quality customer service, as well as efficient and profitable operations, is dependent on the Companys ability to attract and retain qualified individuals for key positions within the organization. The Company has successfully recruited several individuals for management positions in recent years. As of December 31, 2010, the Company employed 224 full-time equivalent employees. The employees of the Company are not represented by any collective bargaining group. Management of the Company considers relations with its employees to be good. The Company relies heavily on the executive officers and employees. The loss of certain executive officers or employees could have an adverse effect on us because, as a community bank, the executive officers and employees typically have more responsibility than would be typical at a larger financial institution with more employees. In addition, as a community bank, the Bank has fewer management-level and other personnel who are in position to succeed and assume the responsibilities of certain existing executive officers and employees.
Our operations could be affected if we do not have access to modern and reliable technology.
The Company operates in a highly-automated environment, wherein almost all transactions are processed by computer software to produce results. To remain competitive, the Company must continually evaluate the adequacy of its data processing capabilities and make revisions as needed.
The Company regularly tests its ability to restore data capabilities in the event of a natural disaster, sustained power failure or other inability to utilize its primary systems.
Strong competition within our market could hurt our profits and inhibit growth.
The Bank operates in a competitive environment in which it must share its market with many local independent banks as well as several banks which are affiliates or branches of very large regional holding companies. The Bank encounters competition from diversified financial institutions, ranging in size from small banks to the nationwide banks operating in its region. The competition includes commercial banks, savings and loan associations, credit unions, other lending institutions and mortgage originators.
22
The principal competitive factors among the Companys competitors can be grouped into two categories: pricing and services. In the Companys primary service area, interest rates on deposits, especially time deposits, and interest rates and fees charged to customers on loans are very competitive. In this current economic environment there is increased competition in view of weaker loan demand. From a service perspective, the Bank competes in areas such as convenience of location, types of services, service costs and banking hours. Our profitability depends on our continued ability to compete successfully in our market area.
Recent health care legislation could increase our expenses or require us to pass further costs on to our employees, which could adversely affect our operations, financial condition and earnings.
Legislation enacted in 2010 requires companies to provide expanded health care coverage to their employees, such as affordable coverage to part-time employees and coverage to dependent adult children of employees. Companies will also be required to enroll new employees automatically into their health plans. Compliance with these and other new requirements of the health care legislation will increase our employee benefits expense, and may require us to pass these costs on to our employees, which could give us a competitive disadvantage in hiring and retaining qualified employees.
Our disclosure controls and procedures and our internal control over financial reporting may not achieve their intended objectives.
We maintain disclosure controls and procedures designed to ensure that we timely report information as specified in the rules and forms of the Securities and Exchange Commission. We also maintain a system of internal control over financial reporting. These controls may not achieve their intended objectives. Control processes that involve human diligence and compliance, such as our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting, are subject to lapses in judgment and breakdowns resulting from human failures. Controls can also be circumvented by collusion or improper management override. Because of such limitations, there are risks that material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected and that information may not be reported on a timely basis. If our controls are not effective, it could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, and market for our common stock, and could subject us to regulatory scrutiny.
We are subject to certain operational risks, including, but not limited to, customer or employee fraud and data processing system failures and errors.
Employee errors and misconduct could subject us to financial losses or regulatory sanctions and seriously harm our reputation. Misconduct by our employees could include hiding unauthorized activities from us, improper or unauthorized activities on behalf of our customers or improper use of confidential information. It is not always possible to prevent employee errors and misconduct, and the precautions we take to prevent and detect this activity may not be effective in all cases. Employee errors could also subject us to financial claims for negligence.
We maintain a system of internal controls and insurance coverage to mitigate operational risks, including data processing system failures and errors, and customer or employee fraud. Should our internal controls fail to prevent or detect an occurrence, or if any resulting loss is not insured or exceeds applicable insurance limits, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Risks Regarding Our Common Stock
There may be a limited market for our common stock, which may adversely affect our stock price.
Although the common stock is traded on the Over-the-Counter Bulletin Board, the shares might not be actively traded. If an active trading market for the common stock does not exist, you may not be able to sell all of your shares of common stock on short notice, and the sale of a large number of shares at one time could temporarily depress the market price. There also may be a wide spread between the bid and ask price for our common stock. When there is a wide spread between the bid and ask price, the price at which you may be able to sell our common stock may be significantly lower than the price at which you could buy it at that time.
A significant percentage of our common stock is held by our directors and executive officers, which could enable insiders to prevent a merger or other transaction that may provide stockholders a premium for their shares.
At December 31, 2010, our directors and executive officers beneficially owned 480,721, or 14.7%, of our outstanding shares. If these individuals were to act together, they could have a significant influence over the outcome of any shareholder vote.
23
Our governing documents, Pennsylvania law, and current policies of our board of directors contain provisions which may reduce the likelihood of a change in control transaction that may otherwise be available and attractive to shareholders.
Our articles of incorporation and bylaws contain certain anti-takeover provisions that may make it more difficult or expensive or may discourage a tender offer, change in control or takeover attempt that is opposed by our board of directors. In particular, the articles of incorporation and bylaws: classify our board of directors into four groups, so that shareholders elect only approximately one-fourth of the board each year; require our shareholders to give us advance notice to nominate candidates for election to the board of directors or to make shareholder proposals at a shareholders meeting; and require the vote of the holders of at least 75% of the Companys voting shares to approve certain business combinations. These provisions of our articles of incorporation and bylaws could discourage potential acquisition proposals and could delay or prevent a change in control, even though a majority of our shareholders may consider such proposals desirable. Such provisions could also make it more difficult for third parties to remove and replace the members of our board of directors. Moreover, these provisions could diminish the opportunities for shareholders to participate in certain tender offers, including tender offers at prices above the then-current market value of our common stock, and may also inhibit increases in the trading price of our common stock that could result from takeover attempts or speculation.
In addition, anti-takeover provisions in Pennsylvania law could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire control of us. These provisions could adversely affect the market price of our common stock and could reduce the amount that shareholders might receive if we are sold. For example, Pennsylvania law may restrict a third partys ability to obtain control of the Company and may prevent shareholders from receiving a premium for their shares of our common stock. Pennsylvania law also provides that our shareholders are not entitled by statute to propose amendments to our articles of incorporation.
Liquidity Risk
Increased needs for disbursement of funds on loans and deposits can affect our liquidity.
The objective of liquidity management is to maintain a balance between sources and uses of funds in such a way that the cash requirements of customers for loans and deposit withdrawals are met in the most economical manner. Management monitors its liquidity position continuously in relation to trends of loans and deposits for short-term as well as long-term requirements. Liquid assets are monitored on a daily basis to assure maximum utilization. Management also manages its liquidity requirements by maintaining an adequate level of readily marketable assets and access to short-term funding sources. Management does not foresee any adverse trends in liquidity.
Our future pension plan costs and contributions could be unfavorably impacted by the factors that are used in the actuarial calculations.
Although the Companys non-contributory defined benefit pension plan was frozen in 2008, the costs for the pension plan are dependent upon a number of factors, such as the rates of return on plan assets, discount rates, the level of interest rates used to measure the required minimum funding levels of the plans, future government regulation and required or voluntary contributions made to the plans. Without sustained growth in the pension investments over time to increase the value of our plan assets and depending upon the other factors impacting our costs as listed above, the Bank could be required to fund our plans with higher amounts of cash than are anticipated by our actuaries. Such increased funding obligations could have a material impact on our liquidity by reducing our cash flows.
We are a holding company dependent for liquidity on payments from our banking subsidiary, which payments are subject to restrictions.
We are a holding company and depend on dividends, distributions and other payments from the Bank to fund dividend payments, if any, and to fund all payments on obligations. The Bank and its subsidiaries are subject to laws that restrict dividend payments or authorize regulatory bodies to block or reduce the flow of funds from those subsidiaries to us. Restrictions or regulatory actions of that kind could impede our access to funds that we may need to make payments on our obligations or dividend payments, if any. In addition, our right to participate in a distribution of assets upon a subsidiarys liquidation or reorganization is subject to the prior claims of the subsidiarys creditors. Holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends if and when declared from time to time by our board of directors in its sole discretion out of funds legally available for that purpose.
24
ITEM 1B | UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS |
None
ITEM 2 | PROPERTIES |
The Company and Bank operate twelve offices positioned throughout the greater Northeastern Pennsylvania region in the South Scranton, East Scranton, Green Ridge, and Central City sections of Scranton; Moscow; Gouldsboro; South Abington Township,; Mount Pocono; East Stroudsburg at Eagle Valley Corners; Old Forge; Peckville and Duryea. Through these offices, the Company provides a full range of banking and trust services primarily to Lackawanna, Luzerne, Wayne, Monroe and the surrounding counties. All offices are owned by the Bank or through a wholly owned subsidiary of the Bank, Penseco Realty, Inc., with the exception of the Mount Pocono Office, which is owned by the Bank but is located on land occupied under a long-term lease. During 2010, we executed purchase agreements for land in Scranton, Pennsylvania with an aggregate value of $1.0 million to be used for construction of a new branch facility. The Bank has received regulatory approval for the establishment of this new branch office. The Company also owns property in the Borough of Dalton, Lackawanna County, which it may use for potential future expansion.
The Companys and Banks principal office, located at the corner of North Washington Avenue and Spruce Street in the Central City of Scrantons business district, houses the operations, trust, investor services, marketing and audit departments as well as the Companys executive offices. Several remote ATM locations are leased by the Bank, which are located throughout Northeastern Pennsylvania. All branches and ATM locations are equipped with closed circuit television monitoring.
ITEM 3 | LEGAL PROCEEDINGS |
There are no material pending legal proceedings, other than ordinary routine litigation incidental to the business of the Company and its subsidiary, as to which the Company or subsidiary is a party or of which any of their property is subject.
ITEM 4 | (REMOVED AND RESERVED) |
Part II
ITEM 5 | MARKET FOR REGISTRANTS COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES |
This Form 10-K is the Companys annual disclosure statement as required under Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Questions may be directed to any branch location of the Company or by contacting the Finance Division Heads office at:
Patrick Scanlon, Senior Vice President, Finance Division Head
Penseco Financial Services Corporation
150 North Washington Avenue
Scranton, Pennsylvania 18503-1848
1-800-327-0394
The Companys capital stock is traded on the Over-the-Counter (Bulletin Board) under the symbol PFNS. The following table sets forth the price range together with dividends paid for each of the past two years. These quotations reflect inter-dealer prices, without retail mark-up, mark-down or commission, and may not necessarily reflect the value of actual transactions.
2010 |
High | Low |
Dividends Paid
Per Share |
2009 |
High | Low |
Dividends Paid
Per Share |
|||||||||||||||||||||
First Quarter |
$ | 34.99 | $ | 33.00 | $ | .42 |
First Quarter |
$ | 38.00 | $ | 34.05 | $ | .42 | |||||||||||||||
Second Quarter |
34.30 | 32.50 | .42 |
Second Quarter |
38.50 | 31.00 | .42 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Third Quarter |
37.25 | 31.50 | .42 |
Third Quarter |
36.00 | 31.80 | .42 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Fourth Quarter |
38.75 | 35.10 | .42 |
Fourth Quarter |
34.80 | 30.00 | .42 | |||||||||||||||||||||
$ | 1.68 | $ | 1.68 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
As of February 17, 2011 there were approximately 2,452 stockholders of the Company based on the number of holders of record. Reference should be made to the information about the Companys dividend policy under the heading Managements Discussion & AnalysisDividend Policy and regulatory guidelines under the heading General Notes to Financial StatementsNote 24 Regulatory Matters.
25
PENSECO FINANCIAL SERVICES CORPORATION
The following line graph sets forth comparative information regarding the Companys cumulative shareholder return on its Common Stock over the last five fiscal years. Total shareholder return is measured by dividing total dividends (assuming dividend reinvestment) plus share price change for a period by the share price at the beginning of the investment period. The Companys cumulative shareholder return based on an investment of $100 at the beginning of the five-year period beginning December 31, 2005 is compared to the cumulative total return of the Russell 2000 Index (Russell 2000) and the SNL Securities Northeast Quadrant Pink Sheet Banks Index (Pink Banks), which more closely reflects the Companys peer group. The yearly points marked on the horizontal axis of the graph correspond to December 31 st of that year.
Period Ending | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Index |
12/31/05 | 12/31/06 | 12/31/07 | 12/31/08 | 12/31/09 | 12/31/10 | ||||||||||||||||||
Penseco Financial Services Corporation |
$ | 100.00 | $ | 105.40 | $ | 101.51 | $ | 98.60 | $ | 98.15 | $ | 104.97 | ||||||||||||
Russell 2000 |
100.00 | 118.37 | 116.51 | 77.15 | 98.11 | 124.46 | ||||||||||||||||||
SNL Northeast OTC-BB and Pink Banks |
100.00 | 103.34 | 100.64 | 81.97 | 77.02 | 83.86 |
26
ITEM 6 | SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA |
(in thousands,
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS:
2010 | 2009 | 2008 | 2007 | 2006 | ||||||||||||||||
Interest Income |
$ | 41,745 | $ | 40,151 | $ | 33,898 | $ | 34,329 | $ | 31,922 | ||||||||||
Interest Expense |
8,356 | 9,580 | 10,830 | 12,739 | 11,054 | |||||||||||||||
Net Interest Income |
33,389 | 30,571 | 23,068 | 21,590 | 20,868 | |||||||||||||||
Provision for Loan Losses |
1,999 | 2,260 | 861 | 657 | 433 | |||||||||||||||
Net Interest Income after Provision for Loan Losses |
31,390 | 28,311 | 22,207 | 20,933 | 20,435 | |||||||||||||||
Non-Interest Income |
12,152 | 10,369 | 11,036 | 8,720 | 8,205 | |||||||||||||||
Non-Interest Expenses |
28,453 | 28,420 | 22,172 | 21,331 | 21,037 | |||||||||||||||
Income Taxes |
3,367 | 1,888 | 2,458 | 1,624 | 1,595 | |||||||||||||||
Net Income |
$ | 11,722 | $ | 8,372 | $ | 8,613 | $ | 6,698 | $ | 6,008 | ||||||||||
BALANCE SHEET AMOUNTS: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Assets |
$ | 916,087 | $ | 883,327 | $ | 628,967 | $ | 580,793 | $ | 569,821 | ||||||||||
Investment Securities |
$ | 217,044 | $ | 195,930 | $ | 151,912 | $ | 141,059 | $ | 160,987 | ||||||||||
Net Loans |
$ | 608,605 | $ | 597,670 | $ | 435,873 | $ | 399,939 | $ | 365,722 | ||||||||||
Deposits |
$ | 691,032 | $ | 645,434 | $ | 424,725 | $ | 416,533 | $ | 413,800 | ||||||||||
Long-Term Borrowings |
$ | 68,835 | $ | 68,094 | $ | 72,720 | $ | 55,966 | $ | 65,853 | ||||||||||
Stockholders Equity |
$ | 121,922 | $ | 117,397 | $ | 73,642 | $ | 69,715 | $ | 66,571 | ||||||||||
PER SHARE AMOUNTS: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Earnings per Share |
$ | 3.58 | $ | 2.80 | $ | 4.01 | $ | 3.12 | $ | 2.80 | ||||||||||
Dividends per Share |
$ | 1.68 | $ | 1.68 | $ | 1.66 | $ | 1.58 | $ | 1.50 | ||||||||||
Book Value per Share |
$ | 37.22 | $ | 35.84 | $ | 34.28 | $ | 32.45 | $ | 30.99 | ||||||||||
Common Shares Outstanding |
3,276,079 | 3,276,079 | 2,148,000 | 2,148,000 | 2,148,000 | |||||||||||||||
FINANCIAL RATIOS: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Net Interest Margin |
4.11 | % | 4.11 | % | 3.93 | % | 3.92 | % | 3.89 | % | ||||||||||
Return on Average Assets |
1.32 | % | 1.04 | % | 1.40 | % | 1.15 | % | 1.07 | % | ||||||||||
Return on Average Equity |
9.74 | % | 7.93 | % | 11.89 | % | 9.75 | % | 9.15 | % | ||||||||||
Average Equity to Average Assets |
13.55 | % | 13.12 | % | 11.76 | % | 11.81 | % | 11.68 | % | ||||||||||
Dividend Payout Ratio |
46.93 | % | 60.00 | % | 41.40 | % | 50.64 | % | 53.57 | % |
27
ITEM 7 | MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS |
Our financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (GAAP). The
following discussion is intended to provide information to facilitate the understanding and assessment of significant changes and trends related to the financial condition of the Company and the results of its operations. This discussion and
SUMMARY
2010 | 2009 | 2008 | ||||||||||
Interest Income |
$ | 41,745 | $ | 40,151 | $ | 33,898 | ||||||
Interest Expense |
8,356 | 9,580 | 10,830 | |||||||||
Net Interest Income |
33,389 | 30,571 | 23,068 | |||||||||
Provision for Loan Losses |
1,999 | 2,260 | 861 | |||||||||
Net Interest Income after Provision for Loan Losses |
31,390 | 28,311 | 22,207 | |||||||||
Non-Interest Income |
12,152 | 10,369 | 11,036 | |||||||||
Non-Interest Expenses |
28,453 | 28,420 | 22,172 | |||||||||
Income Taxes |
3,367 | 1,888 | 2,458 | |||||||||
Net Income |
$ | 11,722 | $ | 8,372 | $ | 8,613 | ||||||
Earnings per Share |
$ | 3.58 | $ | 2.80 | $ | 4.01 | ||||||
Total Revenue |
$ | 53,897 | $ | 50,520 | $ | 44,934 | ||||||
Net Interest Margin |
4.11 | % | 4.11 | % | 3.93 | % | ||||||
BALANCE SHEET AMOUNTS: |
||||||||||||
Assets |
$ | 916,087 | $ | 883,327 | $ | 628,967 | ||||||
Investment Securities |
$ | 217,044 | $ | 195,930 | $ | 151,912 | ||||||
Net Loans |
$ | 608,605 | $ | 597,670 | $ | 435,873 | ||||||
Deposits |
$ | 691,032 | $ | 645,434 | $ | 424,725 | ||||||
Long-Term Borrowings |
$ | 68,835 | $ | 68,094 | $ | 72,720 | ||||||
Stockholders Equity |
$ | 121,922 | $ | 117,397 | $ | 73,642 |
Net income for 2010 increased $3,350 or 40.0%, to $11,722 or $3.58 per weighted average share compared with the year ago period of $8,372 or $2.80 per weighted average share. The increase in net income was primarily attributed to higher net interest income as well as the absence of merger-related costs in 2010 compared to $1,550 incurred in 2009 due to the Companys acquisition of Old Forge Bank. Also, the Company did not recognize any impairment losses in 2010 as compared to $787 of losses in 2009 related to the Banks equity investment portfolio. The results of operations for 2010 include twelve months of operations from the former Old Forge Bank, as opposed to only nine months of Old Forge Bank operations captured in 2009. Net interest margin remained unchanged at 4.11% for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to the same period in 2009. Net interest income increased $2,818 or 9.2% to $33,389 for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to $30,571 for 2009. Net interest income after provision for loan losses increased $3,079 or 10.9% during 2010 primarily due to increased interest and fees on loans, which in turn were attributable to the expansion of our loan portfolio following the acquisition of Old Forge Bank in 2009. Net interest income was also positively affected in 2010 by reduced interest expense from lower borrowing costs. The provision for loan losses decreased $261 to $1,999 during 2010 compared with $2,260 for the same period of 2009, based on managements evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses through the application of its allowance for loan losses methodology. Among other things, the methodology, which was enhanced in the third quarter of 2010, emphasizes the strength of the local economy.
28
Net income for 2009 decreased $241 or 2.8%, to $8,372 or $2.80 per weighted average share compared with 2008 net income of $8,613 or $4.01 per share. The decrease in net income was primarily attributed to merger costs of $1,550, the recognition of an impairment loss on bank equity investment securities of $787, increased FDIC insurance costs of $909, along with the effect of a one time gain of $1,129, net of tax, related to Visa Internationals Initial Public Offering during 2008. Net interest margin increased from 3.93% for the year ended December 31, 2008 to 4.11% for the year ended December 31, 2009. Net interest income increased $7,503 or 32.5% to $30,571 for the twelve months ended December 31, 2009 compared to $23,068 for the same period of 2008. The increase was largely due to an increase in the loan portfolio of $159.9 million that resulted from the acquisition of Old Forge Bank on April 1, 2009. Net interest income after provision for loan losses increased $6,104 or 27.5% during the 2009 period, largely due to increased interest and fees on loans and reduced interest expense from lower borrowing costs. The provision for loan losses increased $1,399 to $2,260 during 2009 compared with $861 for the same period of 2008 due to economic weakness and uncertainty with regard to the overall state of the economy, concern as to the local economy and the unemployment rate. In 2009 the Bank had an increase in non-performing loans and charge-offs and foreclosures.
The Companys return on average assets was 1.32% in 2010 compared to 1.04% in 2009 and 1.40% in 2008. Return on average equity was 9.74%, 7.93% and 11.89% in 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
The following table reflects net income from accretion and amortization, net of taxes, of acquisition date fair value adjustments relating to the Merger included in the Companys financial results during the periods indicated.
Years Ended December 31, |
2010 | 2009 | ||||||
Homogeneous loan pools |
$ | 633 | $ | 550 | ||||
Time deposits |
185 | 305 | ||||||
Core deposit intangible expense |
(225 | ) | (182 | ) | ||||
Net income from acquisition fair value adjustment |
$ | 593 | $ | 673 | ||||
Accretion of the loan pools credit fair value adjustment and market rate fair value adjustment is calculated
on a sum-of-the-years-digits basis over an eight year period. The fair value market rate adjustment of the time deposits is amortized monthly based on a level yield methodology over five years. The core deposit intangible is being amortized over ten
Loan Portfolio
December 31, |
2010 | 2009 | 2008 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial Secured by Real Estate |
$ | 207,964 | 33.8 | % | $ | 194,935 | 32.3 | % | $ | 115,957 | 26.3 | % | ||||||||||||
Residential Real Estate |
295,301 | 48.0 | % | 308,068 | 51.0 | % | 261,520 | 59.3 | % | |||||||||||||||
Commercial and Industrial |
36,190 | 5.9 | % | 30,743 | 5.1 | % | 27,793 | 6.3 | % | |||||||||||||||
Consumer |
55,862 | 9.1 | % | 59,789 | 9.9 | % | 28,281 | 6.4 | % | |||||||||||||||
States & Political Subdivisions |
9,882 | 1.6 | % | 6,873 | 1.1 | % | 4,471 | 1.0 | % | |||||||||||||||
All Other |
9,906 | 1.6 | % | 3,562 | 0.6 | % | 3,126 | 0.7 | % | |||||||||||||||
Loans net of Unearned Income |
$ | 615,105 | 100.0 | % | $ | 603,970 | 100.0 | % | $ | 441,148 | 100.0 | % | ||||||||||||
There were no purchased loans in 2010, 2009 or 2008 other than loan participations with local banks. Originations of new loans are primarily in loans secured by real estate. The growth in loans from 2008 to 2010 was mainly due to the merger of Old Forge Bank.
Year Ended December 31, 2010 |
Number of
Loans |
Original
Balance |
||||||
Commercial real estate |
81 | $ | 49,561 | |||||
Residential real estate |
661 | 70,139 | ||||||
Commercial and industrial loans |
554 | 39,612 | ||||||
Consumer loans |
1,277 | 16,203 |
Of the Companys $70.1 million residential real estate loan originations in 2010, $30.9 million was sold to the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (Freddie Mac). There were no loans held for sale as of December 31, 2010 and 2009.
Market Area
Our market area has been affected by the economic decline that has affected the U.S. economy as a whole. The local unemployment rates at December 31, 2010 for the counties in which the Bank operates were: Lackawanna County, 9.1%; Luzerne County, 9.7%; Monroe County, 9.6% and Wayne County, 7.6%. The unemployment rate for the Scranton/Wilkes-Barre metropolitan area was 9.5% in December 2010 and the highest among Pennsylvanias fourteen metropolitan statistical areas, or MSAs. The high unemployment rate can be attributed to a gradual decline in manufacturing in Northeastern Pennsylvania, and much like the rest of the country, a slowdown in construction of residential and commercial property.
29
Weak labor conditions coupled with high unemployment led to an increase in the foreclosure rate in 2010. The foreclosure rate for the Scranton-Wilkes/Barre MSA was 2.99% for 2010, an increase of 0.61% compared to 2.38% for 2009. Although, the pace of foreclosures has increased, one of the strengths of the Northeastern Pennsylvania housing market is that it was not impacted by the loss of home equity that has affected the rest of the country. The Case-Shiller House Price Index for Northeastern Pennsylvania has stalled, but has not exhibited the sharp trough seen in other regions. High unemployment in Northeastern Pennsylvania will continue to put pressure on the local economy and on our loan portfolio. We believe that our focus on identifying borrowers who are facing cash flow problems before they are unable to make their payments will significantly improve our ability to help these borrowers through difficult times
Deposits
As of December 31, 2010, the Company had Certificate of Deposit Account Registry Service (CDARS) reciprocal deposits in the amount of $22.1 million. The Company also issues brokered certificates of deposit; the balance of this funding as of December 31, 2010 was $49.5 million. The brokered certificates of deposit issued were generally a low cost alternative to wholesale funding with the majority offered having a call feature optionality not provided by wholesale funding. As of December 31, 2010, the dollar amount of total brokered deposits, exclusive of CDARS reciprocal deposits, was $51.3 million or 7.4% of total deposits, compared to $1.8 million or 0.3% at December 31, 2009 and $1.8 million or 0.4% at December 31, 2008.
December 31, |
2010 | 2009 | 2008 | |||||||||
Demand Non-interest bearing |
$ | 113,391 | $ | 109,855 | $ | 72,456 | ||||||
Demand Interest bearing |
70,989 | 72,477 | 51,975 | |||||||||
Savings |
113,382 | 110,994 | 74,907 | |||||||||
Money markets |
144,206 | 146,189 | 115,811 | |||||||||
Time Over $100,000 |
85,404 | 78,702 | 37,960 | |||||||||
Time Other |
163,660 | 127,217 | 71,616 | |||||||||
Total Deposits |
$ | 691,032 | $ | 645,434 | $ | 424,725 | ||||||
Increases in deposits for 2010 can be primarily attributed to the Companys issuance of brokered certificates of deposit totaling $49.5 million at December 31, 2010 and increased CDARS reciprocal deposits.
Critical Accounting Policies
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Provision (allowance) for loan losses - The provision for loan losses is based on past loan loss experience, managements evaluation of the probable loss in the current loan portfolio under current economic conditions and such other factors as, in managements best judgment, deserve current recognition in estimating loan losses. The annual provision for loan losses charged to operating expense is that amount which is sufficient to bring the balance of the allowance for loan losses to an adequate level to absorb anticipated losses.
Actuarial assumptions associated with pension, post-retirement and other employee benefit plans - These assumptions include discount rate, rate of future compensation increases and expected return on plan assets.
Income taxes - The calculation of the provision for federal income taxes is complex and requires the use of estimates and judgments. Deferred federal income tax assets or liabilities represent the estimated impact of temporary differences between the recognition of assets and liabilities under GAAP, and how such assets and liabilities are recognized under the federal tax code. The Company uses an estimate of future earnings to support managements position that the benefit of the deferred tax assets will be realized. If future income should prove non-existent or less than the amount of the deferred tax assets within the tax years to which they may be applied, the asset may not be realized and net income will be reduced. Deferred tax assets are described further in Note 18 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
30
The Company and its subsidiary file income tax and other returns in the U.S Federal jurisdiction, Pennsylvania state jurisdiction and local jurisdictions.
Management evaluated the Companys tax positions and concluded that the aggregate liabilities related to taxes are appropriately reflected in the consolidated financial statements. With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to income tax examinations by the U.S. Federal, state or local tax authorities for years before 2006.
Fair Value Measurements Fair values of financial instruments are estimated using relevant market information and other assumptions. Fair value estimates involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment regarding interest rates, credit risk, prepayment speeds and other factors. Changes in assumptions or in market conditions could significantly affect the estimates. Fair value measurements are classified within one of three levels within a valuation hierarchy based on the transparency of inputs to each valuation as of the fair value measurement date. The three levels are defined as follows:
Level I quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.
Level II inputs include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, quoted prices of identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, and inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument.
Level III inputs that are unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement. Financial instruments are considered Level III when values are determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies, or similar techniques, and at least one significant model assumption or input is unobservable.
Other-than-temporary impairment of investments - Investments are evaluated periodically to determine whether a decline in their value is other than temporary. Management utilizes criteria such as the magnitude and duration of the decline, in addition to the reasons underlying the decline, to determine whether the loss in value is other than temporary. The term other-than-temporary is not intended to indicate that the decline is permanent. It indicates that the prospects for a near term recovery of value are not necessarily favorable, or that there is a lack of evidence to support fair values equal to, or greater than, the carrying value of the investment. Once a decline in value is determined to be other than temporary, the value of the security is reduced and a corresponding charge to earnings is recognized. In 2009, the Company recorded an other-than-temporary impairment charge of $787 related to the Companys equity investment portfolio containing stock of financial institutions.
Premium amortization - The amortization of premiums on mortgage-backed securities is done based on managements estimate of the lives of the securities, adjusted, when necessary, for advanced prepayments in excess of those estimates.
Loans purchased Loans purchased as a result of the Merger were recorded at the acquisition date fair value. Management made three different types of fair value adjustments in order to record the loans at fair value. An interest rate fair value adjustment was made comparing current weighted average rates of the acquired loans to stated market rates of similar loan types. A general credit fair value adjustment was made on similar loan types based on historical loss projections plus a discount for the weak economic environment. A specific credit fair value adjustment was made to loans identified by management as being problematic. The specific loans have been discounted by management based on collateral values and expected cash flows. The interest rate and general credit fair value adjustments are being accreted over an eight year period based on a sum-of-the-years-digits basis. The specific credit fair value adjustment is reduced only when cash flows are received or loans are charged-off or transferred to other real estate owned.
Loan servicing rights Mortgage servicing rights are evaluated for impairment based on the fair value of those rights. Fair values are estimated using discounted cash flows based on current market rates of interest and current expected future prepayment rates. For purposes of measuring impairment, the rights must be stratified by one or more predominant risk characteristics of the underlying loans. The Company stratifies its capitalized mortgage servicing rights based on the product type, interest rate and term of the underlying loans. The amount of impairment recognized is the amount, if any, by which the amortized cost of the rights for each stratum exceed the fair value.
Time deposits Time deposits acquired through the Merger have been recorded at their acquisition date fair value. The fair value of time deposits represents the present value of the time deposits expected contractual payments discounted by market rates for similar deposits. The fair value adjustment is amortized monthly based on a level yield methodology.
31
Repurchase agreements - The Company also offers repurchase agreements as an alternative to conventional savings deposits for its customers. The repurchase agreements are accounted for as a collateralized borrowing with a one day maturity and are collateralized by U.S. Agency securities.
Core deposit intangible The fair value assigned to the core deposit intangible asset represents the future economic benefit of the potential cost savings from acquiring core deposits in the Merger compared to the cost of obtaining alternative funding, such as brokered deposits, from market sources. Management utilized an income approach to present value the expected after tax cash flow benefits of the acquired core deposits. The core deposit intangible is being amortized over ten years on a sum-of-the-years-digits basis.
Goodwill Goodwill arose in connection with the Merger. It is reviewed by management for possible impairment at least annually or more frequently upon the occurrence of an event or when circumstances indicate that its carrying amount exceeds fair value. Management has obtained a professional evaluation of the Company value as of December 31, 2010. The evaluation disclosed that the fair value of the Company stock is approximately 37% above book value, considering both income and market approaches. Market conditions that could negatively impact the value of goodwill in the future are essentially those Risk Factors discussed in Part 1A of this report. Management has determined that the carrying value of goodwill has not been impaired at December 31, 2010.
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Net Interest Income
The principal component of the Companys earnings is net interest income, which is the difference between interest and fees earned on interest-earning assets and interest paid on deposits and other borrowings.
Net interest income increased $2,818 or 9.2% to $33,389 for 2010 compared to $30,571 for 2009. Loan interest income increased $2,234 or 6.9% for 2010, largely due to the increased loan portfolio from Old Forge Bank. Investment income decreased $637 or 8.2% due to lower rates despite a higher volume of investments. Interest expense for 2010 decreased $1,224 or 12.8% to $8,356 for 2010 compared to $9,580 in 2009, mainly due to lower deposit and borrowing costs.
Net interest income increased $7,503 or 32.5% to $30,571 for 2009 compared to $23,068 for 2008. Loan interest income increased $6,181 or 23.6% for 2009 largely due to the increased loan portfolio from Old Forge Bank. Investment income remained relatively unchanged due to lower rates despite a higher volume of investments. Interest expense for 2009 decreased $1,250 or 11.5% to $9,580 for 2009 compared to $10,830 in 2008, mainly due to lower borrowing costs.
Net interest income, when expressed as a percentage of average interest-earning assets, is referred to as net interest margin. The Companys net interest margin for the year ended December 31, 2010 was 4.11% compared with 4.11% for the year ended December 31, 2009 and 3.93% for the year ended December 31, 2008.
Interest income in 2010 totaled $41,745, compared to $40,151 in 2009, an increase of $1,594 or 4.0%. The tax equivalent yield on average interest-earning assets decreased to 5.40% in 2010, compared to 5.70% in 2009. Average interest-earning assets increased $69,407 or 9.3% in 2010 to $813,142 from $743,735 in 2009. Average loans, which are typically the Companys highest yielding earning assets, increased $54,539 or 9.8% in 2010 due primarily to the Merger. Average loans represented 74.9% of 2010 average interest-earning assets, compared to 74.5% in 2009. Income on loans increased $2,234 or 6.9% in 2010 due in part to the Merger, compared to an increase in loan income of $6,181 or 23.6% during 2009. Investment securities increased on average by $13,509 or 7.5% to $192,787 in 2010 compared to $179,278 in 2009 due to the Merger. Income on investments decreased $637 or 8.2% to $7,103 in 2010, from $7,740 in 2009. Average earning assets, including Bank-Owned Life Insurance (BOLI), decreased to 93.2% of average total assets for 2010 compared to 93.9% for the year ago period.
Interest expense in 2010 totaled $8,356, compared to $9,580 in 2009, a decrease of $1,224 or 12.8%. The average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities decreased during 2010 to 1.29%, compared to 1.61% in 2009. Average interest-bearing liabilities increased $51,155 or 8.6% in 2010 to $647,848 from $596,693 in 2009. Average savings deposits increased $12,390 or 12.2%. Average time deposits increased $35,347 or 19.1% in 2010 due primarily to the issuance of brokered certificates of deposit. Average time deposits represented 33.9% of 2010 average interest-bearing liabilities, compared to 30.9% in 2009. Average demand non-interest bearing deposits increased $15,577 or 16.3%.
32
Interest income in 2009 totaled $40,151, compared to $33,898 in 2008, an increase of $6,253 or 18.4%. The tax equivalent yield on average interest-earning assets decreased to 5.70% in 2009, compared to 6.07% in 2008. Average interest-earning assets increased in 2009 to $743,735 from $586,689 in 2008. Average loans, which are typically the Companys highest yielding earning assets, increased $133,457 or 31.7% in 2009 due to the Merger. Average loans represented 74.5% of 2009 average interest-earning assets, compared to 71.8% in 2008. Income on loans increased $6,181 or 23.7% in 2009 due to the Merger, compared to a decrease in loan income of $211 or .8% during 2008. Investment securities increased on average by $24,114 or 15.5% to $179,278 in 2009 compared to $155,164 in 2008 due to the Merger. Income on investments increased $321 or 4.3% to $7,740 in 2009, from $7,419 in 2008. Average earning assets, including Bank-Owned Life Insurance (BOLI), decreased to 93.9% of average total assets for 2009 compared to 96.4% for the year ago period.
Interest expense in 2009 totaled $9,580, compared to $10,830 in 2008, a decrease of $1,250 or 11.5%. The average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities decreased during 2009 to 1.61%, compared to 2.32% in 2008. Average interest-bearing liabilities increased $129,255 or 27.6% in 2009 to $596,693 from $467,468 in 2008 due to the Merger. Average savings deposits increased $25,439 or 33.3% and average time deposits increased $76,401 or 70.6% in 2010 due the Merger. Average time deposits represented 30.9% of 2010 average interest-bearing liabilities, compared to 23.1% in 2009. Average demand non-interest bearing deposits increased $23,476 or 32.6% due to the Merger.
The most significant impact on net interest income between periods is derived from the interaction of changes in the volume of and rates earned or paid on interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. The volume of earning dollars in loans and investments, compared to the volume of interest-bearing liabilities represented by deposits and borrowings, combined with the spread, produces the changes in net interest income between periods.
Historically low interest rates will begin to stress our margin as funding costs have reached a low point and asset yields continue to price downward. The Dodd-Frank financial reform bill passed in 2010 will reduce revenue and increase compliance and regulatory costs.
33
DISTRIBUTION OF ASSETS, LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY/INTEREST RATES AND INTEREST DIFFERENTIAL
The table below presents average weekly balances, interest income on a fully taxable equivalent basis and interest expense, as well as average rates earned and paid on the companys major asset and liability items for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008.
2010 | 2009 | 2008 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ASSETS |
Average
Balance |
Revenue
Expense |
Yield/
Rate |
Average
Balance |
Revenue
Expense |
Yield/
Rate |
Average
Balance |
Revenue
Expense |
Yield/
Rate |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Investment Securities: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Available-for-Sale |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
U.S. Agency obligations |
$ | 78,268 | $ | 1,865 | 2.38 | % | $ | 60,030 | $ | 1,969 | 3.28 | % | $ | 47,530 | $ | 2,270 | 4.78 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
States & political subdivisions |
69,941 | 3,133 | 6.79 | 62,464 | 2,941 | 7.13 | 40,127 | 1,818 | 6.86 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other |
3,696 | 51 | 1.38 | 1,349 | 39 | 2.89 | 2,497 | 92 | 3.68 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Held to Maturity: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
U.S. Agency obligations |
20,546 | 990 | 4.82 | 28,200 | 1,337 | 4.74 | 35,775 | 1,677 | 4.69 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
States & political subdivisions |
20,336 | 1,064 | 7.93 | 27,235 | 1,454 | 8.09 | 29,235 | 1,562 | 8.10 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loans, net of unearned income: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Real estate mortgages |
328,881 | 17,302 | 5.26 | 318,444 | 17,788 | 5.59 | 270,368 | 16,376 | 6.06 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial real estate |
177,552 | 9,163 | 5.16 | 148,641 | 7,879 | 5.30 | 90,544 | 5,734 | 6.33 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial |
31,239 | 2,067 | 6.62 | 25,656 | 1,551 | 6.05 | 24,286 | 1,612 | 6.64 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Consumer & other |
71,316 | 6,101 | 8.55 | 61,708 | 5,181 | 8.40 | 35,794 | 2,496 | 6.97 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Federal funds sold |
| | | | | | 1,739 | 29 | 1.67 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Federal Home Loan Bank stock |
6,346 | | | 6,175 | | | 4,911 | 164 | 3.34 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest on balances with banks |
5,021 | 9 | .18 | 3,833 | 12 | .31 | 3,883 | 68 | 1.75 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Interest Earning Assets/Total Interest Income |
813,142 | $ | 41,745 | 5.40 | % | 743,735 | $ | 40,151 | 5.70 | % | 586,689 | $ | 33,898 | 6.07 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||
Cash and due from banks |
10,915 | 10,326 | 9,687 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Bank premises and equipment |
12,924 | 11,804 | 9,362 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Accrued interest receivable |
3,713 | 3,829 | 3,350 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Goodwill |
26,398 | 19,798 | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cash surrender value life insurance |
14,824 | 12,559 | 7,515 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other assets |
12,580 | 9,140 | 4,693 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Less: Allowance for loan losses |
6,277 | 5,963 | 4,986 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Assets |
$ | 888,219 | $ | 805,228 | $ | 616,310 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Deposits: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Demand-Interest Bearing |
$ | 69,534 | $ | 327 | .47 | % | $ | 64,762 | $ | 393 | .61 | % | $ | 53,915 | $ | 377 | .70 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
Savings |
114,155 | 324 | .28 | 101,765 | 409 | .40 | 76,326 | 412 | .54 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Money markets |
143,863 | 874 | .61 | 137,527 | 1,379 | 1.00 | 114,521 | 2,131 | 1.86 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Time-Over $100 |
100,210 | 2,173 | 2.17 | 67,075 | 1,726 | 2.57 | 37,745 | 1,451 | 3.84 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Time-Other |
119,719 | 1,930 | 1.61 | 117,507 | 2,634 | 2.24 | 70,436 | 2,602 | 3.69 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Repurchase agreements |
20,484 | 154 | .75 | 25,554 | 339 | 1.33 | 34,204 | 848 | 2.48 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Federal funds purchased |
3,936 | 22 | .56 | 4,568 | 29 | .63 | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Short-term borrowings |
8,917 | 42 | .47 | 9,689 | 48 | .50 | 7,069 | 175 | 2.48 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Long-term borrowings |
67,030 | 2,510 | 3.74 | 68,246 | 2,623 | 3.84 | 73,252 | 2,834 | 3.87 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Interest Bearing Liabilities/Total Interest Expense |
647,848 | $ | 8,356 | 1.29 | % | 596,693 | $ | 9,580 | 1.61 | % | 467,468 | $ | 10,830 | 2.32 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||
Demand-Non-interest bearing |
111,068 | 95,491 | 72,015 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
All other liabilities |
8,927 | 7,431 | 4,366 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Stockholders equity |
120,376 | 105,613 | 72,461 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Liabilities Stockholders Equity |
$ | 888,219 | $ | 805,228 | $ | 616,310 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest Spread |
4.11 | % | 4.09 | % | 3.75 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net Interest Income |
$ | 33,389 | $ | 30,571 | $ | 23,068 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
FINANCIAL RATIOS |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net interest margin |
4.11 | % | 4.11 | % | 3.93 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Return on average assets |
1.32 | % | 1.04 | % | 1.40 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Return on average equity |
9.74 | % | 7.93 | % | 11.89 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Average equity to average assets |
13.55 | % | 13.12 | % | 11.76 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Dividend payout ratio |
46.93 | % | 60.00 | % | 41.40 | % |
34
DOLLAR AMOUNT OF CHANGE IN INTEREST INCOME AND INTEREST EXPENSE
2010 compared to 2009 |
Dollar Amount
of Change |
Change in
Volume |
Change in
Rate |
Change
in Rate- Volume |
||||||||||||||
EARNING |
Investment Securities: |
|||||||||||||||||
ASSETS |
Available-for-Sale |
|||||||||||||||||
U.S. Agency obligations |
$ | (104 | ) | $ | 598 | $ | (540 | ) | $ | (162 | ) | |||||||
States & political subdivisions |
192 | 533 | (212 | ) | (129 | ) | ||||||||||||
Equity securities |
12 | 68 | (20 | ) | (36 | ) | ||||||||||||
Held to Maturity: |
||||||||||||||||||
U.S. Agency obligations |
(347 | ) | (363 | ) | 23 | (7 | ) | |||||||||||
States & political subdivisions |
(390 | ) | (558 | ) | (44 | ) | 212 | |||||||||||
Loans, net of unearned income: |
||||||||||||||||||
Real estate mortgages |
798 | 2,163 | (1,274 | ) | (91 | ) | ||||||||||||
Commercial |
516 | 338 | 146 | 32 | ||||||||||||||
Consumer and other |
920 | 807 | 93 | 20 | ||||||||||||||
Federal funds sold |
| | | | ||||||||||||||
Federal Home Loan Bank stock |
| | | | ||||||||||||||
Interest bearing balances with banks |
(3 | ) | 4 | (5 | ) | (2 | ) | |||||||||||
Total Interest Income |
1,594 | 3,590 | (1,833 | ) | (163 | ) | ||||||||||||
INTEREST |
Deposits: |
|||||||||||||||||
BEARING |
Demand-Interest Bearing |
(66 | ) | 29 | (91 | ) | (4 | ) | ||||||||||
LIABILITIES |
Savings |
(85 | ) | 50 | (122 | ) | (13 | ) | ||||||||||
Money markets |
(505 | ) | 63 | (536 | ) | (32 | ) | |||||||||||
Time-Over $100 |
447 | 852 | (268 | ) | (137 | ) | ||||||||||||
Time-Other |
(704 | ) | 50 | (740 | ) | (14 | ) | |||||||||||
Repurchase agreements |
(185 | ) | (67 | ) | (148 | ) | 30 | |||||||||||
Short-term borrowings |
(13 | ) | (7 | ) | | (6 | ) | |||||||||||
Long-term borrowings |
(113 | ) | (47 | ) | (68 | ) | 2 | |||||||||||
Total Interest Expense |
(1,224 | ) | 923 | (1,973 | ) | (174 | ) | |||||||||||
Net Interest Income |
$ | 2,818 | $ | 2,667 | $ | 140 | $ | 11 | ||||||||||
2009 compared to 2008 |
||||||||||||||||||
EARNING |
Investment Securities: |
|||||||||||||||||
ASSETS |
Available-for-Sale |
|||||||||||||||||
U.S. Agency obligations |
$ | (301 | ) | $ | 598 | $ | (713 | ) | $ | (186 | ) | |||||||
States & political subdivisions |
1,123 | 1,532 | 108 | (517 | ) | |||||||||||||
Equity securities |
(53 | ) | (42 | ) | (20 | ) | 9 | |||||||||||
Held to Maturity: |
||||||||||||||||||
U.S. Agency obligations |
(340 | ) | (355 | ) | 18 | (3 | ) | |||||||||||
States & political subdivisions |
(108 | ) | (162 | ) | (3 | ) | 57 | |||||||||||
Loans, net of unearned income: |
||||||||||||||||||
Real estate mortgages |
3,557 | 6,506 | (2,274 | ) | (675 | ) | ||||||||||||
Commercial |
(61 | ) | 91 | (143 | ) | (9 | ) | |||||||||||
Consumer and other |
2,685 | 1,806 | 512 | 367 | ||||||||||||||
Federal funds sold |
(29 | ) | (29 | ) | (29 | ) | 29 | |||||||||||
Federal Home Loan Bank stock |
(164 | ) | 42 | (164 | ) | (42 | ) | |||||||||||
Interest bearing balances with banks |
(56 | ) | (1 | ) | (56 | ) | 1 | |||||||||||
Total Interest Income |
6,253 | 9,986 | (2,764 | ) | (969 | ) | ||||||||||||
INTEREST |
Deposits: |
|||||||||||||||||
BEARING |
Demand-Interest Bearing |
16 | 76 | (49 | ) | (11 | ) | |||||||||||
LIABILITIES |
Savings |
(3 | ) | 137 | (107 | ) | (33 | ) | ||||||||||
Money markets |
(752 | ) | 428 | (985 | ) | (195 | ) | |||||||||||
Time-Over $100 |
275 | 1,126 | (479 | ) | (372 | ) | ||||||||||||
Time-Other |
32 | 1,737 | (1,021 | ) | (684 | ) | ||||||||||||
Repurchase agreements |
(509 | ) | (215 | ) | (393 | ) | 99 | |||||||||||
Short-term borrowings |
(98 | ) | 178 | (137 | ) | (139 | ) | |||||||||||
Long-term borrowings |
(211 | ) | (194 | ) | (22 | ) | 5 | |||||||||||
Total Interest Expense |
(1,250 | ) | 3,273 | (3,193 | ) | (1,330 | ) | |||||||||||
Net Interest Income |
$ | 7,503 | $ | 6,713 | $ | 429 | $ | 361 | ||||||||||
35
(1) The net interest margin is equal to tax equivalent net interest income divided by average interest earning assets. In order to make pre-tax income on tax-exempt investments comparable to taxable investments and loans, a tax equivalent adjustment is made to interest income. This adjustment increased interest income by $2,165, $2,262 and $1,741 for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, for the purposes of the tax equivalent yield calculation. We believe that the tax equivalent presentation is consistent with industry practice. Although we believe that these financial measures enhance investors understanding of our business and performance, these measures should not be considered an alternative to GAAP.
PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES
The provision for loan losses represents managements determination of the risk of future losses inherent in the Companys loan portfolio.
During 2009, as the local economy began to experience the negative impact of the nations economic downturn, the Company was prompted to increase the provision for loan losses substantially in 2009 in the amount of $2,260 compared to $861 in 2008. In 2010, the local economy continued to experience the negative impact of our nations economic downturn. The local housing market remained weak and the unemployment rate in Northeastern Pennsylvania was largely unchanged at 9.5% at year-end. To enhance our ability to identify and manage risk throughout our organization, the Bank created the senior level position of Chief Risk Officer. This position will facilitate our enterprise-wide risk assessment to identify, monitor and quickly mitigate the inherent risks of a community bank in todays economic environment. The Company has continued to apply a proactive approach in evaluating probable loan losses and addressing delinquent loans by, among other things, obtaining current appraisals of collateral; and increasing communication with clients and facilitating payment of delinquent loans.
The Banks process for determining an appropriate level for the allowance for loan and lease losses (ALLL) is based on a comprehensive, well documented and consistently applied analysis of its loan portfolio. This analysis considers all significant factors that affect the collectability of the loans within our portfolio and supports the credit losses estimated by this process. Our ALLL methodology includes procedures for a review by a party who is independent of the Banks credit approval and ALLL estimation processes.
The Bank follows its systematic methodology in accordance with the FFIEC Interagency Policy Statements, as amended, and GAAP in assessing the adequacy of the allowance account. Under GAAP, the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses is determined based on the provisions of FASB ASC 310 for loans specifically identified to be individually evaluated for impairment and the requirements of FASB ASC 450 for large groups of smaller balance homogeneous loans to be collectively evaluated for impairment. Loans are identified by the Banks rating system, past due reports, watch list and sensitivity to economic factors and are then collectively evaluated for impairment compared to other loans utilizing standard criteria. Consideration is given to current local economic conditions which the Company continues to classify as recessionary.
Our historical analysis of loss factors, which utilizes a rolling twenty quarters, was refined in the third quarter of 2010 to assign greater weight to the four quarters of the previous five years that reflected the greatest loan loss allowances. This change in our methodology is designed to better address deterioration in local economic conditions. In addition, and in view of the concentration of the Banks loan portfolio in real estate, over 80% of the portfolio is secured by real estate mainly in the counties in which the Bank operates, the Bank also took into account the decline in real estate sales and new construction in our market area and the drop in real estate values within the market area. Our provision for loan losses has been primarily allocated to the commercial and industrial and commercial real estate portfolio.
Based on this methodology, management made a provision of $1,999 for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2010, compared to a $2,260 provision for 2009. The amount and number of charge-offs and foreclosures increased during 2010 due to the slowing local economy as indicated in the following tables.
As of: |
2010 | 2009 | 2008 | |||||||||
Provision for loan losses |
$ | 1,999 | $ | 2,260 | $ | 861 | ||||||
Allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans |
161.1 | % | 269.3 | % | 362.8 | % | ||||||
Non-performing loans to period end loans |
0.66 | % | 0.39 | % | 0.33 | % | ||||||
Ratio of charge-off loans to average loans |
0.30 | % | 0.23 | % | 0.07 | % | ||||||
Ratio of foreclosed loans to average loans |
0.19 | % | 0.21 | % | |
36
2010 | 2009 | 2008 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
As of: |
Amount | (#) | Amount | (#) | Amount | (#) | ||||||||||||||||||
Charge-offs |
$ | 1,838 | 102 | $ | 1,300 | 75 | $ | 317 | 50 | |||||||||||||||
Foreclosures completed |
1,183 | 6 | 1,145 | 7 | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Non-performing loans |
4,034 | 70 | 2,339 | 46 | 1,454 | 16 |
There was one troubled debt restructuring recorded (TDR) during 2010 and no troubled debt restructuring or concessions given to customers in 2009 or 2008.
The following table presents loans whose terms have been modified in a TDR:
December 31, |
2010 | 2009 | ||||||
Restructured Loans on Accrual Status and Not Past Due 90 Days or More |
$ | | $ | | ||||
Restructured Loans Included in Non-Accrual Loans or Accruing Loans Past Due 90 Days or More |
401 | | ||||||
Total Restructured Loans |
$ | 401 | $ | | ||||
The Company had one loan whose terms had been modified in a troubled debt restructuring as of December 31, 2010. This was a commercial loan where the monthly payments were lowered to accommodate the borrowers financial needs for a period of time.
The Company believes that the judgments used in establishing the allowance for loan losses are based on reliable information. In assessing the sufficiency of the allowance for loan losses, management considers how well prior estimates have related to actual experience. The Company continually monitors the risk elements, historical rates and other data used in establishing the allowance on a periodic basis. Based on this ongoing evaluation, management determines the provision necessary to maintain an appropriate allowance.
The process of determining the adequacy of the allowance is necessarily judgmental and subject to changes in external conditions. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that existing levels of the allowance will ultimately prove adequate to cover actual loan losses. Although management uses available information to establish the appropriate level of the allowance for loan losses, future additions or reductions to the allowance may be necessary, based on estimates that are susceptible to change, as a result of changes in economic conditions and other factors. As a result, our allowance for loan losses may not be sufficient to cover actual loan losses, and future provisions for loan losses could materially adversely affect the Companys operating results. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Companys allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require the Company to recognize adjustments to the allowance based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination.
There are also no particular risk elements in the local economy that put a group or category of loans at increased risk, however, the Company has increased its portfolio of commercial loans, which typically bear a higher risk. These loans are typically secured by real estate to minimize this risk. At December 31, 2010, management believes the allowance for loan losses is adequate to manage the risk inherent in the loan portfolio due to todays economic environment.
37
NON-INTEREST INCOME
The following table sets forth information by category of non-interest income for the Company for the past three years:
Years Ended December 31, |
2010 | 2009 | 2008 | |||||||||
Trust department income |
$ | 1,493 | $ | 1,392 | $ | 1,474 | ||||||
Service charges on deposit accounts |
2,163 | 1,939 | 1,477 | |||||||||
Merchant transaction income |
4,521 | 4,379 | 4,502 | |||||||||
Brokerage fee income |
340 | 348 | 596 | |||||||||
Cardholder discounts |
799 | 665 | 569 | |||||||||
Other fee income |
771 | 727 | 710 | |||||||||
Bank-owned life insurance |
538 | 470 | 316 | |||||||||
Gain on sale of mortgage loans |
682 | 356 | 19 | |||||||||
Other operating income |
287 | 7 | 148 | |||||||||
VISA mandatory share redemption |
| | 1,213 | |||||||||
Impairment losses on investment securities |
| (787 | ) | | ||||||||
Realized gains on securities, net |
558 | 873 | 12 | |||||||||
Total Non-Interest Income |
$ | 12,152 | $ | 10,369 | $ | 11,036 | ||||||
Total non-interest income increased $1,783 or 17.2% to $12,152 during 2010, from $10,369 for the same period of 2009. Trust department income increased $101 or 7.3% due to an increase in the market value of trust assets and new business. Service charges on deposit accounts increased $224 or 11.6% primarily due to the increased number of accounts and increased service charge activity. Merchant transaction income increased $142 or 3.2%, mainly due to new accounts and higher transaction volume. Cardholder discounts increased $134 or 20.2% mainly from increased debit card discounts related to the increased number of accounts. Bank-owned life insurance income increased $68 or 14.5% from additional policies acquired in the merger. Other operating income increased $280 largely due to additional revenue of $150 from an over accrual from the 2006 Voluntary Early Retirement Incentive program along with a reimbursement of legal fees from the merger with Old Forge Bank. The Company recognized an impairment loss on bank equity investment securities of $787 during 2009. Realized gains on securities decreased $315 to $558 during 2010 from $873 for 2009.
Total non-interest income decreased $667 or 6.0% to $10,369 during 2009, from $11,036 for the same period of 2008. Trust department income decreased $82 or 5.6% due to a lower market value of trust assets. Service charges on deposit accounts increased $462 or 31.3% primarily due to the increased number of accounts and increased service charge activity. Merchant transaction income decreased $123 or 2.7%, mainly due to lower transaction volume from continued softness in the economy. Brokerage fee income decreased $248 or 41.6% mostly due to the decline in the overall volume of transactions. Other operating income increased $196 or 117.4% largely due to gains on the sale of low yielding long-term fixed rate real estate loans. In the first quarter of 2008, the Company realized a gain of $1,213 related to VISA, Inc.s Initial Public Offering, which consisted of a mandatory partial share redemption. The Company recognized an impairment loss on bank equity investment securities of $787 during 2009. Realized gains on securities increased $861 to $873 during 2009 from $12 for 2008 largely due to gains on the sale of the majority of the Old Forge Bank securities portfolio, with the proceeds reinvested into higher quality securities.
NON-INTEREST EXPENSES
VISA Contingency
In October 2007, Penn Security Bank & Trust Company, as a member of VISA U.S.A. Inc. received shares of restricted stock in VISA, Inc. (VISA) as a result of a global restructuring of VISA in preparation for an initial public offering in 2008.
In connection with this, VISA member banks were required to recognize a contingent obligation to indemnify VISA under its revised bylaws for potential losses arising from certain antitrust litigation at the estimated fair value of such obligation. The Company, accordingly, recorded a $497 charge or $328, net of tax, in the fourth quarter of 2007. Upon successful completion of the public offering in 2008, VISA established an escrow account for the litigation, funded by a partial redemption of member shares allowing the Company to reverse the $497 litigation accrual during the first quarter of 2008.
38
The following table sets forth information by category of non-interest expenses for the Company for the past three years:
Years Ended December 31, |
2010 | 2009 | 2008 | |||||||||
Salaries and employee benefits |
$ | 13,081 | $ | 12,551 | $ | 10,157 | ||||||
Expense of premises and equipment, net |
3,547 | 3,246 | 2,703 | |||||||||
Merchant transaction expenses |
3,139 | 3,085 | 3,403 | |||||||||
Merger related costs |
| 1,550 | | |||||||||
FDIC insurance assessments |
1,150 | 968 | 59 | |||||||||
Legal and professional expenses |
694 | 442 | (108 | ) | ||||||||
Advertising expense |
605 | 409 | 603 | |||||||||
Bank shares tax |
805 | 1,039 | 743 | |||||||||
Outside services |
781 | 615 | 770 | |||||||||
Director fees |
550 | 568 | 493 | |||||||||
Other operating expenses |
4,101 | 3,947 | 3,349 | |||||||||
Total Non-Interest Expenses |
$ | 28,453 | $ | 28,420 | $ | 22,172 | ||||||
Total non-interest expenses increased $33 or 0.1% to $28,453 during 2010 compared with $28,420 for the same period of 2009. Salaries and employee benefits expense increased $530 or 4.2% mainly due to additional employees as a result of the merger. Expense of premises and equipment increased $301 or 9.3% mostly due to additional depreciation as a result of branch renovation projects. There were no merger related costs in 2010 compared to 2009, during which the Company incurred Merger related costs of $1,550, which consisted of computer and equipment upgrades of $606, investment banking, valuation services, legal and accounting fees of $429, severance payments of $450 and stay bonuses of $65. FDIC insurance assessments increased $182 or 18.8% due to increases in quarterly assessments. Legal and professional expenses increased $252 or 57% due to increased fees associated with non-performing loans as a result of the current economic conditions. Advertising expense increased $196 or 47.9% due to increased promotional activity to generate deposits. Bank shares tax decreased $234 or 22.5% primarily from the benefit of educational tax credits. Other operating expenses increased $154 or 3.9% due to an increase in the amortization of core deposit intangibles of $65 and other real estate owned expense of $51.
Total non-interest expenses increased $6,248 or 28.2% to $28,420 during 2009 compared with $22,172 for the same period of 2008. Salaries and employee benefits expense increased $2,394 or 23.6% mainly due to increased salaries resulting from additional employees as a result of the merger. Premises and fixed assets expense increased $543 or 20.1% due to additional depreciation and increased occupancy expense in part due to the merger. Merchant transaction expenses decreased $318 or 9.3% due to lower transaction volume. Merger related costs of $1,550 consist of computer system conversions and equipment upgrades of $606, investment banking, valuation services, legal and accounting fees of $429, severance payments of $450 and stay bonuses of $65. FDIC insurance assessments increased $909 due to a one time FDIC special assessment charge of $385 and increases in quarterly assessments. Bank shares tax increased $296 or 39.8% as a result of the Merger. Other operating expenses increased $954 or 24.8% due to the effect of the reversal in the first quarter of 2008 of the $497 VISA litigation accrual recorded by the Company in the fourth quarter of 2007, in addition to an increase of $248 in consulting and advisory expense and $850 of legal and professional services.
INCOME TAXES
Federal income tax expense increased $1,479 or 78.3% to $3,367 in 2010 compared to $1,888 in 2009, primarily due to higher income and the effect of $1,550 of costs associated with the Merger recorded during 2009.
Federal income tax expense decreased $570 or 23.2% to $1,888 in 2009 compared to $2,458 in 2008, primarily due to lower operating income described above and higher tax-free income.
The Companys effective income tax rate for 2010, 2009 and 2008 was 22.3%, 18.4% and 22.2%, respectively.
The Company uses the asset and liability method of accounting for deferred income taxes. If current available information raises doubt as to the realization of deferred tax assets, a valuation allowance is established. The Company evaluates the recoverability of deferred tax assets based on its ability to generate future profits. The Company employs budgeting and periodic reporting processes to continually monitor its progress. Historically, the Company has had sufficient profits for recovery of deferred tax benefits.
For further discussion pertaining to Federal income taxes, see Note 18 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
39
FINANCIAL CONDITION
Total assets increased $32.8 million or 3.7% during 2010 to $916.1 million at December 31, 2010 compared to $883.3 million at December 31, 2009. Total assets increased $254.3 million or 40.4% during 2009 to $883.3 million at December 31, 2009 compared to $629.0 million at December 31, 2008, including the acquisition of Old Forge Bank assets at fair value of $212.6 million and the recording of Goodwill of $26.4 million.
INVESTMENT PORTFOLIO
The Companys investment portfolio has two primary functions: To provide liquidity and to contribute to earnings. To provide liquidity the Company may invest in short-term securities such as Federal funds sold, interest bearing deposits with banks, U.S. Treasury securities and U.S. Agency securities all with maturities of one year or less. These funds are invested short-term to ensure the availability of funds to meet customer demand for credit needs. The Company enhances interest income by securing long-term investments within its investment portfolio, by means of U.S. Treasury securities, U.S. Agency securities, municipal securities and mortgage-backed securities, generally with maturities greater than one year. The Companys mortgage-backed securities portfolio does not contain any sub-prime or Alt-A credits.
The following table presents the carrying value, by security type and by maturity, for the Companys investment portfolio:
December 31, |
2010 | 2009 | 2008 | |||||||||
U.S. Agency obligations |
$ | 134,541 | $ | 95,962 | $ | 80,643 | ||||||
States & political subdivisions |
77,428 | 98,584 | 70,010 | |||||||||
Corporate securities |
4,090 | | | |||||||||
Total Debt Securities |
216,059 | 194,546 | 150,653 | |||||||||
Equity securities |
985 | 1,384 | 1,259 | |||||||||
Total Investment Securities |
$ | 217,044 | $ | 195,930 | $ | 151,912 | ||||||
The following table shows the actual maturity of debt securities in specified categories of the Banks investment portfolio at December 31, 2010 and the weighted average yields (for tax-exempt obligations on a fully taxable basis at 34 percent tax rate). The table does not include any estimate of prepayments which significantly shortens the average useful life of certain U.S. Agency mortgage-backed securities.
As of December 31, 2010: |
Aggregate
Value |
Weighted
Average Yield |
||||||
Due in one year or less: |
||||||||
U.S. Agency securities |
$ | 17,177 | 2.54 | % | ||||
States & political subdivisions |
| | ||||||
Corporate securities |
3,069 | 0.61 | % | |||||
After one year through five years: |
||||||||
U.S. Agency securities |
62,117 | 1.40 | % | |||||
States & political subdivisions |
346 | 8.43 | % | |||||
Corporate securities |
1,021 | 1.09 | % | |||||
After five year through ten years: |
||||||||
U.S. Agency securities |
25,578 | 2.43 | % | |||||
States & political subdivisions |
9,915 | 7.83 | % | |||||
Corporate securities |
| | ||||||
After ten years: |
||||||||
U.S. Agency securities |
29,669 | 4.84 | % | |||||
States & political subdivisions |
67,167 | 6.82 | % | |||||
Corporate securities |
| | ||||||
Total Debt Securities |
$ | 216,059 | ||||||
Investment securities with amortized costs and fair values of $129,004 and $131,757, respectively, at December 31, 2010 and $141,193 and $145,554, respectively, at December 31, 2009, were pledged to secure trust funds, public deposits and for other purposes as required by law.
40
The amortized cost and fair value of debt securities at December 31, 2010 by contractual maturity are shown in Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.
Equity securities at December 31, 2010 and 2009 consisted primarily of other financial institutions stock.
In 2009, the Company recorded an other-than-temporary impairment charge of $787 related to the Companys equity investment portfolio containing stock of financial institutions. Prior to this impairment charge, the decline in value of the securities was recorded as unrealized losses on securities available-for-sale and reflected as a reduction in stockholders equity through other comprehensive income.
In recent periods, United States and global markets, as well as general economic conditions, have been disrupted and volatile. Concerns regarding the financial strength of financial institutions have led to distress in credit markets and issues relating to liquidity among financial institutions. The United States and other governments have taken steps to try to stabilize the financial system, including investing in financial institutions. The Company has not applied for and is not participating in any government sponsored Capital Purchase Programs. Our businesses, financial conditions and results of operations could be adversely affected by (1) continued disruption and volatility in financial markets, (2) continued capital and liquidity concerns regarding financial institutions generally and our counterparties specifically, including the Federal Home Loan Bank, (3) limitations resulting from governmental action in an effort to stabilize or provide additional regulation of the financial system, or (4) recessionary conditions that are deeper or last longer than currently anticipated.
A summary of transactions involving available-for-sale debt securities in 2010, 2009 and 2008 are as follows:
December 31, |
2010 | 2009 | 2008 | |||||||||
Proceeds from sales |
$ | 8,897 | $ | 25,568 | $ | 11,798 | ||||||
Gross realized gains |
66 | 1,029 | 11 | |||||||||
Gross realized losses |
4 | 142 | |
Federal Home Loan Bank Stock Impairment Evaluation
The Company held FHLB stock of $6,082, $6,402 and $5,568 at December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The Companys banking subsidiary, Penn Security Bank, is required to maintain certain amounts of FHLB stock in order to participate in a FHLB line of credit program. The FHLB stock is stated at par value as it is restricted to purchases and sales with the FHLB. FHLB stock is less liquid than other tradable equity securities and the fair value is equal to cost. No impairment write-downs have been recorded on FHLB stock during 2010 or 2009.
The FHLB had suspended its stock repurchase and dividend payments during December 2008. A reduction in the level of core earnings resulting from lower short-term interest rates, the increased cost of maintaining liquidity and constrained access to the debt markets at attractive rates and maturities are the main reasons the FHLB cited as significant for the decision to suspend dividends and the repurchase of excess capital stock. Accounting guidance indicates that investors should recognize impairment in FHLB Pittsburgh capital stock if it is determined that it is not probable that the Bank will ultimately recover the par value of its shares. An investor in FHLB Pittsburgh must determine whether impairment exists based on its long-term performance, the severity and duration of declines in the market value of its net assets related to its capital stock amount, its commitment to make payments required by law or regulation and the level of such payments in relation to its operating performance, the impact of legislation and regulatory changes and its liquidity. During 2010, the FHLB repurchased $320 of capital stock which represented 5.0% of the Banks $6,402 investment. Based on current financial information available, management does not believe the FHLB stock value is impaired as of December 31, 2010.
41
LOAN PORTFOLIO
Details regarding the Companys loan portfolio for the past five years are as follows:
December 31, |
2010 | 2009 | 2008 | 2007 | 2006 | |||||||||||||||
Real estate construction and land development |
||||||||||||||||||||
Residential real estate |
$ | 7,799 | $ | 9,970 | $ | 5,191 | $ | 7,263 | $ | 6,132 | ||||||||||
Commercial real estate |
28,345 | 22,940 | 16,758 | 18,595 | 17,582 | |||||||||||||||
Residential real estate |
287,502 | 298,098 | 256,560 | 237,594 | 207,613 | |||||||||||||||
Commercial real estate |
179,619 | 171,995 | 98,968 | 80,843 | 76,710 | |||||||||||||||
Commercial |
36,190 | 30,743 | 27,793 | 24,505 | 26,265 | |||||||||||||||
Credit card and related plans |
3,327 | 3,365 | 3,272 | 3,324 | 3,282 | |||||||||||||||
Installment |
62,441 | 59,986 | 28,135 | 26,542 | 25,532 | |||||||||||||||
Obligations of states & political subdivisions |
9,882 | 6,873 | 4,471 | 5,973 | 6,806 | |||||||||||||||
Loans, net of unearned income |
615,105 | 603,970 | 441,148 | 404,639 | 369,922 | |||||||||||||||
Less: Allowance for loan losses |
6,500 | 6,300 | 5,275 | 4,700 | 4,200 | |||||||||||||||
Loans, net |
$ | 608,605 | $ | 597,670 | $ | 435,873 | $ | 399,939 | $ | 365,722 | ||||||||||
The following table shows the actual maturity of the loans in specified categories of the Banks loan portfolio at December 31, 2010 and the weighted average yields (for tax-exempt loans on a fully taxable basis at 34 percent tax rate).
Aggregate
Value |
Weighted
Average Yield |
|||||||
Due in one year or less: |
||||||||
Real estate construction and land development |
$ | 3,274 | 4.05 | % | ||||
Residential real estate |
7,694 | 3.49 | % | |||||
Commercial real estate |
15,130 | 4.52 | % | |||||
Commercial |
15,825 | 3.82 | % | |||||
Credit card and related plans |
| | ||||||
Installment |
17,685 | 5.72 | % | |||||
Obligations of states & political subdivisions |
3,885 | 4.86 | % | |||||
After one year through five years: |
||||||||
Real estate construction and land development |
2,925 | 4.49 | % | |||||
Residential real estate |
16,479 | 5.94 | % | |||||
Commercial real estate |
22,135 | 5.66 | % | |||||
Commercial |
14,088 | 4.45 | % | |||||
Credit card and related plans |
3,327 | 13.23 | % | |||||
Installment |
36,845 | 6.47 | % | |||||
Obligations of states & political subdivisions |
1,265 | 6.91 | % | |||||
After five year: |
||||||||
Real estate construction and land development |
29,945 | 3.39 | % | |||||
Residential real estate |
263,329 | 5.88 | % | |||||
Commercial real estate |
142,354 | 5.51 | % | |||||
Commercial |
6,277 | 3.01 | % | |||||
Credit card and related plans |
| | ||||||
Installment |
7,911 | 5.35 | % | |||||
Obligations of states & political subdivisions |
4,732 | 6.41 | % | |||||
Total Loan Portfolio |
$ | 615,105 | ||||||
There were no purchased loans in 2010, 2009 or 2008 other than loan participations with local banks. Originations of new loans are primarily in loans secured by real estate. The growth in loans from 2008 to 2010 was mainly due to the merger of Old Forge Bank.
42
The Company has not engaged in any sub-prime residential mortgage lending. Therefore, the Company is not subject to any credit risks associated with such loans. The Companys loan portfolio primarily consists of residential and commercial mortgage loans, secured by properties located in Northeastern Pennsylvania and subject to conservative underwriting standards.
Loans secured by real estate continue to be the largest component of the loan portfolio, representing 82% and 83% of total loans at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively. However, recent economic conditions and recessionary concerns have resulted in lower levels of loan demand. Accordingly, we expect that loan growth may be slower than historically expected.
The Companys loan portfolio is primarily residential and commercial secured mortgage loans in its Northeastern Pennsylvania market area. Approximately 2% of the loan portfolio was comprised of loans to entities located outside our market area.
At December 31, 2010, the loan portfolio was comprised of approximately $285.4 million or 46.4% of fixed rate loans and $329.7 million or 53.6% of adjustable rate loans.
LOANS
Total net loans increased $10.9 million or 1.8% to $608.6 million at December 31, 2010 from $597.7 million at December 31, 2009.
Total net loans increased $161.8 million or 37.1% to $597.7 million at December 31, 2009 from $435.9 million at December 31, 2008. This increase is primarily due to the acquisition of the Old Forge Bank loan portfolio of $159.9 million.
LOAN QUALITY
The lending activities of the Company are guided by the comprehensive lending policy established by the Board of Directors. Loans must meet certain criteria relating to the character, capacity and capital of the borrower, collateral provided for the loan, and prevailing economic conditions. Due to the consistent application of conservative underwriting standards, the Companys loan quality has remained strong during the current general economic downturn.
Regardless of credit standards, there is risk of loss inherent in every loan portfolio. The allowance for loan losses is an amount that management believes will be adequate to absorb probable losses on existing loans that may become uncollectible, based on evaluations of the collectibility of the loans. The evaluations take into consideration such factors as change in the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, overall portfolio quality, review of specific problem loans, industry experience, collateral value and current economic conditions that may affect the borrowers ability to pay. Management believes that the allowance for loan losses is adequate. While management uses available information to estimate probable losses on loans, future additions to the allowance may be necessary based on changes in economic conditions. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Companys allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require the Company to recognize additions to the allowance based on their judgment of information available to them at the time of their examination.
The allowance for loan losses is increased by periodic charges against earnings as a provision for loan losses, and decreased periodically by charge-offs of loans (or parts of loans) management has determined to be uncollectible, net of actual recoveries on loans previously charged-off.
The allowance for loan loss as a percentage of loans was 1.06% at December 31, 2010, compared to 1.04% at December 31, 2009.
43
NON-PERFORMING ASSETS
Non-performing assets consist of non-accrual loans and other real estate owned. The following table sets forth information regarding non-performing assets and loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing interest as of the dates indicated:
As of: |
2010 | 2009 | 2008 | 2007 | 2006 | |||||||||||||||
Non-accrual loans |
||||||||||||||||||||
Residential real estate |
$ | 1,579 | $ | 1,273 | $ | 290 | $ | 408 | $ | 223 | ||||||||||
Commercial real estate |
1,385 | 672 | 808 | 249 | 2,782 | |||||||||||||||
Commercial loans |
977 | 199 | 201 | 949 | 175 | |||||||||||||||
Consumer loans |
93 | 195 | 155 | 4 | | |||||||||||||||
Total non-performing loans |
$ | 4,034 | $ | 2,339 | $ | 1,454 | $ | 1,610 | $ | 3,180 | ||||||||||
Other real estate owned |
803 | 405 | | | | |||||||||||||||
Total non-performing assets |
$ | 4,837 | $ | 2,744 | $ | 1,454 | $ | 1,610 | $ | 3,180 | ||||||||||
Loans past due 90 days or more and accruing: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Secured by real estate |
$ | 1,236 | $ | 1,456 | $ | 810 | $ | 57 | $ | 177 | ||||||||||
Guaranteed student loans |
268 | 218 | 203 | 408 | 251 | |||||||||||||||
Credit card loans |
20 | 9 | 17 | 2 | 6 | |||||||||||||||
Commercial loans |
100 | | 119 | | | |||||||||||||||
Consumer loans |
6 | 14 | 4 | 12 | | |||||||||||||||
Total loans past due 90 days or more and accruing |
$ | 1,630 | $ | 1,697 | $ | 1,153 | $ | 479 | $ | 434 | ||||||||||
Ratios: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Non-performing loans to period end loans |
0.66 | % | 0.39 | % | 0.33 | % | 0.40 | % | 0.86 | % | ||||||||||
Total loans past due 90 days or more and accruing to period end loans |
0.27 | % | 0.28 | % | 0.26 | % | 0.12 | % | 0.12 | % | ||||||||||
Non-performing assets to period end assets |
0.53 | % | 0.31 | % | 0.23 | % | 0.28 | % | 0.56 | % |
Loans are generally placed on a non-accrual status when principal or interest is past due 90 days and when payment in full is not anticipated. When a loan is placed on non-accrual status, all interest previously accrued but not collected is charged against current income. Loans are returned to accrual status when past due interest is collected and the collection of future principal and interest is probable.
During the second quarter of 2008, the Company was notified that The Education Resources Institute, Inc. (TERI), a guarantor of a portion of our student loan portfolio, had filed for reorganization under Chapter 11 of the Federal Bankruptcy Act. Currently, the Company had $7,395 of TERI loans out of a total student loan portfolio of $16,493. The Company does not anticipate that TERIs bankruptcy filing will significantly impact the Companys financial statements. These loans are placed on non-accrual status when they become more than 90 days past due. At December 31, 2010 there was $60 of such loans placed on non-accrual status.
Loans on which the accrual of interest has been discontinued or reduced amounted to $4,034, $2,339 and $1,454 at December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The 2010 increase can be attributed primarily to three borrowers. In each case the Bank has taken a charge-off or provided a specific reserve as reflected in the current recorded loan balance in the applicable financial statements. If interest on those loans had been accrued, such income would have been $219, $90 and $192 for 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Interest income on those loans, which is recorded only when received, amounted to $104, $52 and $29 for 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. There are no commitments to lend additional funds to individuals whose loans are in non-accrual status.
Real estate loans of $1,236 that are past due 90 days or more and still accruing are primarily 1-4 family residential loans with favorable loan-to-value ratios and in the process of collection.
Managements process for evaluating the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses includes reviewing each months loan committee reports which list all loans that do not meet certain internally developed criteria as to collateral adequacy, payment performance, economic conditions and overall credit risk. These reports also address the current status and actions in process on each listed loan. From this information, adjustments are made to the allowance for loan losses. Such adjustments include both specific loss allocation amounts and general provisions by loan category based on present and past collection experience, nature and volume of the loan portfolio, overall portfolio quality, and current economic conditions that may affect the borrowers ability to pay. Please see the discussion of our allowance for loan losses methodology under the heading Managements Discussion & AnalysisProvision for Loan Losses.
44
As of December 31, 2010, the Company had total impaired loans of $4,493. Management performed an evaluation of expected future cash flows, including the anticipated cash flow from the sale of collateral, and compared that to the carrying amount of the impaired loans. Based on these evaluations, the Company has determined that a reserve of $1,415 is required against impaired loans at December 31, 2010.
At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company did not have any loans classified as impaired.
Most of the Companys lending activity is with customers located in the Companys geographic market area and repayment thereof is affected by economic conditions in this market area.
Our non-performing loans increased from $2,339 at December 31, 2009 to $4,034 at December 31, 2010. As of December 31, 2009, our non-performing loans were comprised of thirty-six loans of which eleven loans were in excess of one hundred thousand dollars in size and the remainder of which were less than one hundred thousand dollars each. As of December 31, 2010, our non-performing loans were comprised of forty-six loans of which thirteen loans are in excess of one hundred thousand dollars and the remainder of which are less than one hundred thousand dollars. The increase in the non-performing loans can be attributed to the following factors: (1) the addition of a large land development credit and two commercial loans, (2) the continuing deterioration in the economic conditions both locally and regionally, and (3) the widely depressed housing and real estate construction market.
The decrease in asset quality has been addressed by maintaining an adequate loss allowance. As of December 31, 2010, the total of the allowance for loan losses was $6,500. The level of loan loss coverage reflects managements conservative view of the local economic conditions and an appropriate increase in the allowance for loan losses. As a result of the economic conditions in our market area and the increase in non-performing loans, management has undertaken the following actions beginning in 2009:
|
Adjusted the credit policy in 2009 to lower the maximum loan-to-value ratios on commercial real estate loans and certain consumer loans; |
|
Hired a former bank examiner in February 2010 to perform loan reviews on a full time basis and to enhance our allowance for loan loss methodology for implementation in the third quarter of 2010 which did not have any appreciable impact on the required level on loan loss allowance; |
|
Contracted with a credit professional in March 2010 to assess the soundness of the small business underwriting function as well as the appropriateness of the Companys established methodology for determining the allowance for loan losses; |
|
As a result of the local and national weakness in the real estate industry, and to mitigate or prevent loan loss, the Bank orders a current appraisal of the collateral securing such loan after it is 90 days delinquent to assess the current loan to value ratio. |
45
LOAN LOSS EXPERIENCE
The following table presents the Companys loan loss experience during the periods indicated:
Years Ended December 31, |
2010 | 2009 | 2008 | 2007 | 2006 | |||||||||||||||
Balance at beginning of year |
$ | 6,300 | $ | 5,275 | $ | 4,700 | $ | 4,200 | $ | 3,800 | ||||||||||
Charge-offs: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Residential real estate mortgages |
213 | 161 | 83 | | 74 | |||||||||||||||
Commercial real estate and all others |
1,138 | 798 | | 94 | 18 | |||||||||||||||
Credit card and related plans |
97 | 71 | 55 | 66 | 49 | |||||||||||||||
Installment loans |
390 | 270 | 179 | 5 | 26 | |||||||||||||||
Total charge-offs |
1,838 | 1,300 | 317 | 165 | 167 | |||||||||||||||
Recoveries: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Residential real estate mortgages |
19 | 42 | | | | |||||||||||||||
Commercial real estate and all others |
1 | | 14 | 6 | 131 | |||||||||||||||
Credit card and related plans |
3 | 1 | 16 | 1 | 3 | |||||||||||||||
Installment loans |
16 | 22 | 1 | 1 | | |||||||||||||||
Total recoveries |
39 | 65 | 31 | 8 | 134 | |||||||||||||||
Net charge-offs |
1,799 | 1,235 | 286 | 157 | 33 | |||||||||||||||
Provision charged to operations |
1,999 | 2,260 | 861 | 657 | 433 | |||||||||||||||
Balance at End of Year |
$ | 6,500 | $ | 6,300 | $ | 5,275 | $ | 4,700 | $ | 4,200 | ||||||||||
Ratio of net charge-offs to average loans outstanding |
0.30 | % | 0.22 | % | 0.07 | % | 0.04 | % | 0.01 | % | ||||||||||
The allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2010 was $6,500 or 1.06% of total loans compared to $6,300 or 1.04% of total loans at December 31, 2009.
The 2010 increase can be attributed primarily to two borrowers. In each case the Bank has taken a charge-off or provided a specific reserve, based on current appraisals, and the current recorded loan balance reflects those actions.
The overwhelming majority of commercial loans and real estate mortgages charged-off during 2009 were comprised of one and two borrowing relationships, respectively.
The allowance for loan losses is allocated as follows:
2010 | 2009 | 2008 | 2007 | 2006 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
December 31, |
Amount | % (1) | Amount | % (1) | Amount | % (1) | Amount | % (1) | Amount | % (1) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Residential real estate |
$ | 800 | 48 | % | $ | 1,200 | 51 | % | $ | 1,200 | 59 | % | $ | 1,200 | 58 | % | $ | 1,200 | 56 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial real estate and all others |
4,000 | 40 | 4,000 | 37 | 3,275 | 33 | 2,900 | 34 | 2,500 | 36 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Credit card and related plans |
350 | 1 | 350 | 1 | 300 | 1 | 300 | 1 | 250 | 1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Personal installment loans |
1,350 | 11 | 750 | 11 | 500 | 7 | 300 | 7 | 250 | 7 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
$ | 6,500 | 100 | % | $ | 6,300 | 100 | % | $ | 5,275 | 100 | % | $ | 4,700 | 100 | % | $ | 4,200 | 100 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
(1) - Percent of loans in each category to total loans
DEPOSITS
December 31, |
2010 | 2009 | 2008 | |||||||||
Demand Non-interest bearing |
$ | 113,391 | $ | 109,855 | $ | 72,456 | ||||||
Demand Interest bearing |
70,989 | 72,477 | 51,975 | |||||||||
Savings |
113,382 | 110,994 | 74,907 | |||||||||
Money markets |
144,206 | 146,189 | 115,811 | |||||||||
Time Over $100,000 |
85,404 | 78,702 | 37,960 | |||||||||
Time Other |
163,660 | 127,217 | 71,616 | |||||||||
Total Deposits |
$ | 691,032 | $ | 645,434 | $ | 424,725 | ||||||
46
The maturities of time deposits of $100,000 or more at December 31, 2010 are as follows:
Three months or less |
$ | 21,255 | ||
Over three months through six months |
10,795 | |||
Over six months through twelve months |
30,228 | |||
Over twelve months |
23,126 | |||
Total |
$ | 85,404 | ||
As of December 31, 2010, the Company had Certificate of Deposit Account Registry Service (CDARS) reciprocal deposits in the amount of $22.1 million. The Company also issues brokered certificates of deposit; the balance of this funding as of December 31, 2010 was $49.5 million. The brokered certificates of deposit issued were generally a low cost alternative to wholesale funding with the majority offered having a call feature optionality not provided by wholesale funding. As of December 31, 2010, the dollar amount of total brokered deposits, exclusive of CDARS reciprocal deposits, was $51.3 million or 7.4% of total deposits, compared to $1.8 million or 0.3% at December 31, 2009 and $1.8 million or 0.4% at December 31, 2008.
Increases in deposits for 2010 can be primarily attributed to the Companys issuance of brokered certificates of deposit totaling $49.5 million at December 31, 2010 and increased CDARS reciprocal deposits.
The Company is largely dependent on its core deposit base to fund operations. Management has competitively priced its deposit products in checking, savings, money market and time deposits to provide a stable source of funding.
As general interest rates in the economy change, some deposits migrate towards investment with higher anticipated yields.
The primary source of funds to support the Companys operations is its deposit base. Company deposits increased $220.7 million to $645.4 million at December 31, 2009 from $424.7 million at December 31, 2008. Largely, the Company experienced growth in transaction accounts and time deposits due to the acquisition of Old Forge Bank accounts of $177.0 million at April 1, 2009, as well as growth from increased marketing efforts.
DIVIDEND POLICY
Payment of future dividends will be subject to the discretion of the Board of Directors and will depend upon the earnings of the Company, its financial condition, capital requirements, need for funds and other matters as the Board deems appropriate.
Dividends on the Company common stock, if approved by the Board of Directors, are customarily paid on or about March 15, June 15, September 15 and December 15.
ASSET/LIABILITY MANAGEMENT
The Companys policy is to match its level of rate-sensitive assets and rate-sensitive liabilities within a limited range, thereby reducing its exposure to interest rate fluctuations. While no single measure can completely identify the impact of changes in interest rates on net interest income, one gauge of interest rate-sensitivity is to measure, over a variety of time periods, the differences in the amounts of the Companys rate-sensitive assets and rate-sensitive liabilities. These differences, or gaps, provide an indication of the extent to which net interest income may be affected by future changes in interest rates. A positive gap exists when rate-sensitive assets exceed rate-sensitive liabilities and indicates that a greater volume of assets than liabilities will reprise during a given period. This mismatch may enhance earnings in a rising interest rate environment and may inhibit earnings when interest rates decline. Conversely, when rate-sensitive liabilities exceed rate-sensitive assets, referred to as a negative gap, it indicates that a greater volume of liabilities than assets may reprise during the period. In this case, a rising interest rate environment may inhibit earnings and declining interest rates may enhance earnings. However, because interest rates for different asset and liability products offered by financial institutions respond differently, the gap is only a general indicator of interest rate sensitivity.
LIQUIDITY
The objective of liquidity management is to maintain a balance between sources and uses of funds in such a way that the cash requirements of customers for loans and deposit withdrawals are met in the most economical manner. Management monitors its liquidity position continuously in relation to trends of loans and deposits for short-term as well as long-term requirements. Liquid assets are monitored on a daily basis to assure maximum utilization. Management also manages its liquidity requirements by maintaining an adequate level of readily marketable assets and access to short-term funding sources. Management does not foresee any adverse trends in liquidity.
47
The Company remains in a highly liquid condition both in the short and long term. Sources of liquidity include the Companys U.S. Agency bond portfolios, additional deposits, earnings, overnight loans to and from other companies (Federal Funds) and lines of credit at the Federal Reserve Bank and the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB). The Company is not a party to any commitments, guarantees or obligations that could materially affect its liquidity.
The Company offers collateralized repurchase agreements, which have a one day maturity, as an alternative deposit option for its customers. The repurchase agreements are accounted for as a collateralized borrowing with a one day maturity and are collateralized by U.S. Agency securities. The Company also has long-term debt outstanding to the FHLB, which was used to purchase a Freddie Mac pool of residential mortgages. At December 31, 2010 the Company had $238,106 of available borrowing capacity with the FHLB, a Borrower-In-Custody (BIC) line of credit of $20,325 with the Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia, available borrowing capacity at the Discount Window of $34,646, an overnight Federal funds line of credit of $19,000 with PNC Bank and an overnight Federal funds line of credit of $5,000 with Wells Fargo.
The Company is a separate legal entity from the Bank and must provide for its own liquidity. In addition to its operating expenses, the Company is responsible for paying any dividends declared to its shareholders. The Companys primary source of income is dividends received from the Bank. The amount of dividends that the Bank may declare and pay to the Company is generally restricted under Pennsylvania law to the retained earnings of the Bank.
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES
In the normal course of business, there are outstanding commitments and contingent liabilities, created under prevailing terms and collateral requirements such as commitments to extend credit, financial guarantees and letters of credit, which are not reflected in the accompanying Financial Statements. The Company does not anticipate any losses as a result of these transactions. These instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the Balance Sheets.
The contract or notional amounts of those instruments reflect the extent of involvement the Company has in particular classes of financial instruments.
Financial instruments whose contract amounts represent credit risk at December 31, 2010 and 2009 are as follows:
2010 | 2009 | |||||||
Commitments to extend credit: |
||||||||
Fixed rate |
$ | 53,011 | $ | 39,576 | ||||
Variable rate |
$ | 96,036 | $ | 87,454 | ||||
Standby letters of credit |
$ | 15,969 | $ | 16,091 |
Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have expiration dates of one year or less or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements.
Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers.
During 2010 the Bank had executed purchase agreements in the amount of one million dollars for land in Scranton, Pennsylvania, to be used for construction of a new branch facility. The Bank has received regulatory approval for the establishment of this new branch office.
RELATED PARTIES
The Company does not have any material transactions involving related persons or entities, other than traditional banking transactions, which are made on the same terms and conditions as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with unrelated parties. At December 31, 2010, the Bank has issued standby letters of credit for the accounts of related parties in the amount of $7,785.
48
CAPITAL RESOURCES
A strong capital position is important to the continued profitability of the Company and promotes depositor and investor confidence. The Companys capital provides a basis for future growth and expansion and also provides additional protection against unexpected losses.
Additional sources of capital would come from retained earnings from the operations of the Company and from the sale of additional shares of common stock. Management has no plans to offer additional shares of common stock at this time.
The Companys total risk-based capital ratio was 16.42% at December 31, 2010. The Companys risk-based capital ratio is more than the 10.00% ratio that Federal regulators use as the well capitalized threshold under the Federal prompt corrective action regulations. This is the current criteria which the FDIC uses in determining the lowest insurance rate for deposit insurance. The Companys risk-based capital ratio is more than double the 8.00% minimum threshold, which determines whether a company is adequately capitalized. Under these rules, the Company could significantly increase its assets and still comply with these capital requirements without the necessity of increasing its equity capital.
The following table presents Stockholders Equity of the Company for the past two years:
Years Ended December 31, |
2010 | 2009 | ||||||
Balance at beginning of year |
$ | 117,397 | $ | 73,642 | ||||
Fair value of consideration exchanged in merger |
| 38,058 | ||||||
Net income |
11,722 | 8,372 | ||||||
Other comprehensive income |
(1,693 | ) | 2,356 | |||||
Cash dividends declared |
(5,504 | ) | (5,031 | ) | ||||
Total Stockholders Equity |
$ | 121,922 | $ | 117,397 | ||||
Non-GAAP Financial Measures
Core Earnings Calculation
Certain financial measures for 2009 contained in this Form 10-K exclude costs related to the Companys acquisition of Old Forge Bank on April 1, 2009.
Merger costs of $1,550 for the year ended December 31, 2009, related to the merger with Old Forge Bank, consist primarily of investment banking costs, system conversion costs, valuation services, legal and accounting fees and severance payments.
In March 2008, VISA, Inc. (VISA) completed its initial public offering. The Bank and certain other VISA member banks are shareholders in VISA. Following the initial public offering, the Company received $1.2 million in proceeds from the offering, as a mandatory partial redemption of 28,351 shares, reducing the Companys holdings from 73,333 to 44,982 shares of Class B common stock. Using proceeds from this offering, VISA established a $3.0 billion escrow account to cover the resolution of pending litigation and related claims. The partial redemption proceeds of $1.2 million are reflected in other non-interest income in the first quarter of 2008.
The remaining unredeemed shares of VISA Class B common stock are restricted and may not be transferred until the later of (1) three years from the date of the initial public offering or (2) the period of time necessary to resolve the covered litigation. The current conversion ratio of 0.5824 was established for the conversion rate of Class B shares into Class A shares. If the funds in the escrow account are insufficient to settle all the covered litigation, VISA may sell additional Class A shares, use the proceeds to settle litigation, and further reduce the conversion ratio. If funds remain in the escrow account after all litigation is settled, the Class B conversion ratio will be increased to reflect that surplus. As of December 31, 2009, the value of the Class A shares was $87.46 per share. The value of unredeemed Class A equivalent shares owned by the Company was $2.3 million as of December 31, 2009, and has not yet been reflected in the accompanying financial statements.
In connection with VISAs establishment of the litigation escrow account, the Company reversed a $497 accrual in the first quarter of 2008, reflected as a reduction of other non-interest expense. This reserve was created in the fourth quarter of 2007, pending completion of the VISA, Inc. initial public offering as a charge to other non-interest expense.
49
Financial measures which exclude the above referenced items have not been determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and are therefore non-GAAP financial measures. Management of the Company believes that investors understanding of the Companys performance is enhanced by disclosing these non-GAAP financial measures as a reasonable basis for comparison of the Companys ongoing results of operations. These non-GAAP measures should not be considered a substitute for GAAP-basis measures and results. Our non-GAAP measures may not be comparable to non-GAAP measures of other companies. The Non-GAAP Reconciliation Schedule provides a disclosure of these non-GAAP financial measures to the most closely analogous measure determined in accordance with GAAP.
The following tables present the reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures to reported GAAP financial measures.
Years Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
2010 | 2009 | Change | ||||||||||
Net interest income after provision for loan losses |
$ | 31,390 | $ | 28,311 | $ | 3,079 | ||||||
Non-interest income |
12,152 | 10,369 | 1,783 | |||||||||
Non-interest expense |
(28,453 | ) | (28,420 | ) | (33 | ) | ||||||
Income tax benefit (provision) |
(3,367 | ) | (1,888 | ) | (1,479 | ) | ||||||
Net income |
11,722 | 8,372 | 3,350 | |||||||||
Adjustments |
||||||||||||
Non-interest expense |
||||||||||||
Merger related costs |
| 1,550 | (1,550 | ) | ||||||||
Total Adjustments pre-tax |
| 1,550 | (1,550 | ) | ||||||||
Income tax provision (benefit) (25% 1 / 34 % tax rate) |
| 381 | (381 | ) | ||||||||
After tax adjustments to GAAP |
| 1,169 | (1,169 | ) | ||||||||
Adjusted net income |
$ | 11,722 | $ | 9,541 | $ | 2,181 | ||||||
Return on Average Assets |
1.32 | % | 1.18 | % | ||||||||
Return on Average Equity |
9.74 | % | 9.03 | % | ||||||||
Dividend Payout Ratio |
46.93 | % | 52.66 | % |
Return on average equity (ROE) and return on average assets (ROA) for the year ended December 31, 2010 was 9.74% and 1.32%, respectively. ROE was 7.93% (9.03% excluding the Merger costs) and ROA was 1.04% (1.18% excluding the Merger costs) for the same period last year. The dividend payout ratio for December 31, 2010 was 46.93% and 60.00% (52.66% excluding the Merger costs) for the same period last year.
Years Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
2009 | 2008 | Change | ||||||||||
Net interest income after provision for loan losses |
$ | 28,311 | $ | 22,207 | $ | 6,104 | ||||||
Non-interest income |
10,369 | 11,036 | (667 | ) | ||||||||
Non-interest expense |
(28,420 | ) | (22,172 | ) | (6,248 | ) | ||||||
Income tax benefit (provision) |
(1,888 | ) | (2,458 | ) | 570 | |||||||
Net income |
8,372 | 8,613 | (241 | ) | ||||||||
Adjustments |
||||||||||||
Non-interest income |
||||||||||||
Gain on mandatory redemption of VISA, Inc. |
||||||||||||
class B common stock |
| (1,213 | ) | 1,213 | ||||||||
Non-interest expense |
||||||||||||
Merger related costs |
1,550 | | 1,550 | |||||||||
Covered litigation accrual |
| (497 | ) | 497 | ||||||||
Total Adjustments pre-tax |
1,550 | (1,710 | ) | 3,260 | ||||||||
Income tax provision (benefit) (25% 2 / 34 % tax rate) |
381 | (581 | ) | 962 | ||||||||
After tax adjustments to GAAP |
1,169 | (1,129 | ) | 2,298 | ||||||||
Adjusted net income |
$ | 9,541 | $ | 7,484 | $ | 2,057 | ||||||
Return on Average Assets |
1.18 | % | 1.21 | % | ||||||||
Return on Average Equity |
9.03 | % | 10.33 | % | ||||||||
Dividend Payout Ratio |
52.66 | % | 47.70 | % |
1 |
Income tax effect calculation is 34% except for the portion of the merger costs that are non-deductible. |
2 |
Income tax effect calculation is 34% except for the portion of the merger costs that are non-deductible. |
50
Return on average equity (ROE) and return on average assets (ROA) for the year ended December 31, 2009 was 7.93% (9.03% excluding the Merger costs) and 1.04% (1.18% excluding the Merger costs), respectively. ROE was 11.89% (10.33% excluding the VISA IPO impact) and ROA was 1.40% (1.21% excluding the VISA IPO impact) for the same period last year. The dividend payout ratio for December 31, 2009 was 60.00% (52.66% excluding the Merger costs) and was 41.40% (47.70% excluding the VISA IPO impact) for the same period last year.
Allowance for Loan Losses and Credit Fair Value Adjustment
The Company has provided for anticipated loan losses through the allowance for loan losses and a credit fair value adjustment on loans acquired thru the Merger, as shown below:
December 31,
2010 |
December 31,
2009 |
|||||||
Loans, net of unearned income |
$ | 615,105 | $ | 603,970 | ||||
Credit fair value adjustment on purchased loans |
3,579 | 5,795 | ||||||
Total adjusted loans |
$ | 618,684 | $ | 609,765 | ||||
December 31,
2010 |
December 31,
2009 |
|||||||
Allowance for loan losses |
$ | 6,500 | $ | 6,300 | ||||
Credit fair value adjustment on purchased loans |
3,579 | 5,795 | ||||||
Total allowance |
$ | 10,079 | $ | 12,095 | ||||
Total allowance to adjusted loans |
1.63 | % | 1.98 | % |
Management believes that the above information is useful to investors as to the Companys evaluation of probable credit losses and its results of operations and financial condition.
ITEM 7A | QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK |
The Company currently does not enter into derivative financial instruments, which include futures, forwards, interest rate swaps, option contracts and other financial instruments with similar characteristics. However, the Company is party to traditional financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit, financial guarantees and letters of credit. These traditional instruments involve to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party up to a stipulated amount and with specified terms and conditions.
Commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit are not recorded as an asset or liability by the Company until the instrument is exercised.
The Companys exposure to market risk is reviewed on a regular basis by the Asset/Liability Committee. Interest rate risk is the potential of economic losses due to future interest rate changes. These economic losses can be reflected as a loss of future net interest income and/or a loss of current fair market values. The objective is to measure the effect on net interest income and to adjust the balance sheet to minimize the inherent risk while at the same time maximizing income. Management realizes certain risks are inherent and that the goal is to identify and minimize the risks. Tools used by management include the standard GAP report and an interest rate shock simulation report. The Company has no market risk sensitive instruments held for trading purposes. It appears the Companys market risk is reasonable at this time.
The following table provides information about the Companys market rate sensitive instruments used for purposes other than trading that are sensitive to changes in interest rates. For loans, securities, and liabilities with contractual maturities, the table presents principal cash flows and related weighted-average interest rates by contractual maturities as well as the Companys historical experience of the impact of interest rate fluctuations on the prepayment of residential and home equity loans and mortgage-backed securities. For core deposits (e.g., DDA, interest checking, savings and money market deposits) that have no contractual maturity, the table presents principal cash flows and, as applicable, related weighted-average interest rates based on the Companys historical experience, managements judgment, and statistical analysis, as applicable, concerning their most likely withdrawal behaviors.
51
MATURITIES AND SENSITIVITY OF MARKET RISK AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2010
The table below presents States and political subdivisions securities on a fully taxable equivalent basis.
2011 | 2012 | 2013 | 2014 | 2015 | Thereafter |
Non-Rate
Sensitive |
Total |
Fair
Value |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Assets |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Fixed interest rate securities: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
U.S. Agency obligations |
$ | 25,628 | $ | 32,364 | $ | 23,718 | $ | 15,660 | $ | 14,739 | $ | 16,720 | $ | | $ | 128,829 | $ | 129,961 | ||||||||||||||||||
Yield |
3.04 | % | 2.16 | % | 1.90 | % | 2.09 | % | 1.72 | % | 3.53 | % | | 2.48 | % | | ||||||||||||||||||||
State & political subdivisions |
15,913 | 7,296 | 5,838 | 3,079 | 3,073 | 42,229 | | 77,428 | 77,762 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Yield |
7.23 | % | 7.67 | % | 6.78 | % | 6.66 | % | 6.57 | % | 6.91 | % | | 7.01 | % | | ||||||||||||||||||||
Corporate Securities |
3,075 | 1,015 | | | | | | 4,090 | 4,090 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Yield |
.94 | % | 1.65 | % | | | | | | 1.12 | % | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Variable interest rate securities: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
U.S. Agency obligations |
5,712 | | | | | | | 5,712 | 5,717 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Yield |
2.25 | % | | | | | | | 2.25 | % | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other |
985 | | | | | | | 985 | 985 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Yield |
.89 | % | | | | | | | .89 | % | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Fixed interest rate loans: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Real estate mortgages |
50,704 | 40,963 | 35,279 | 26,665 | 19,843 | 29,536 | | 202,990 | 212,242 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Yield |
6.04 | % | 6.04 | % | 5.99 | % | 5.95 | % | 5.93 | % | 5.56 | % | | 5.94 | % | | ||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial |
12,275 | 6,113 | 2,871 | 3,875 | 6,756 | 10,589 | | 42,479 | 43,811 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Yield |
5.59 | % | 6.05 | % | 6.16 | % | 6.44 | % | 3.59 | % | 6.25 | % | | 5.62 | % | | ||||||||||||||||||||
Consumer and other |
16,723 | 9,795 | 6,788 | 3,520 | 950 | 3,054 | | 40,830 | 41,566 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Yield |
6.45 | % | 7.02 | % | 6.75 | % | 6.37 | % | 5.73 | % | 5.35 | % | | 6.53 | % | | ||||||||||||||||||||
Variable interest rate loans: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Real estate mortgages |
120,126 | 31,670 | 31,372 | 19,935 | 16.827 | 5.991 | | 225,921 | 227,685 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Yield |
4.56 | % | 5.86 | % | 5.78 | % | 5.40 | % | 5.87 | % | 5.75 | % | | 5.12 | % | | ||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial |
68,743 | 4,667 | 2,701 | 3,781 | 5,543 | 500 | | 85,935 | 84,518 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Yield |
4.20 | % | 6.90 | % | 5.67 | % | 5.63 | % | 5.61 | % | 5.62 | % | | 4.80 | % | | ||||||||||||||||||||
Consumer and other |
16,950 | | | | | | | 16,950 | 16,718 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Yield |
4.99 | % | | | | | | | 4.99 | % | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Less: Allowance for loan losses |
| | | | | 6,500 | | 6,500 | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Federal Home Loan Bank stock |
| | | | | | 6,082 | 6,082 | 6,082 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Yield |
| | | | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest bearing balances with banks |
2,634 | | | | | | | 2,634 | 2,634 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Yield |
.30 | % | | | | | | | .03 | % | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cash surrender life insurance |
15,380 | | | | | | | 15,380 | 15,380 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Yield |
3.37 | % | | | | | | | 3.37 | % | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cash and due from banks |
| | | | | | 11,585 | 11,585 | 11,585 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Goodwill |
| | | | | | 26,398 | 26,398 | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other assets |
| | | | | | 28,359 | 28,359 | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Assets |
$ | 354,848 | $ | 133,883 | $ | 108,567 | $ | 76,515 | $ | 67,731 | $ | 102,119 | $ | 72,424 | $ | 916,087 | $ | 880,736 | ||||||||||||||||||
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY |
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Variable interest rate deposits: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Demand-Interest bearing |
$ | 16,324 | $ | | $ | | $ | | $ | | $ | 54,665 | $ | | $ | 70,989 | $ | 70,989 | ||||||||||||||||||
Yield |
1.15 | % | | | | | .23 | % | | .44 | % | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Savings |
10,890 | | | | | 102,492 | | 113,382 | 113,382 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Yield |
.36 | % | | | | | .26 | % | | .27 | % | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Money markets |
144,206 | | | | | | | 144,206 | 144,206 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Yield |
.58 | % | | | | | | | .58 | % | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Fixed interest rate deposits: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Time-Over $100,000 |
59,914 | 8,781 | 4,827 | 4,576 | 6,502 | 804 | | 85,404 | 86,335 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Yield |
1.48 | % | 2.13 | % | 2.50 | % | 3.00 | % | 2.65 | % | 3.06 | % | | 1.83 | % | | ||||||||||||||||||||
Time-Other |
108,615 | 34,670 | 7,060 | 5,763 | 5,739 | 1,813 | | 163,660 | 165,444 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Yield |
1.31 | % | 1.58 | % | 2.76 | % | 3.26 | % | 2.74 | % | 2.24 | % | | 1.55 | % | | ||||||||||||||||||||
Demand-Non interest bearing |
| | | | | | 113,391 | 113,391 | 113,391 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Repurchase agreements |
19,394 | | | | | | | 19,394 | 19,394 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Yield |
.50 | % | | | | | | | .50 | % | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Short-term borrowings |
8,688 | | | | | | | 8,688 | 8,688 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Yield |
. 67 | % | | | | | | | .67 | % | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Long-term borrowings |
11,228 | 11,116 | 11,230 | 4,840 | 11,204 | 19,217 | | 68,835 | 71,309 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Yield |
3.57 | % | 3.66 | % | 3.68 | % | 3.64 | % | 3.12 | % | 3.89 | % | | 3.62 | % | | ||||||||||||||||||||
Other liabilities |
| | | | | | 6,216 | 6,216 | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Stockholders equity |
| | | | | | 121,922 | 121,922 | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Liabilities and Stockholders Equity |
$ | 379,259 | $ | 54,567 | $ | 23,117 | $ | 15,179 | $ | 23,445 | $ | 178,991 | $ | 241,529 | $ | 916,087 | $ | 793,138 | ||||||||||||||||||
Excess of assets (liabilities) Subject to interest rate change |
$ | (24,411 | ) | $ | 79,316 | $ | 85,450 | $ | 61,336 | $ | 44,286 | $ | (76,872 | ) | $ | (169,105 | ) | $ | | |||||||||||||||||
52
ITEM 8 | FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA |
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Consolidated Balance Sheets
December 31, |
2010 | 2009 | ||||||
Cash and due from banks |
$ | 11,585 | $ | 11,100 | ||||
Interest bearing balances with banks |
2,634 | 2,274 | ||||||
Cash and Cash Equivalents |
14,219 | 13,374 | ||||||
Investment securities: |
||||||||
Available-for-sale, at fair value |
173,297 | 149,079 | ||||||
Held-to-maturity (fair value of $45,218 and $49,054, respectively) |
43,747 | 46,851 | ||||||
Total Investment Securities |
217,044 | 195,930 | ||||||
Loans, net of unearned income |
615,105 | 603,970 | ||||||
Less: Allowance for loan losses |
6,500 | 6,300 | ||||||
Loans, Net |
608,605 | 597,670 | ||||||
Bank premises and equipment |
13,406 | 12,396 | ||||||
Other real estate owned |
803 | 528 | ||||||
Accrued interest receivable |
3,809 | 4,317 | ||||||
Goodwill |
26,398 | 26,398 | ||||||
Cash surrender value of life insurance |
15,380 | 14,380 | ||||||
Federal Home Loan Bank stock |
6,082 | 6,402 | ||||||
Other assets |
10,341 | 11,932 | ||||||
Total Assets |
$ | 916,087 | $ | 883,327 | ||||
Deposits: |
||||||||
Non-interest bearing |
$ | 113,391 | $ | 109,855 | ||||
Interest bearing |
577,641 | 535,579 | ||||||
Total Deposits |
691,032 | 645,434 | ||||||
Other borrowed funds: |
||||||||
Repurchase agreements |
19,394 | 18,168 | ||||||
Short-term borrowings |
8,688 | 27,430 | ||||||
Long-term borrowings |
68,835 | 68,094 | ||||||
Accrued interest payable |
1,128 | 1,317 | ||||||
Other liabilities |
5,088 | 5,487 | ||||||
Total Liabilities |
794,165 | 765,930 | ||||||
Common stock; $.01 par value, 15,000,000 shares authorized, 3,276,079 shares issued and outstanding |
33 | 33 | ||||||
Surplus |
48,865 | 48,865 | ||||||
Retained earnings |
74,304 | 68,086 | ||||||
Accumulated other comprehensive income |
(1,280 | ) | 413 | |||||
Total Stockholders Equity |
121,922 | 117,397 | ||||||
Total Liabilities and Stockholders Equity |
$ | 916,087 | $ | 883,327 | ||||
The accompanying Notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.
53
Consolidated Statements of Income
Years Ended December 31, |
2010 | 2009 | 2008 | |||||||||
Interest and fees on loans |
$ | 34,633 | $ | 32,399 | $ | 26,218 | ||||||
Interest and dividends on investments: |
||||||||||||
U.S. Treasury securities and U.S. Agency obligations |
2,855 | 3,306 | 3,947 | |||||||||
States & political subdivisions |
4,197 | 4,395 | 3,380 | |||||||||
Other securities |
51 | 39 | 256 | |||||||||
Interest on Federal funds sold |
| | 29 | |||||||||
Interest on balances with banks |
9 | 12 | 68 | |||||||||
Total Interest Income |
41,745 | 40,151 | 33,898 | |||||||||
Interest on time deposits of $100,000 or more |
2,173 | 1,726 | 1,451 | |||||||||
Interest on other deposits |
3,455 | 4,815 | 5,522 | |||||||||
Interest on other borrowed funds |
2,728 | 3,039 | 3,857 | |||||||||
Total Interest Expense |
8,356 | 9,580 | 10,830 | |||||||||
Net Interest Income |
33,389 | 30,571 | 23,068 | |||||||||
Provision for loan losses |
1,999 | 2,260 | 861 | |||||||||
Net Interest Income After Provision for Loan Losses |
31,390 | 28,311 | 22,207 | |||||||||
Trust department income |
1,493 | 1,392 | 1,474 | |||||||||
Service charges on deposit accounts |
2,163 | 1,939 | 1,477 | |||||||||
Merchant transaction income |
4,521 | 4,379 | 4,502 | |||||||||
Brokerage fee income |
340 | 348 | 596 | |||||||||
Cardholder discounts |
799 | 665 | 569 | |||||||||
Other fee income |
771 | 727 | 710 | |||||||||
Bank-owned life insurance |
538 | 470 | 316 | |||||||||
Gain on sale of mortgage loans |
682 | 356 | 19 | |||||||||
Other operating income |
287 | 7 | 148 | |||||||||
VISA mandatory share redemption |
| | 1,213 | |||||||||
Impairment losses on investment securities |
| (787 | ) | | ||||||||
Realized gains on securities, net |
558 | 873 | 12 | |||||||||
Total Non-Interest Income |
12,152 | 10,369 | 11,036 | |||||||||
Salaries and employee benefits |
13,081 | 12,551 | 10,157 | |||||||||
Expense of premises and equipment, net |
3,547 | 3,246 | 2,703 | |||||||||
Merchant transaction expenses |
3,139 | 3,085 | 3,403 | |||||||||
Merger related costs |
| 1,550 | | |||||||||
FDIC insurance assessments |
1,150 | 968 | 59 | |||||||||
Legal and professional expenses |
694 | 442 | (108 | ) | ||||||||
Advertising expense |
605 | 409 | 603 | |||||||||
Bank shares tax |
805 | 1,039 | 743 | |||||||||
Outside services |
781 | 615 | 770 | |||||||||
Director fees |
550 | 568 | 493 | |||||||||
Other operating expenses |
4,101 | 3,947 | 3,349 | |||||||||
Total Non-Interest Expenses |
28,453 | 28,420 | 22,172 | |||||||||
Income before income taxes |
15,089 | 10,260 | 11,071 | |||||||||
Applicable income taxes |
3,367 | 1,888 | 2,458 | |||||||||
Net Income |
$ | 11,722 | $ | 8,372 | $ | 8,613 | ||||||
Earnings Per Share |
$ | 3.58 | $ | 2.80 | $ | 4.01 | ||||||
The accompanying Notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.
54
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders Equity
Years Ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 |
Common
Stock |
Surplus |
Retained
Earnings |
Accumulated
Other Comprehensive Income |
Total
Stockholders Equity |
|||||||||||||||
Balance, December 31, 2007 |
$ | 21 | $ | 10,819 | $ | 59,697 | $ | (822 | ) | $ | 69,715 | |||||||||
Comprehensive income: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Net income, 2008 |
| | 8,613 | | 8,613 | |||||||||||||||
Other comprehensive income, net of tax |
||||||||||||||||||||
Unrealized losses on securities, net of reclassification adjustment |
| | | (728 | ) | (728 | ) | |||||||||||||
Unrealized losses on employee benefit plans, net |
| | | (393 | ) | (393 | ) | |||||||||||||
Other comprehensive income |
(1,121 | ) | (1,121 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Comprehensive income |
7,492 | |||||||||||||||||||
Cash dividends declared ($1.66 per share) |
| | (3,565 | ) | | (3,565 | ) | |||||||||||||
Balance, December 31, 2008 |
21 | 10,819 | 64,745 | (1,943 | ) | 73,642 | ||||||||||||||
Fair value of consideration exchanged in merger |
12 | 38,046 | | | 38,058 | |||||||||||||||
Comprehensive income: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Net income, 2009 |
| | 8,372 | | 8,372 | |||||||||||||||
Other comprehensive income, net of tax |
||||||||||||||||||||
Unrealized gains on securities, net of reclassification adjustment |
| | | 2,069 | 2,069 | |||||||||||||||
Unrealized gains on employee benefit plans, net |
| | | 287 | 287 | |||||||||||||||
Other comprehensive income |
2,356 | 2,356 | ||||||||||||||||||
Comprehensive income |
10,728 | |||||||||||||||||||
Cash dividends declared ($1.68 per share) |
| | (5,031 | ) | | (5,031 | ) | |||||||||||||
Balance, December 31, 2009 |
33 | 48,865 | 68,086 | 413 | 117,397 | |||||||||||||||
Comprehensive income: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Net income, 2010 |
| | 11,722 | | 11,722 | |||||||||||||||
Other comprehensive income, net of tax |
||||||||||||||||||||
Unrealized losses on securities, net of reclassification adjustment |
| | | (1,195 | ) | (1,195 | ) | |||||||||||||
Unrealized losses on employee benefit plans, net |
| | | (498 | ) | (498 | ) | |||||||||||||
Other comprehensive income |
(1,693 | ) | (1,693 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Comprehensive income |
10,029 | |||||||||||||||||||
Cash dividends declared ($1.68 per share) |
| | (5,504 | ) | | (5,504 | ) | |||||||||||||
Balance, December 31, 2010 |
$ | 33 | $ | 48,865 | $ | 74,304 | $ | (1,280 | ) | $ | 121,922 | |||||||||
The accompanying Notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.
55
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Years Ended December 31, |
2010 | 2009 | 2008 | |||||||||
Net income |
$ | 11,722 | $ | 8,372 | $ | 8,613 | ||||||
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: |
||||||||||||
Depreciation |
1,088 | 997 | 795 | |||||||||
Provision for loan losses |
1,999 | 2,260 | 861 | |||||||||
Deferred income tax provision |
737 | 60 | 244 | |||||||||
Amortization of securities (net of accretion) |
464 | 486 | 317 | |||||||||
Accretion of purchase accounting fair value adjustment (net of amortization) |
(913 | ) | (1,075 | ) | | |||||||
Gain on VISA mandatory share redemption |
| | (1,213 | ) | ||||||||
Increase in cash surrender value of life insurance |
(538 | ) | (469 | ) | (316 | ) | ||||||
Other-than-temporary impairment loss |
| 787 | | |||||||||
Net realized gains on securities |
(558 | ) | (873 | ) | (12 | ) | ||||||
(Gain) loss on other real estate |
(12 | ) | 25 | (69 | ) | |||||||
Decrease in interest receivable |
508 | 206 | 40 | |||||||||
Increase in other assets |
(570 | ) | (122 | ) | (350 | ) | ||||||
Increase (decrease) in income taxes payable |
788 | (469 | ) | (565 | ) | |||||||
Decrease in interest payable |
(189 | ) | (140 | ) | (380 | ) | ||||||
Increase (decrease) in other liabilities |
11 | 493 | (484 | ) | ||||||||
Net cash provided by operating activities |
14,537 | 10,538 | 7,481 | |||||||||
Purchase of investment securities available-for-sale |
(54,587 | ) | (63,292 | ) | (51,389 | ) | ||||||
Purchase of investment securities to be held-to-maturity |
(12,732 | ) | | | ||||||||
Proceeds from sales and maturities of investment securities available-for-sale |
24,542 | 34,792 | 24,976 | |||||||||
Proceeds from repayments of investment securities available-for-sale |
4,205 | 3,891 | 7,603 | |||||||||
Proceeds from repayments of investment securities to be held-to-maturity |
15,741 | 15,438 | 5,369 | |||||||||
Proceeds from VISA mandatory share redemption |
| | 1,213 | |||||||||
Net loans originated |
(13,059 | ) | (4,626 | ) | (36,817 | ) | ||||||
Proceeds from other real estate |
827 | 538 | 91 | |||||||||
Purchase of life insurance contract |
(450 | ) | | | ||||||||
Investment in premises and equipment |
(2,098 | ) | (1,426 | ) | (1,863 | ) | ||||||
Proceeds from FHLB share buyback |
320 | | | |||||||||
Net cash paid in merger |
| (12,645 | ) | | ||||||||
Net cash used by investing activities |
(37,291 | ) | (27,330 | ) | (50,817 | ) | ||||||
Net increase in demand and savings deposits |
2,453 | 38,274 | 2,426 | |||||||||
Net proceeds from time deposits |
43,425 | 4,955 | 5,766 | |||||||||
Increase (decrease) in repurchase agreements |
1,226 | (10,987 | ) | 8,663 | ||||||||
Net (decrease) increase in short-term borrowings |
(18,742 | ) | (1,774 | ) | 11,003 | |||||||
Increase in long-term borrowings |
12,800 | 8,000 | 27,000 | |||||||||
Payments on long-term borrowings |
(12,059 | ) | (12,626 | ) | (10,246 | ) | ||||||
Cash dividends paid |
(5,504 | ) | (5,031 | ) | (3,565 | ) | ||||||
Net cash provided by financing activities |
23,599 | 20,811 | 41,047 | |||||||||
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents |
845 | 4,019 | (2,289 | ) | ||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents at January 1 |
13,374 | 9,355 | 11,644 | |||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents at December 31 |
$ | 14,219 | $ | 13,374 | $ | 9,355 | ||||||
The accompanying Notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.
56
General Notes to Financial Statements
NOTE 1 NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Penseco Financial Services Corporation (Company) is a financial holding company, incorporated in 1997, under the laws of Pennsylvania. It is the parent company of Penn Security Bank and Trust Company (Bank), a Pennsylvania state chartered bank.
The Company operates twelve banking offices under a state bank charter and provides full banking services, including trust services, to individual and corporate customers primarily in Northeastern Pennsylvania. The Companys primary deposit products are savings and demand deposit accounts and certificates of deposit. Its primary lending products are real estate, commercial and consumer loans.
The Companys revenues are attributable to a single reportable segment; therefore segment information is not presented.
The accounting policies of the Company conform with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP) and with general practices within the banking industry.
BASIS OF PRESENTATION
The Financial Statements of the Company have been consolidated with those of its wholly-owned subsidiary, Penn Security Bank and Trust Company, eliminating all intercompany items and transactions.
The Statements are presented on the accrual basis of accounting.
On April 1, 2009, the Company completed its acquisition of Old Forge Bank in a cash and stock transaction valued at approximately $55.5 million (the Merger). The Merger was accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting and, accordingly, the assets and liabilities of Old Forge Bank have been recorded at their respective fair values on the date the Merger was completed. The Merger was effected by payment of $17.4 million in cash and the issuance of 1,128,079 shares of Company common stock to former Old Forge Bank shareholders. Each share of Old Forge Bank common stock was exchanged for 2.9012 shares of Company common stock, with any fractional shares as a result of the exchange paid to Old Forge Bank shareholders in cash based on $35.255 per share of Company stock. The operations of OFB prior to April 1, 2009 are not included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
All information is presented in thousands of dollars, except per share amounts.
USE OF ESTIMATES
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change relate to the determination of the allowance for losses on loans and the valuation of real estate acquired in connection with foreclosures or in satisfaction of loans. In connection with the determination of the allowances for losses on loans and foreclosed real estate, management obtains independent appraisals for significant properties.
RECLASSIFICATIONS
Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation.
RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
In October 2009, the FASB issued ASU 2009-13, Revenue Recognition (Topic 605): Mutiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force. ASU 2009-13 establishes new guidance related to the revenue recognition in situations with multiple-element arrangements. The new guidance requires companies to allocate revenue in multiple-element arrangements based on an elements estimated selling price if vendor-specific or other third-party evidence of value is not available. The accounting guidance will be applied prospectively and will become effective for the Company on January 1, 2011. The guidance is not expected to have a significant impact on the Companys consolidated financial statements.
57
In December 2009, the FASB issued ASU 2009-16, Transfers and Servicing (Topic 860): Accounting for Transfers of Financial Assets. ASU 2009-16 amended prior guidance to enhance reporting about transfers of financial assets, including securitizations, and where companies have continuing exposure to the risks related to transferred financial assets. Among other provisions, ASU 2009-16 eliminated the concept of a qualifying special-purpose entity (QSPE) from SFAS No.140 and removed the exception from applying FIN 46(R), Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, to QSPEs. ASU 2009-16 also changed the requirements for derecognizing financial assets and required additional disclosures about all continuing involvements with transferred financial assets including information about gains and losses resulting from transfers during the period. The provisions of ASU 2009-16 became effective on January 1, 2010 and did not have a significant impact on the Companys consolidated financial statements.
In January 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-06 Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (Topic 820): Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements. ASU 2010-06 requires new fair value measurement disclosures about transfers in and out of Levels 1 and 2, and activity in Level 3 fair value measurements (purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements on a gross basis). ASU 2010-06 also clarified existing disclosures about the level of disaggregation and about inputs and valuation techniques. The new disclosures and clarifications of existing disclosures were effective for the Company January 1, 2010, except for the disclosures about purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements in the roll forward of activity in Level 3 fair value measurements. Those disclosures are effective for the Company January 1, 2011. As this guidance provides only disclosure requirements, the adoption of this standard will not impact the Companys financial position, results of operation and cash flows.
In July 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-20, Receivables (Topic 310): Disclosures about the Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and the Allowance for Credit Losses. ASU 2010-20 requires more robust and disaggregated disclosures about the credit quality of financing receivables and allowances for credit losses, including disclosure about credit quality indicators, past due information and modifications of finance receivables. The disclosures as of the end of a reporting period were effective for the Company for the year ended December 31, 2010. The disclosures about activity that occurs during a reporting period are effective for the Company for the year beginning January 1, 2011. The adoption of this guidance significantly expanded the existing disclosure requirements but did not have an impact on the Companys financial position, results of operation and cash flows.
In December 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-28, Intangibles Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): When to Perform Step 2 of the Goodwill Impairment Test for Reporting Units with Zero or Negative Carrying Amounts. ASU 2010-28 modifies Step 1 of the goodwill impairment test for reporting units with zero or negative carrying amounts. For those reporting units, an entity is required to perform Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test if it is more likely than not that a goodwill impairment exists. The provisions of ASU 2010-28 are effective for the Companys reporting period ending March 31, 2011. As of December 31, 2010, the Company had no operating units with zero or negative carrying amounts or reporting units where there was a reasonable possibility of failing Step 1 of the goodwill impairment test. As a result, the adoption of ASU 2010-28 is not expected to have a material impact on the Companys financial position, results of operation and cash flows.
In December 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-29, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Disclosures of Supplementary Pro Forma Information for Business Combinations. ASU 2010-29 provides clarification regarding the acquisition date that should be used for reporting the pro forma financial information disclosures required by Topic 805 when comparative financial statements are presented. ASU 2010-29 also requires entities to provide a description of the nature and amount of material, nonrecurring pro forma adjustments that are directly attributable to the business combination. ASU 2010-29 is effective for the Company prospectively for business combinations occurring after December 21, 2010.
In January 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-01, Receivables (Topic 310): Deferral of the Effective Date of Disclosures about Troubled Debt Restructurings in Update No. 2010-20. The amendments in ASU 2011-01 temporarily delay the effective date of the disclosures about troubled debt restructurings in ASU 2010-20, Receivables (Topic 310): Disclosures about the Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and the Allowance for Credit Losses. The delay is intended to allow the FASB time to complete its deliberations on what constitutes a troubled debt restructuring. The new disclosures about troubled debt restructurings and the guidance for determining what constitutes a troubled debt restructuring will be effective for the first interim or annual period beginning on or after June 15, 2011. As the provisions of ASU 2011-01 only defer the effective date of disclosure requirements related to troubled debt restructurings, the adoption of ASU 2011-01 will have no impact on the Companys financial position, results of operation and cash flows.
INVESTMENT SECURITIES
Investments in securities are classified in two categories and accounted for as follows:
Securities Held-to-Maturity Bonds, notes, debentures and mortgage-backed securities for which the Company has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are reported at cost, adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts computed on the straight-line basis, which approximates the interest method, over the remaining period to maturity.
58
Securities Available-for-Sale Bonds, notes, debentures, mortgage-backed securities and certain equity securities not classified as securities to be held to maturity are carried at fair value with unrealized holding gains and losses, net of tax, reported as a net amount in a separate component of stockholders equity until realized.
The amortization of premiums on mortgage-backed securities is done based on managements estimate of the lives of the securities, adjusted, when necessary, for advanced prepayments in excess of those estimates.
Realized gains and losses on the sale of securities available-for-sale are determined using the specific identification method and are reported as a separate component of other income in the Statements of Income. Unrealized gains and losses are included as a separate item in computing comprehensive income.
Investments are evaluated periodically to determine whether a decline in their value is other than temporary. Management utilizes criteria such as the magnitude and duration of the decline, in addition to the reasons underlying the decline, to determine whether the loss in value is other than temporary. The term other than temporary is not intended to indicate that the decline is permanent. It indicates that the prospects for a near term recovery of value are not necessarily favorable, or that there is a lack of evidence to support fair values equal to, or greater than, the carrying value of the investment. Once a decline in value is determined to be other than temporary, the value of the security is reduced and a corresponding charge to earnings is recognized.
LOANS AND PROVISION (ALLOWANCE) FOR LOAN LOSSES
Loans are stated at the principal amount outstanding, net of any unearned income, deferred loan fees and the allowance for loan losses. Interest is accrued daily on the outstanding balances.
Loans are generally placed on a non-accrual status when principal or interest is past due 90 days or when payment in full is not anticipated. When a loan is placed on non-accrual status, all interest previously accrued but not collected is charged against current income. Loans are returned to accrual status when past due interest is collected and the collection of principal is probable.
The provision for loan losses is based on past loan loss experience, managements evaluation of the potential loss in the current loan portfolio under current economic conditions and such other factors as, in managements best judgement, deserve current recognition in estimating loan losses. The annual provision for loan losses charged to operating expense is that amount which is sufficient to bring the balance of the allowance for loan losses to an adequate level to absorb anticipated losses.
The Bank follows its systematic methodology in accordance with the FFIEC Interagency Policy Statements, as amended, and GAAP in assessing the adequacy of the allowance account. Under GAAP, the adequacy of the allowance account is determined based on the provisions of FASB ASC 310 for loans specifically identified to be individually evaluated for impairment and the requirements of FASB ASC 450 for large groups of smaller balance homogeneous loans to be collectively evaluated for impairment. Loans are identified by the Banks rating system, past due reports, watch list and subjectivity to economic factors and are then collectively evaluated for impairment with others utilizing standard criteria. Consideration is given to current local economic conditions which at this time the Company classifies as recessionary.
Our historical analysis of loss factors, which utilizes a rolling twenty quarters, was refined in the third quarter of 2010 to assign greater weight to the four quarters of the previous five years that reflected the greatest loan loss allowances. This change in our methodology is designed to better address deterioration in local economic conditions. The Banks loan portfolio is concentrated in real estate with over 80% of the portfolio secured by real estate mainly in the counties in which the Bank operates and, therefore, the Bank also took into account the decline in real estate sales and new construction in our market area and the drop in real estate values within the market area.
PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT
Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Provision for depreciation and amortization, computed principally on the straight-line method, is charged to operating expenses over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Maintenance and repairs are charged to current expense as incurred.
LOAN SERVICING
The Company generally retains the right to service mortgage loans sold to others. The cost allocated to the mortgage servicing rights retained has been recognized as a separate asset and is being amortized in proportion to and over the period of estimated net servicing income.
59
Mortgage servicing rights are evaluated for impairment based on the fair value of those rights. Fair values are estimated using discounted cash flows based on current market rates of interest and current expected future prepayment rates. For purposes of measuring impairment, the rights must be stratified by one or more predominant risk characteristics of the underlying loans. The Company stratifies its capitalized mortgage servicing rights based on the product type, interest rate and term of the underlying loans. The amount of impairment recognized is the amount, if any, by which the amortized cost of the rights for each stratum exceed the fair value.
ADVERTISING EXPENSES
Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Advertising expenses for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, amounted to $605, $409 and $603, respectively.
INCOME TAXES
Provisions for income taxes are based on taxes payable or refundable for the current year (after exclusion of non-taxable income such as interest on state and municipal securities) as well as deferred taxes on temporary differences, between the amount of taxable income and pre-tax financial income and between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the Financial Statements. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are included in the Financial Statements at currently enacted income tax rates applicable to the period in which the deferred tax assets and liabilities are expected to be realized or settled. As changes in tax laws or rates are enacted, deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted through the provision for income taxes.
Management evaluated the Companys tax positions and concluded that the Company had taken no uncertain tax positions that require adjustment to the financial statements. With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to income tax examinations by the U.S. Federal, state or local tax authorities for years before 2007.
PENSION AND POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS EXPENSE
The Company sponsors various pension plans covering substantially all employees. The Company also provides post-retirement benefit plans other than pensions, consisting principally of life insurance benefits, to eligible retirees. The liabilities and annual income or expense of the Companys pension and other post-retirement benefit plans are determined using methodologies that involve several actuarial assumptions, the most significant of which are the discount rate and the long-term rate of asset return (based on the market-related value of assets). The fair values of plan assets are determined based on prevailing market prices or estimated fair value for investments with no available quoted prices.
STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS EXPENSE
The compensation expense recognized for the Companys stock appreciation rights (SARs) is recorded over the vesting period (five years). The fair value of the SARs is estimated using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model.
CASH FLOWS
For purposes of the Statements of Cash Flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, due from banks, interest bearing balances with banks and Federal funds sold for a one-day period.
The Company paid interest and income taxes during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 as follows:
2010 | 2009 | 2008 | ||||||||||
Income taxes paid |
$ | 2,600 | $ | 1,699 | $ | 2,836 | ||||||
Interest paid |
$ | 8,545 | $ | 9,720 | $ | 11,210 |
Non-cash transactions during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, comprised entirely of the net acquisition of real estate in the settlement of loans, amounted to $1,099, $927 and $22, respectively.
LONG-LIVED ASSETS
The Company reviews the carrying value of long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that carrying amounts of the assets might not be recoverable.
TRUST ASSETS AND INCOME
Assets held by the Company in a fiduciary or agency capacity for its customers are not included in the Financial Statements since such items are not assets of the Company. Trust income is reported on the accrual basis of accounting.
60
EARNINGS PER SHARE
Basic earnings per share is computed on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding. For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, the weighted average number of common shares outstanding was 3,276,079, 2,994,059, and 2,148,000, respectively. A calculation of diluted earnings per share is not applicable to the Company.
NOTE 2 CASH AND DUE FROM BANKS
Cash and due from banks are summarized as follows:
December 31, |
2010 | 2009 | ||||||
Cash items in process of collection |
$ | 5,339 | $ | 4,928 | ||||
Non-interest bearing balances |
719 | 481 | ||||||
Cash on hand |
5,527 | 5,691 | ||||||
Total |
$ | 11,585 | $ | 11,100 | ||||
The Company may, from time to time, maintain bank balances with other financial institutions in excess of FDIC limitations. Management is not aware of any evidence that would indicate that such deposits are at risk.
NOTE 3 INVESTMENT SECURITIES
The amortized cost and fair value of investment securities at December 31, 2010 and 2009 are as follows:
Available-for-Sale
2010 |
Amortized
Cost |
Gross
Unrealized Gains |
Gross
Unrealized Losses |
Fair
Value |
||||||||||||
U.S. Agency securities |
$ | 78,993 | $ | 620 | $ | 319 | $ | 79,294 | ||||||||
Mortgage-backed securities |
25,686 | 709 | 25 | 26,370 | ||||||||||||
States & political subdivisions |
62,381 | 839 | 662 | 62,558 | ||||||||||||
Corporate securities |
4,077 | 13 | | 4,090 | ||||||||||||
Total Debt Securities |
171,137 | 2,181 | 1,006 | 172,312 | ||||||||||||
Equity securities |
494 | 540 | 49 | 985 | ||||||||||||
Total Available-for-Sale |
$ | 171,631 | $ | 2,721 | $ | 1,055 | $ | 173,297 | ||||||||
2009 |
Amortized
Cost |
Gross
Unrealized Gains |
Gross
Unrealized Losses |
Fair
Value |
||||||||||||
U.S. Agency securities |
$ | 54,165 | $ | 595 | $ | 65 | $ | 54,695 | ||||||||
Mortgage-backed securities |
16,999 | 568 | | 17,567 | ||||||||||||
States & political subdivisions |
74,060 | 1,784 | 411 | 75,433 | ||||||||||||
Total Debt Securities |
145,224 | 2,947 | 476 | 147,695 | ||||||||||||
Equity securities |
378 | 1,006 | | 1,384 | ||||||||||||
Total Available-for-Sale |
$ | 145,602 | $ | 3,953 | $ | 476 | $ | 149,079 | ||||||||
Held-to-Maturity |
|
|||||||||||||||
2010 |
Amortized
Cost |
Gross
Unrealized Gains |
Gross
Unrealized Losses |
Fair
Value |
||||||||||||
Mortgage-backed securities |
$ | 28,877 | $ | 1,161 | $ | 24 | $ | 30,014 | ||||||||
States & political subdivisions |
14,870 | 334 | | 15,204 | ||||||||||||
Total Held-to-Maturity |
$ | 43,747 | $ | 1,495 | $ | 24 | $ | 45,218 | ||||||||
61
2009 |
Amortized
Cost |
Gross
Unrealized Gains |
Gross
Unrealized Losses |
Fair
Value |
||||||||||||
Mortgage-backed securities |
$ | 23,700 | $ | 1,281 | $ | | $ | 24,981 | ||||||||
States & political subdivisions |
23,151 | 922 | | 24,073 | ||||||||||||
Total Held-to-Maturity |
$ | 46,851 | $ | 2,203 | $ | | $ | 49,054 | ||||||||
Equity securities at December 31, 2010 and 2009 consisted primarily of other financial institutions stock.
A summary of transactions involving available-for-sale debt securities in 2010, 2009 and 2008 are as follows:
December 31, |
2010 | 2009 | 2008 | |||||||||
Proceeds from sales |
$ | 8,897 | $ | 25,568 | $ | 11,798 | ||||||
Gross realized gains |
66 | 1,029 | 11 | |||||||||
Gross realized losses |
4 | 142 | |
Investment securities with amortized costs and fair values of $129,004 and $131,757, respectively, at December 31, 2010 and $141,193 and $145,554, respectively, at December 31, 2009, were pledged to secure trust funds, public deposits and for other purposes as required by law.
The amortized cost and fair value of debt securities at December 31, 2010 by contractual maturity are shown in the following table. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.
Available-for-Sale | Held-to-Maturity | |||||||||||||||
December 31, 2010 |
Amortized
Cost |
Fair
Value |
Amortized
Cost |
Fair
Value |
||||||||||||
Due in one year or less: |
||||||||||||||||
U.S. Agency securities |
$ | 17,047 | $ | 17,177 | $ | | $ | | ||||||||
Corporate securities |
3,063 | 3,069 | | | ||||||||||||
After one year through five years: |
||||||||||||||||
U.S. Agency securities |
61,946 | 62,117 | | | ||||||||||||
States & political subdivisions |
95 | 100 | 246 | 250 | ||||||||||||
Corporate securities |
1,014 | 1,021 | | | ||||||||||||
After five year through ten years: |
||||||||||||||||
States & political subdivisions |
2,902 | 3,033 | 6,882 | 7,062 | ||||||||||||
After ten years: |
||||||||||||||||
States & political subdivisions |
59,384 | 59,425 | 7,742 | 7,892 | ||||||||||||
Subtotal |
145,451 | 145,942 | 14,870 | 15,204 | ||||||||||||
Mortgage-backed securities |
25,686 | 26,370 | 28,877 | 30,014 | ||||||||||||
Total Debt Securities |
$ | 171,137 | $ | 172,312 | $ | 43,747 | $ | 45,218 | ||||||||
The gross fair value and unrealized losses of the Companys investments aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position, at December 31, 2010 and 2009 are as follows:
Less than twelve months | Twelve months or more | Totals | ||||||||||||||||||||||
December 31, 2010 |
Fair
Value |
Unrealized
Losses |
Fair
Value |
Unrealized
Losses |
Fair
Value |
Unrealized
Losses |
||||||||||||||||||
U.S. Agency securities |
$ | 28,662 | $ | 319 | $ | | $ | | $ | 28,662 | $ | 319 | ||||||||||||
Mortgage-backed securities |
25,554 | 49 | | | 25,554 | 49 | ||||||||||||||||||
States & political subdivisions |
23,627 | 582 | 721 | 80 | 24,348 | 662 | ||||||||||||||||||
Equities |
186 | 49 | | | 186 | 49 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total |
$ | 78,029 | $ | 999 | $ | 721 | $ | 80 | $ | 78,750 | $ | 1,079 | ||||||||||||
62
Less than twelve months | Twelve months or more | Totals | ||||||||||||||||||||||
December 31, 2009 |
Fair
Value |
Unrealized
Losses |
Fair
Value |
Unrealized
Losses |
Fair
Value |
Unrealized
Losses |
||||||||||||||||||
U.S. Agency securities |
$ | 14,259 | $ | 65 | $ | | $ | | $ | 14,259 | $ | 65 | ||||||||||||
States & political subdivisions |
9,212 | 383 | 3,817 | 28 | 13,029 | 411 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total |
$ | 23,471 | $ | 448 | $ | 3,817 | $ | 28 | $ | 27,288 | $ | 476 | ||||||||||||
The table at December 31, 2010, includes fifty-one (51) securities that have unrealized losses for less than twelve months and two (2) securities that have been in an unrealized loss position for twelve or more months. The table at December 31, 2009, includes fourteen (14) securities that have unrealized losses for less than twelve months and ten (10) securities that have been in an unrealized loss position for twelve or more months.
In 2009, the Company recorded an other-than-temporary impairment charge of $787 related to the Companys equity investment portfolio containing stock of financial institutions. Prior to this impairment charge, the decline in value of the securities was recorded as unrealized losses on securities available-for-sale and reflected as a reduction in stockholders equity through other comprehensive income.
U.S. Agency Securities
The unrealized losses on the Companys investments in U.S. Agency securities were caused by interest rate fluctuations. The contractual terms of these investments do not permit the issuer to settle the securities at a price less than the par value of the investment. Because the Company does not intend to sell the investments and it is not more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the investments before recovery of their amortized cost bases, which may be maturity, the Company does not consider those investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2010.
Mortgage-backed Securities
The unrealized losses on the Companys investments in mortgage-backed securities were caused by interest rate fluctuations. The contractual cash flows of these investments are guaranteed by an agency of the U.S. Government. Accordingly, it is expected that these securities would not be settled at a price less than the amortized cost of the Companys investment. Because the Company does not intend to sell the investments and it is not more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the investments before recovery of their amortized cost bases, which may be maturity, the Company does not consider those investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2010.
States and Political Subdivisions
The unrealized losses on the Companys investments in states and political subdivisions were caused by interest rate fluctuations and not credit quality. The contractual terms of these investments do not permit the issuer to settle the securities at a price less than the par value of the investment. Because the Company does not intend to sell the investments and it is not more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the investments before recovery of their amortized cost bases, which may be maturity, the Company does not consider those investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2010.
Marketable Equity Securities
The unrealized losses on the Companys investments in marketable equity securities were caused primarily by interest rate fluctuations and other market conditions. The Companys investments in marketable equity securities consist primarily of investments in common stock of companies in the financial services industry. The Company has analyzed its equity portfolio and determined that the market value fluctuation in these equity securities is consistent with the broader market and not a cause for recognition of a current loss. Because the Company does not intend to sell the investments and it is not more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the investments before recovery of their cost bases, the Company does not consider those investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2010.
63
NOTE 4 LOANS
Major classifications of loans are as follows:
December 31, |
2010 | 2009 | ||||||
Loans secured by real estate: |
||||||||
Construction and land development |
||||||||
Residential real estate |
$ | 7,799 | $ | 9,970 | ||||
Commercial real estate |
28,345 | 22,940 | ||||||
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties: |
||||||||
Revolving, open-end loans |
33,102 | 31,674 | ||||||
Secured by first liens |
225,105 | 240,615 | ||||||
Secured by junior liens |
21,233 | 21,840 | ||||||
Secured by multi-family properties |
8,062 | 3,969 | ||||||
Secured by non-farm, non-residential properties |
179,619 | 171,995 | ||||||
Commercial and industrial loans to U.S. addressees |
36,190 | 30,743 | ||||||
Loans to individuals for household, family and other personal expenditures: |
||||||||
Credit card and related plans |
3,327 | 3,365 | ||||||
Other (installment and student loans, etc.) |
52,536 | 56,426 | ||||||
Obligations of states & political subdivisions |
9,882 | 6,873 | ||||||
All other loans |
9,906 | 3,562 | ||||||
Gross Loans |
615,106 | 603,972 | ||||||
Less: Unearned income on loans |
1 | 2 | ||||||
Loans, Net of Unearned Income |
$ | 615,105 | $ | 603,970 | ||||
Loans on which the accrual of interest has been discontinued or reduced amounted to $4,034, $2,339 and $1,454 at December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. If interest on those loans had been accrued, such income would have been $219, $90 and $192 for 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Interest income on those loans, which is recorded only when received, amounted to $104, $52 and $29 for 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Also, at December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Bank had loans totaling $1,630 and $1,697, respectively, which were past due 90 days or more and still accruing interest.
The Company has not engaged in any sub-prime residential mortgage lending. Therefore, the Company is not subject to any credit risks associated with such loans. The Companys loan portfolio consists primarily of residential and commercial mortgage loans secured by properties located in Northeastern Pennsylvania and subject to conservative underwriting standards.
64
Age Analysis of Past Due Loans
As of December 31, 2010
30-59 Days
Past Due |
60-89 Days
Past Due |
Greater
Than 90 Days |
Total Past
Due |
Current | Total Loans |
Recorded
Investment > 90 Days and Accruing |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial |
$ | 90 | $ | | $ | 1,077 | $ | 1,167 | $ | 54,811 | $ | 55,978 | $ | 100 | ||||||||||||||
Commercial real estate: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial real estate construction |
| 516 | 1,040 | 1,556 | 26,789 | 28,345 | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial real estate other |
229 | 102 | 345 | 676 | 178,943 | 179,619 | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Consumer: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Consumer credit card |
| 36 | 20 | 56 | 3,271 | 3,327 | 20 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Consumer other |
| 9 | 5 | 14 | 5,914 | 5,928 | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Consumer auto |
261 | 18 | 34 | 313 | 29,801 | 30,114 | 6 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Student loans TERI |
21 | 89 | 60 | 170 | 7,233 | 7,403 | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Student loans other |
150 | 21 | 268 | 439 | 8,651 | 9,090 | 268 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Residential: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Residential prime |
2,204 | 985 | 2,815 | 6,004 | 289,297 | 295,301 | 1,236 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
$ | 2,955 | $ | 1,776 | $ | 5,664 | $ | 10,395 | $ | 604,710 | $ | 615,105 | $ | 1,630 | ||||||||||||||
Credit Quality Indicators. As part of the on-going monitoring of the credit quality of the Companys loan portfolio, management tracks certain credit quality indicators including trends related to (i) loan delinquency, (ii) the level of classified commercial loans, (iii) net charge-offs, (iv) non-performing loans (see details above) and (v) the general economic conditions in the Companys market area.
The Company utilizes a risk grading matrix to assign a risk grade to each of its commercial loans. Loans are graded on a scale of 1 to 8. A description of the general characteristics of the 8 risk grades is as follows:
Pass 1 (Minimal Risk)
This classification includes loans which are fully secured by liquid collateral or loans to very high quality borrowers who demonstrate exceptional credit fundamentals, including stable and predictable profit margins and cash flows, strong liquidity, a conservative balance sheet, superior asset quality and good management with an excellent track record.
Pass 2 (Average Risk)
This classification includes loans which have no identifiable risk of collection and conform in all aspects to the Banks policies and procedures as well as federal and state regulations. Documentation exceptions are minimal and in the process of correction and not of a type that could subsequently introduce loan loss risk.
Pass 3 (Acceptable Risk)
This classification includes loans to borrowers of acceptable credit quality and risk. Such borrowers are differentiated from Pass 2 in terms of secondary sources of repayment or they are of lesser stature in other key credit metrics in that they may be over-leveraged, under capitalized, inconsistent in performance or in an industry that is known to have a higher level of risk, volatility, or susceptibility to weaknesses in the economy.
65
Pass 4 (Watch List)
This classification is intended to be utilized on a temporary basis for pass grade borrowers where a significant risk-modifying action is anticipated in the near term. It is assigned to loans where, for example, the financial condition of the company has taken a negative turn and may be temporarily strained; borrowers may exhibit excessive growth, declining earnings, strained cash flow, increasing leverage and/or weakening market position that indicate above average risk. Interim losses and/or adverse trends may occur, but not to the level that would affect the Banks position and cash flow may be weak but minimally acceptable.
Criticized 5 (Other Assets Especially Mentioned)
This classification is also intended to be temporary and includes loans to borrowers whose credit quality has clearly deteriorated and are at risk of further decline unless active measures are taken to correct the situation.
Classified 6 (Substandard)
This classification includes loans with well-defined weaknesses which are inadequately protected by current net worth, repayment capacity or pledged collateral of the borrower. Loans are Substandard when they have one or more weaknesses that could jeopardize debt repayment and/or liquidation, primarily resulting in the possibility that the Bank may sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.
Classified 7 (Doubtful)
This classification includes loans that have all weaknesses inherent in the Substandard category and where collection or liquidation in full is highly improbable. The possibility of loss is high, but because of certain important and reasonably specific pending factors, its classification as an estimated loss is deferred until its more exact status may be determined.
Classified 8 (Loss)
This classification includes loans considered
uncollectible and of such little value that continuance as bankable assets is not warranted and, therefore, should be charged-off. This classification does not mean that the loans have absolutely no recovery or salvage value, but rather it is not
Credit Quality Indicators as of December 31, 2010
Corporate Credit Exposure
Credit Risk Profile by Credit worthiness Category
Commercial |
Commercial
Real Estate Construction |
Commercial
Real Estate - Other |
||||||||||
Pass / Watch |
$ | 54,188 | $ | 25,860 | $ | 160,583 | ||||||
Criticized |
896 | 1,436 | 10,416 | |||||||||
Substandard |
893 | 1,049 | 8,620 | |||||||||
Total |
$ | 55,977 | $ | 28,345 | $ | 179,619 | ||||||
Consumer Credit Exposure
Credit Risk Profile by Payment Activity
Residential -
Real Estate |
||||
Performing |
$ | 292,486 | ||
Non-performing |
2,815 | |||
Total |
$ | 295,301 | ||
66
Credit Risk Profile by Payment Activity
Consumer -
Credit Card |
Consumer -
Other |
Consumer - Auto |
Student loans -
TERI |
Student
loans - other |
||||||||||||||||
Performing |
$ | 3,307 | $ | 5,923 | $ | 30,080 | $ | 7,343 | $ | 8,822 | ||||||||||
Non-performing |
20 | 5 | 34 | 60 | 268 | |||||||||||||||
Total |
$ | 3,327 | $ | 5,928 | $ | 30,114 | $ | 7,403 | $ | 9,090 | ||||||||||
Impaired Loans. Loans are considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due in accordance with the original contractual terms of the loan agreement, including scheduled principal and interest payments. Impairment is evaluated in total for smaller-balance loans of a similar nature and on an individual loan basis for other loans. If a loan is impaired, a specific valuation allowance is allocated, if necessary, so that the loan is reported net, at the present value of estimated future cash flows using the loans existing rate or at the fair value of collateral if repayment is expected solely from the collateral. Interest payments on impaired loans are typically applied to principal unless collectibility of the principal amount is reasonably assured, in which case interest is recognized on a cash basis. Impaired loans, or portions thereof, are charged off when deemed uncollectible.
Impaired Loans
For the Year Ended December 31, 2010
Recorded
Investment |
Unpaid
Principal Balance |
Related
Allowance |
Average
Recorded Investment |
Interest
Income Recognized |
||||||||||||||||
With no related allowance recorded: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial Real Estate |
$ | 195 | $ | 195 | $ | | $ | 195 | $ | | ||||||||||
Commercial |
| | | | | |||||||||||||||
Consumer TERI |
60 | 60 | 100 | | ||||||||||||||||
Consumer other |
5 | 5 | | 67 | | |||||||||||||||
Consumer auto |
28 | 28 | | 30 | | |||||||||||||||
Residential Real Estate |
467 | 467 | | 500 | | |||||||||||||||
With an allowance recorded: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial Real Estate construction |
1,040 | 1,040 | 200 | 1,300 | | |||||||||||||||
Commercial Real Estate other |
150 | 150 | 25 | 155 | | |||||||||||||||
Commercial |
1,178 | 1,178 | 921 | 427 | 17 | |||||||||||||||
Residential Real Estate |
1,370 | 1,370 | 269 | 700 | 14 | |||||||||||||||
Total: |
$ | 4,493 | $ | 4,493 | $ | 1,415 | $ | 3,474 | $ | 31 | ||||||||||
Commercial Real Estate |
$ | 1,385 | $ | 1,385 | $ | 225 | $ | 1,650 | $ | | ||||||||||
Commercial |
$ | 1,178 | $ | 1,178 | $ | 921 | $ | 427 | $ | 17 | ||||||||||
Consumer |
$ | 93 | $ | 93 | $ | | $ | 197 | $ | | ||||||||||
Residential Real Estate |
$ | 1,837 | $ | 1,837 | $ | 269 | $ | 1,200 | $ | 14 |
Non-Accrual and Past Due Loans. Loans are considered past due if the required principal and interest payments have not been received as of the date such payments were due. Loans are placed on non-accrual status when, in managements opinion, the borrower may be unable to meet payment obligations as they become due, as well as when required by regulatory provisions. Loans may be placed on non-accrual status regardless of whether or not such loans are considered past due. When interest accrual is discontinued, all unpaid accrued interest is reversed. Interest income is subsequently recognized only to the extent cash payments are received in excess of principal due. Loans are returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured with the minimum of a six month positive payment history.
67
Year-end non-accrual loans, segregated by class of loans, were as follows:
December 31, |
2010 | |||
Commercial |
$ | 977 | ||
Commercial real estate: |
||||
Commercial real estate construction |
1,040 | |||
Commercial real estate other |
345 | |||
Consumer: |
||||
Student loans TERI |
60 | |||
Student loans other |
| |||
Consumer other |
5 | |||
Consumer auto |
28 | |||
Residential: |
||||
Residential real estate |
1,579 | |||
Total |
$ | 4,034 | ||
The Allowance for Credit Losses and Recorded Investment in Loans for the year ended December 31, 2010 is as follows:
Commercial |
Commercial
Real Estate |
Consumer | Residential | Credit Card | Unallocated | Total | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Allowance for credit losses: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Ending balance |
$ | 1,957 | $ | 2,067 | $ | 1,380 | $ | 753 | $ | 343 | $ | | $ | 6,500 | ||||||||||||||
Ending balance: Individually evaluated for impairment |
921 | 225 | | 269 | | | 1,415 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment |
$ | 1,036 | $ | 1,842 | $ | 1,380 | $ | 484 | $ | 343 | $ | | $ | 5,085 | ||||||||||||||
Ending balance: loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality |
$ | | $ | | $ | | $ | | $ | | $ | | $ | | ||||||||||||||
Loans: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Ending balance |
$ | 55,978 | $ | 207,964 | $ | 52,535 | $ | 295,301 | $ | 3,327 | $ | | $ | 615,105 | ||||||||||||||
Ending balance: Individually evaluated for impairment |
1,178 | 1,385 | 93 | 1,837 | | | 4,493 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment |
$ | 54,800 | $ | 206,579 | $ | 52,442 | $ | 293,464 | $ | 3,327 | $ | | $ | 610,612 | ||||||||||||||
Ending balance: loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality |
$ | | $ | | $ | | $ | | $ | | $ | | $ | | ||||||||||||||
NOTE 5 ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES
The allowance for loan losses is a reserve established through a provision for loan losses charged to expense, which represents managements best estimate of probable losses that have been incurred within the existing portfolio of loans. The allowance, in the judgment of management, is necessary to reserve for estimated loan losses and risks inherent in the loan portfolio. The Companys allowance for loan loss methodology includes allowance allocations calculated in accordance with ASC Topic 310, Receivables and allowance allocations calculated in accordance with ASC Topic 450, Contingencies. Accordingly, the methodology is based on historical loss experience by type of credit and internal risk grade, specific homogeneous risk pools and specific loss allocations, with adjustments for current events and conditions. The Companys process for determining the appropriate level of the allowance for loan losses is designed to account for credit deterioration as it occurs. The provision for loan losses reflects loan quality trends, including the levels of and trends related to non-accrual loans, past due loans, potential problem loans, criticized loans and net charge-offs or recoveries, among other factors. The provision for loan losses also reflects the totality of actions taken on all loans for a particular period. In other words, the amount of the provision reflects not only the necessary increases in the allowance for loan losses related to newly identified criticized loans, but it also reflects actions taken related to other loans including, among other things, any necessary increases or decreases in required allowances for specific loans or loan pools.
68
Changes in the allowance for loan losses are as follows:
Years Ended December 31, |
2010 | 2009 | 2008 | |||||||||
Balance at beginning of year |
$ | 6,300 | $ | 5,275 | $ | 4,700 | ||||||
Charge-offs: |
||||||||||||
Residential real estate mortgages |
213 | 161 | 83 | |||||||||
Commercial real estate |
| 188 | | |||||||||
Commercial loans |
1,138 | 610 | | |||||||||
Consumer loans |
487 | 341 | 234 | |||||||||
Total charge-offs |
1,838 | 1,300 | 317 | |||||||||
Recoveries: |
||||||||||||
Residential real estate mortgages |
19 | 42 | | |||||||||
Commercial real estate |
1 | | | |||||||||
Commercial loans |
| | 14 | |||||||||
Consumer loans |
19 | 23 | 17 | |||||||||
Total recoveries |
39 | 65 | 31 | |||||||||
Net charge-offs |
1,799 | 1,235 | 286 | |||||||||
Provision charged to operations |
1,999 | 2,260 | 861 | |||||||||
Balance at End of Year |
$ | 6,500 | $ | 6,300 | $ | 5,275 | ||||||
Ratio of net charge-offs to average loans outstanding |
0.30 | % | 0.22 | % | 0.07 | % | ||||||
A comparison of the provision for loan losses for Financial Statement purposes with the allowable bad debt deduction for tax purposes is as follows:
Years Ended December 31, |
Book Provision | Tax Deduction | ||||||
2010 |
$ | 1,999 | $ | 1,685 | ||||
2009 |
$ | 2,260 | $ | 1,178 | ||||
2008 |
$ | 861 | $ | 286 |
The balance of the Reserve for Bad Debts as reported for Federal income tax purposes was $400, $514 and $0 at December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
NOTE 6 LOAN SERVICING
The Company generally retains the right to service mortgage loans sold to third parties. The cost allocated to the mortgage servicing rights retained has been recognized as a separate asset and is amortized in proportion to and over the period of estimated net servicing income.
The Company services $74,009 in mortgage loans for Freddie Mac which are not included in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Custodial escrow balances maintained in connection with the foregoing loan servicing, and included in deposits, were approximately $425 and $496 at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The balance of the servicing rights was $293 and $163 at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, net of amortization.
The Company has recorded new mortgage servicing rights of $193 and $169 at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Amortization expense of $63 and $47 was recorded for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
Mortgage servicing rights are evaluated for impairment based on the fair value of those rights. Fair values are estimated using discounted cash flows based on current market rates of interest and expected future prepayment rates. For purposes of measuring impairment, the rights must be stratified by one or more predominant risk characteristics of the underlying loans. The Company stratifies its capitalized mortgage servicing rights based on the product type, interest rate and term of the underlying loans. The amount of impairment recognized is the amount, if any, by which the amortized cost of the rights for each stratum exceed the fair value.
There was no allowance for impairment recorded at December 31, 2010 or 2009.
69
NOTE 7 BANK PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT
December 31, |
2010 | 2009 | ||||||
Land |
$ | 3,481 | $ | 3,471 | ||||
Buildings and improvements |
18,897 | 17,667 | ||||||
Furniture and equipment |
17,158 | 16,300 | ||||||
39,536 | 37,438 | |||||||
Less: Accumulated depreciation |
26,130 | 25,042 | ||||||
Net Bank Premises and Equipment |
$ | 13,406 | $ | 12,396 | ||||
Buildings and improvements are being depreciated over 10 to 39.5 year periods and equipment over 3 to 10 year periods. Depreciation expense amounted to $1,088 in 2010, $997 in 2009 and $795 in 2008.
Occupancy expenses were reduced by rental income received in the amount of $187, $196 and $154 in the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
NOTE 8 OTHER REAL ESTATE OWNED
Real estate acquired through foreclosure is recorded at the lower of cost or market at the time of acquisition. Any subsequent write-downs are charged against operating expenses. The other real estate
NOTE 9 INVESTMENT IN AND LOAN TO, INCOME FROM DIVIDENDS AND EQUITY IN EARNINGS OR LOSSES OF SUBSIDIARY
Penseco Realty, Inc. is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Bank which owns certain banking premises. Selected financial information is presented below:
Year |
Percent
of voting stock owned |
Total
investment and loan |
Equity in
underlying net assets at balance sheet date |
Amount
of dividends |
Banks
proportionate part of loss for the period |
|||||||||||||||
2010 |
100 | % | $ | 3,250 | $ | 3,234 | None | $ | | |||||||||||
2009 |
100 | % | $ | 3,250 | $ | 3,234 | None | $ | | |||||||||||
2008 |
100 | % | $ | 3,250 | $ | 3,235 | None | $ | |
NOTE 10 GOODWILL
Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the underlying fair value of merged entities. Goodwill is assessed for impairment at least annually and as triggering events occur. In making this assessment, management considers a number of factors including, but not limited to, operating results, business plans, economic projections, anticipated future cash flows, and current market data. There are inherent uncertainties related to these factors and managements judgment in applying them to the analysis of Goodwill impairment. Changes in economic and operating conditions, as well as other factors, could result in Goodwill impairment in future periods. Management has determined that the carrying value of Goodwill was not impaired at December 31, 2010 or December 31, 2009.
NOTE 11 CASH SURRENDER VALUE OF LIFE INSURANCE
The Company has purchased BOLI policies on certain officers. The value of such policies totaled $15,380 and $14,380 at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
The policies are split-dollar life insurance policies which provide for the Company to receive the cash value of the policy and to split the residual proceeds with the officers designated beneficiary upon the death of the insured, while the officer is employed at the Company. The majority of the residual proceeds are retained by the Company per the individual agreements with the insured officers.
70
NOTE 12 FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK STOCK
Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh (FHLB) stock is a required investment in order for the Company to participate in a FHLB line of
credit program. The Company held FHLB stock of $6,082, $6,402 and $5,568 at December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The FHLB stock is stated at par value as it is restricted to purchases and sales with the FHLB. The FHLB suspended its
stock repurchase and dividend payments during December 2008. During 2010, the FHLB repurchased $320 of capital stock which represented 5.0% of the Banks $6,402 investment. Based on current financial information available, management does not
NOTE 13 OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS
Intangible assets include the premium assigned to the core deposit relationships acquired in the Merger. The core deposit intangible is being amortized over ten years on a sum-of-the-years-digits basis. Amortization expense is expected to be as follows:
2011 |
$ | 304 | ||
2012 |
267 | |||
2013 |
230 | |||
2014 |
194 | |||
2015 |
157 | |||
2016 and thereafter |
258 | |||
Total |
$ | 1,410 | ||
NOTE 14 DEPOSITS
December 31, |
2010 | 2009 | ||||||
Demand Non-interest bearing |
$ | 113,391 | $ | 109,855 | ||||
Demand Interest bearing |
70,989 | 72,477 | ||||||
Savings |
113,382 | 110,994 | ||||||
Money markets |
144,206 | 146,189 | ||||||
Time Over $100,000 |
85,404 | 78,702 | ||||||
Time Other |
163,660 | 127,217 | ||||||
Total |
$ | 691,032 | $ | 645,434 | ||||
Scheduled maturities of time deposits are as follows:
2011 |
$ | 154,411 | ||
2012 |
36,378 | |||
2013 |
19,638 | |||
2014 |
13,076 | |||
2015 |
16,698 | |||
2016 and thereafter |
8,863 | |||
Total |
$ | 249,064 | ||
NOTE 15 OTHER BORROWED FUNDS
At December 31, 2010 and 2009, other borrowed funds consisted of demand notes to the U.S. Treasury, Federal Reserve Bank overnight borrowings, Federal Home Loan Bank overnight borrowings and repurchase agreements.
Short-term borrowings generally have original maturity dates of thirty days or less.
Investment securities with amortized costs and fair values of $24,182 and $25,422, respectively, at December 31, 2010 and $27,256 and $28,546, respectively, at December 31, 2009, were pledged to secure repurchase agreements.
71
Year Ended December 31, |
2010 | 2009 | ||||||
Amount outstanding at year end |
$ | 28,082 | $ | 45,598 | ||||
Average interest rate at year end |
0.39 | % | 0.44 | % | ||||
Maximum amount outstanding at any month end |
$ | 52,177 | $ | 65,389 | ||||
Average amount outstanding |
$ | 33,337 | $ | 44,951 | ||||
Weighted average interest rate during the year |
||||||||
Federal funds purchased |
0.56 | % | 0.48 | % | ||||
Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings |
0.56 | % | 0.51 | % | ||||
Repurchase agreements |
0.75 | % | 1.33 | % | ||||
Demand notes to U.S. Treasury |
| |
The Company has an available credit facility with the Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia in the amount of $34,646, secured by pledged securities with amortized costs and fair values of $34,571 and $35,346, respectively, at December 31, 2010 and $36,678 and $37,699, respectively, at December 31, 2009 and with interest rates of .75% at December 31, 2010 and .50% at December 31, 2009. There is no stated expiration date for the credit facility as long as the Company maintains the pledged securities at the Federal Reserve Bank. There was no outstanding balance as of December 31, 2010 and 2009.
The Company has a $20,325 Borrower in Custody (BIC) line of credit with the Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia, secured by commercial loans with an outstanding principal of $27,100 and a collateral value of $20,325 at December 31, 2010. There was no outstanding balance as of December 31, 2010 and 2009.
The Company has the availability of a $5,000 overnight Federal funds line of credit with Wells Fargo. Also, the Company has a $19,000 overnight Federal Funds line with PNC Bank. There was no balance outstanding under either line as of December 31, 2010 and 2009.
The Company maintains a collateralized maximum borrowing capacity of $314,766 with the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh. There was a
NOTE 16 LONG-TERM DEBT
The loans from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh are secured by a general collateral pledge of the Companys assets. The Company has agreed to maintain sufficient qualifying collateral to fully secure the borrowings below.
A summary of long-term debt, including amortizing principal and interest payments, at December 31, 2010 is as follows: |
|
Aggregate maturities of long-term debt at
December 31, 2010 are as follows: |
|
|||||||||||||||||
Monthly Installment |
Fixed Rate | Maturity Date | Balance |
December 31, |
Principal | |||||||||||||||
Amortizing Loans |
||||||||||||||||||||
$ 29 |
1.84 | % | 08/28/12 | 562 | 2011 | $ | 10,615 | |||||||||||||
90 |
3.10 | % | 02/28/13 | 2,262 | 2012 | 10,823 | ||||||||||||||
430 |
3.74 | % | 03/13/13 | 11,120 | 2013 | 11,094 | ||||||||||||||
18 |
2.66 | % | 08/28/14 | 746 | 2014 | 4,670 | ||||||||||||||
67 |
3.44 | % | 03/02/15 | 3,120 | 2015 | 11,135 | ||||||||||||||
13 |
3.48 | % | 03/31/15 | 636 | Thereafter | 20,498 | ||||||||||||||
10 |
3.83 | % | 04/02/18 | 770 | $ | 68,835 | ||||||||||||||
186 |
4.69 | % | 03/13/23 | 20,819 | ||||||||||||||||
Total amortizing |
40,035 | |||||||||||||||||||
Non-amortizing loans |
||||||||||||||||||||
2.88 | % | 02/28/11 | 2,000 | |||||||||||||||||
3.27 | % | 02/29/12 | 2,000 | |||||||||||||||||
3.49 | % | 02/28/13 | 7,000 | |||||||||||||||||
2.89 | % | 11/28/14 | 2,000 | |||||||||||||||||
2.58 | % | 05/18/15 | 6,300 | |||||||||||||||||
3.32 | % | 11/27/15 | 3,000 | |||||||||||||||||
2.36 | % | 09/22/17 | 6,500 | |||||||||||||||||
Total non-amortizing |
28,800 | |||||||||||||||||||
Total long term-debt |
$ | 68,835 | ||||||||||||||||||
72
NOTE 17 BENEFIT PLANS
The Company provides an Employee Stock Ownership Plan (ESOP), a Retirement Profit Sharing 401(k) Plan, an Employees Pension Plan, unfunded supplemental executive defined benefit and defined contribution plans, a Postretirement Life Insurance Plan, a Stock Appreciation Rights Plan (SAR), and a Long-Term Incentive Plan.
Under the ESOP, amounts voted by the Board of Directors are paid into the ESOP and each employee is credited with a share in proportion to their annual compensation. All contributions to the ESOP are invested in or will be invested primarily in Company stock. Distribution of a participants ESOP account occurs upon retirement, death or termination in accordance with the plan provisions.
At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the ESOP held 75,555 and 70,604 shares, respectively, of the Companys stock, all of which were acquired as described above and allocated to specific participant accounts. These shares are treated the same for dividend purposes and earnings per share calculations as are any other outstanding shares of the Companys stock. The Company contributed $90, $90 and $0 to the ESOP plan during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
Under the Retirement Profit Sharing Plan, amounts approved by the Board of Directors have been paid into a fund and each employee was credited with a share in proportion to their annual compensation. Upon retirement, death or termination, each employee is paid the total amount of their credits in the fund in one of a number of optional ways in accordance with the plan provisions. Effective July 1, 2008, the Retirement Profit Sharing Plan became a 401(k) Deferred Compensation and Profit Sharing Plan for eligible employees. Eligible employees may elect deferrals of up to the maximum amounts permitted by law. The Banks contributions included a Safe Harbor contribution of $306, $209 and $202, during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, and a discretionary match of $200, $204 and $119 during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, equal to one-half of employee deferrals, up to a maximum match of 3%. In 2008, the Company also provided a benefit of $356, allocated to fifty employees who were negatively impacted by the Employees Pension Plan freeze in the second quarter of 2008. A portion of this benefit was rolled into the 401(k) plan and the balance used to fund individual Supplemental Employee Retirement Plans (SERP) for the impacted employees.
Under the Employees Pension Plan (currently under curtailment), amounts computed on an actuarial basis were being paid by the Company into a trust fund. The plan provided for fixed benefits payable for life upon retirement at the age of 65, based on length of service and compensation levels as defined in the plan. As of June 22, 2008 no further benefits are being accrued in this plan. Plan assets of the trust fund are invested and administered by the Trust Department of Penn Security Bank and Trust Company.
The Unfunded Supplemental Executive Pension Plan (currently under curtailment) provided certain officers with additional retirement benefits to replace benefits lost due to limits imposed on qualified plans by Federal tax law. Benefits under this plan were actuarially computed and recorded as a liability. As of June 22, 2008 no further benefits are being accrued in this plan. Effective July 1, 2008, the Company established an Unfunded Supplemental Executive Defined Contribution Plan to replace 401(k) plan benefits lost due to compensation limits imposed on qualified plans by Federal tax law. The annual benefit is a maximum of 6% of the executive compensation in excess of Federal limits.
The Postretirement Life Insurance Plan is an unfunded, non-vesting defined benefit plan. The plan is non-contributory and provides for a reducing level of term life insurance coverage following retirement. Annual expense amounts are calculated on an actuarial basis and are recorded as a liability.
The Company granted 10,000 SARs to an executive on January 3, 2006 at a strike price of $43.00 per share. The Company also granted 8,500 SARs to an executive on February 29, 2008 at a strike price of $37.50 per share. All rights vest on a straight-line basis over a five year period and are expected to be settled in cash when exercised. The Company calculates the value of the vested rights using the Black-Scholes method and has recorded an expense of $24 in 2010 and $13 in 2009.
Under the 2008 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the 2008 plan), the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors has broad authority with respect to awards granted under the 2008 plan, including, without limitation, the authority to:
|
Designate the individuals eligible to receive awards under the 2008 plan. |
|
Determine the size, type and date of grant for individual awards, provided that awards approved by the Committee are not effective unless and until ratified by the Board of Directors. |
|
Interpret the 2008 plan and award agreements issued with respect to individual participants. |
73
Persons eligible to receive awards under the 2008 Plan include directors, officers, employees, consultants and other service providers of the Company and its subsidiaries, except that incentive stock option may be granted only to individuals who are employees on the date of grant.
The total number of shares of the Companys common stock available for grant awards under the 2008 plan shall not exceed in the aggregate five percent of the outstanding shares of the Companys common stock as of February 15, 2008, or 107,400 shares of the Companys common stock.
The 2008 plan authorizes grants of stock options, stock appreciation rights, dividend equivalents, performance awards, restricted stock and restricted stock units. There was no award during 2010 and $75 during 2009 under this 2008 plan.
Obligations and funded status of the plans:
Pension Benefits | Other Benefits | |||||||||||||||
December 31, |
2010 | 2009 | 2010 | 2009 | ||||||||||||
Change in benefit obligation: |
||||||||||||||||
Benefit obligation, beginning |
$ | 12,137 | $ | 11,782 | $ | 354 | $ | 327 | ||||||||
Service cost |
| | 6 | 5 | ||||||||||||
Interest cost |
709 | 701 | 20 | 19 | ||||||||||||
Amendments |
| | | | ||||||||||||
Change in assumptions |
802 | 24 | 11 | 22 | ||||||||||||
Actuarial (gain) loss |
20 | 244 | 2 | | ||||||||||||
Benefits paid |
(673 | ) | (614 | ) | (18 | ) | (19 | ) | ||||||||
Benefit obligation, ending |
12,995 | 12,137 | 375 | 354 | ||||||||||||
Change in plan assets: |
||||||||||||||||
Fair value of plan assets, beginning |
10,685 | 9,971 | | | ||||||||||||
Actual return on plan assets |
911 | 1,328 | | | ||||||||||||
Employer contribution |
| | | | ||||||||||||
Benefits paid |
(673 | ) | (614 | ) | | | ||||||||||
Fair value of plan assets, ending |
10,923 | 10,685 | | | ||||||||||||
Funded status at end of year |
$ | (2,072 | ) | $ | (1,452 | ) | $ | (375 | ) | $ | (354 | ) | ||||
Amounts recognized in the balance sheet consist of: |
||||||||||||||||
Pension Benefits | Other Benefits | |||||||||||||||
December 31, |
2010 | 2009 | 2010 | 2009 | ||||||||||||
Non Current Assets |
$ | 704 | $ | 494 | $ | | $ | | ||||||||
Non Current Liabilities |
$ | 2,072 | $ | 1,452 | $ | 375 | $ | 354 | ||||||||
Amounts recognized in the accumulated other comprehensive income consist of: |
||||||||||||||||
Pension Benefits | Other Benefits | |||||||||||||||
December 31, |
2010 | 2009 | 2010 | 2009 | ||||||||||||
Prior service costs |
$ | | $ | | $ | 7 | $ | 20 | ||||||||
Net actuarial loss (gain) |
3,579 | 2,845 | 19 | (16 | ) | |||||||||||
Deferred taxes |
(1,217 | ) | (967 | ) | (9 | ) | (1 | ) | ||||||||
Net amount recognized |
$ | 2,362 | $ | 1,878 | $ | 17 | $ | 3 | ||||||||
74
Components of net periodic pension cost and other amounts recognized in other comprehensive income:
The estimated net loss for the defined benefit pension plans that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income into net periodic benefit cost over the next fiscal year is $79. There is no estimated amortization of net loss for the defined benefit postretirement plan that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income over the next fiscal year.
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations were as follows:
Pension Benefits | Other Benefits | |||||||||||||||
December 31, |
2010 | 2009 | 2010 | 2009 | ||||||||||||
Discount rate |
5.50 | % | 6.00 | % | 5.50 | % | 5.75 | % | ||||||||
Expected long-term return on plan assets |
8.50 | % | 8.50 | % | | | ||||||||||
Rate of compensation increase |
| | 3.50 | % | 3.50 | % |
The expected long-term return on plan assets was determined using average historical returns of the Companys plan assets.
The Companys pension plan weighted-average asset allocations at December 31, 2010 and 2009, by asset category are as follows:
75
Plan Assets at December 31, |
2010 | 2009 | ||||||
Asset Category |
||||||||
Equity securities |
53.5 | % | 50.3 | % | ||||
Corporate bonds |
26.6 | 28.9 | ||||||
U.S. Government securities |
18.1 | 18.7 | ||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
1.8 | 2.1 | ||||||
100.0 | % | 100.0 | % | |||||
Fair Value Measurement at December 31, 2010
Asset Category |
Total |
Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level I) |
Significant
Observable Inputs (Level II) |
Significant
Observable Inputs (Level III) |
||||||||||||
Cash |
$ | 198 | $ | 198 | $ | | $ | | ||||||||
Equity securities: |
||||||||||||||||
U.S. large cap |
5,537 | 5,537 | | | ||||||||||||
International |
310 | 310 | | | ||||||||||||
Fixed income securities: |
||||||||||||||||
U.S. Treasuries |
1,171 | | 1,171 | | ||||||||||||
U.S. Government Agencies |
804 | | 804 | | ||||||||||||
Corporate bonds |
2,903 | | 2,903 | | ||||||||||||
Total |
$ | 10,923 | $ | 6,045 | $ | 4,878 | $ | | ||||||||
The Company investment policies and strategies include:
1.) The Trust and Investment Divisions equity philosophy is Large-Cap Core with a value bias. We invest in individual high-grade common stocks that are selected from our approved list.
2.) Diversification is maintained by having no more than 20% in any industry sector and no individual equity representing more than 10% of the portfolio.
3.) The fixed income style is conservative but also responsive to the various needs of our individual clients. For our Fixed Income securities, we buy U.S. Government bonds and Agencies or high-grade Corporate rated A or better. The Company targets the following allocation percentages: cash equivalents 10%, fixed income 40% and equities 50%.
There is no Company stock included in equity securities at December 31, 2010 or 2009.
Contributions
The Company does not expect to contribute to the Employees Pension Plan in 2011. The Company expects to contribute $19 to its
Estimated Future Benefit Payments
The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are expected to be paid in the next five years and in the aggregate for the five years thereafter:
Pension Benefits | Other Benefits | |||||||
2011 |
$ | 621 | $ | 19 | ||||
2012 |
633 | 18 | ||||||
2013 |
691 | 18 | ||||||
2014 |
713 | 19 | ||||||
2015 |
762 | 21 | ||||||
2016-2020 |
4,085 | 110 |
76
NOTE 18 INCOME TAXES
The total income taxes in the Statements of Income are as follows:
Years Ended December 31, |
2010 | 2009 | 2008 | |||||||||
Currently payable |
$ | 2,630 | $ | 1,828 | $ | 2,214 | ||||||
Deferred provision |
737 | 60 | 244 | |||||||||
Total |
$ | 3,367 | $ | 1,888 | $ | 2,458 | ||||||
A reconciliation of income taxes at statutory rates to applicable income taxes reported in the Statements of Income is as follows:
Years Ended December 31, |
2010 | 2009 | 2008 | |||||||||
Tax at statutory rate |
$ | 5,130 | $ | 3,488 | $ | 3,764 | ||||||
Reduction for non-taxable interest |
(1,886 | ) | (1,855 | ) | (1,409 | ) | ||||||
Disallowed merger costs |
| 146 | | |||||||||
Other additions |
123 | 109 | 103 | |||||||||
Applicable Income Taxes |
$ | 3,367 | $ | 1,888 | $ | 2,458 | ||||||
The components of the deferred income tax provision, which result from temporary differences, are as follows:
Years Ended December 31, |
2010 | 2009 | 2008 | |||||||||
Accretion of discount on bonds |
$ | 9 | $ | (42 | ) | $ | (6 | ) | ||||
Accelerated depreciation |
(51 | ) | 355 | 316 | ||||||||
Supplemental benefit plans |
(8 | ) | (8 | ) | (46 | ) | ||||||
Allowance for loan losses |
(107 | ) | (368 | ) | (196 | ) | ||||||
Purchase accounting accretion, net |
794 | 390 | | |||||||||
Other-than-temporary impairment loss |
103 | (267 | ) | | ||||||||
Alternative minimum tax |
(3 | ) | | | ||||||||
Prepaid pension cost |
| | 7 | |||||||||
Accrued liabilities |
| | 169 | |||||||||
Total |
$ | 737 | $ | 60 | $ | 244 | ||||||
The significant components of deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:
December 31, |
2010 | 2009 | ||||||
Deferred tax assets: |
||||||||
Allowance for loan losses |
$ | 2,074 | $ | 1,967 | ||||
Accrued pension costs |
704 | 494 | ||||||
Accrued supplemental benefit plans |
62 | 54 | ||||||
Purchase accounting |
833 | 1,627 | ||||||
Other-than-temporary impairment loss |
164 | 267 | ||||||
AMT |
82 | 79 | ||||||
Post retirement benefits |
2 | 2 | ||||||
Total Deferred Tax Assets |
3,921 | 4,490 | ||||||
Deferred tax liabilities: |
||||||||
Unrealized securities gains |
566 | 1,183 | ||||||
Accumulated accretion |
19 | 10 | ||||||
Accumulated depreciation |
439 | 490 | ||||||
Total Deferred Tax Liabilities |
1,024 | 1,683 | ||||||
Net Deferred Tax Assets |
$ | 2,897 | $ | 2,807 | ||||
In managements opinion, the deferred tax assets are realizable in as much as there is a history of strong earnings and a carryback potential greater than the deferred tax assets. Management is not aware of any evidence that would preclude the realization of the benefit in the future and, accordingly, has not established a valuation allowance against the deferred tax assets.
77
NOTE 19 ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
Accumulated other comprehensive income was ($1,280), $413 and ($1,943) at December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
Other Comprehensive Income
The components of other comprehensive income are reported net of related tax effects in the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders Equity.
A reconciliation of other comprehensive income for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 is as follows:
2010 |
Before-Tax
Amount |
Tax
(Expense) Benefit |
Net-of-Tax
Amount |
|||||||||
Unrealized losses on available-for-sale securities: |
||||||||||||
Unrealized losses arising during the year |
$ | (1,253 | ) | $ | 426 | $ | (827 | ) | ||||
Less: Reclassification adjustment for gains realized in income |
558 | (190 | ) | 368 | ||||||||
Net unrealized losses |
(1,811 | ) | 616 | (1,195 | ) | |||||||
Change in funded status of employee benefit plans |
(755 | ) | 257 | (498 | ) | |||||||
Other Comprehensive Income |
$ | (2,566 | ) | $ | 873 | $ | (1,693 | ) | ||||
2009 |
Before-Tax
Amount |
Tax
(Expense) Benefit |
Net-of-Tax
Amount |
|||||||||
Unrealized gains on available-for-sale securities: |
||||||||||||
Unrealized gains arising during the year |
$ | 3,221 | $ | (1,096 | ) | $ | 2,125 | |||||
Less: Reclassification adjustment for gains realized in income |
873 | (297 | ) | 576 | ||||||||
Recognition of other-than-temporary impairment losses |
(787 | ) | 267 | (520 | ) | |||||||
Net unrealized gains |
3,135 | (1,066 | ) | 2,069 | ||||||||
Change in funded status of employee benefit plans |
435 | (148 | ) | 287 | ||||||||
Other Comprehensive Income |
$ | 3,570 | $ | (1,214 | ) | $ | 2,356 | |||||
2008 |
Before-Tax
Amount |
Tax
(Expense) Benefit |
Net-of-Tax
Amount |
|||||||||
Unrealized losses on available-for-sale securities: |
||||||||||||
Unrealized losses arising during the year |
$ | (1,092 | ) | $ | 371 | $ | (721 | ) | ||||
Less: Reclassification adjustment for gains realized in income |
12 | (5 | ) | 7 | ||||||||
Net unrealized losses |
(1,104 | ) | 376 | (728 | ) | |||||||
Change in funded status of employee benefit plans |
(595 | ) | 202 | (393 | ) | |||||||
Other Comprehensive Income |
$ | (1,699 | ) | $ | 578 | $ | (1,121 | ) | ||||
NOTE 20 COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES
In the normal course of business, there are outstanding commitments and contingent liabilities, created under prevailing terms and collateral requirements such as commitments to extend credit, financial guarantees and letters of credit, which are not reflected in the accompanying Financial Statements. The Company does not anticipate any losses as a result of these transactions. These instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the Balance Sheets.
The contract or notional amounts of those instruments reflect the extent of involvement the Company has in particular classes of financial instruments.
78
Financial instruments whose contract amounts represent credit risk at December 31, 2010 and 2009 are as follows:
2010 | 2009 | |||||||
Commitments to extend credit: |
||||||||
Fixed rate |
$ | 53,011 | $ | 39,576 | ||||
Variable rate |
$ | 96,036 | $ | 87,454 | ||||
Standby letters of credit |
$ | 15,969 | $ | 16,091 |
Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have expiration dates of one year or less or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements.
Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers.
Various actions and proceedings are presently pending to which the Company is a party. Management is of the opinion that the aggregate liabilities, if any, arising from such actions would not have a material adverse effect on the financial position of the Company.
NOTE 21 FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS
The following table sets forth the Companys financial assets that were accounted for at fair value and are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.
Level I - Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access at the measurement date.
Level II - Observable inputs other than Level I prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; quoted prices in markets that are not active for identical or similar assets or liabilities; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.
Level III - Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities that are developed using the reporting entities estimates and assumptions, which reflect those that market participants would use.
Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis
A description of the valuation methodologies used for financial assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis, as well as the classification of the assets pursuant to the valuation hierarchy, are as follows:
Securities Available-for-Sale
Securities classified as available-for-sale are reported using Level I, Level II and Level III inputs. Level I instruments generally include equity securities valued in accordance with quoted market prices in active markets. Level II instruments include U.S. government agency obligations, state and municipal bonds, mortgage-backed securities and corporate bonds. For these securities, the Company obtains fair value measurements from an independent pricing service. The fair value measurements consider observable data that may include dealer quotes, market spreads, cash flows, the U.S. Treasury yield curve, live trading levels, trade execution data, market consensus prepayment speeds, credit information and the bonds terms and conditions, among other things. Level III instruments include certain non-public equity securities and real estate sold under contract. See Note 3 Investment Securities for additional information.
79
Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis are as follows:
December 31, 2010 | ||||||||||||||||
Level I | Level II | Level III | Total | |||||||||||||
Assets: |
||||||||||||||||
Securities available-for-sale |
||||||||||||||||
U.S. Agency securities |
$ | | $ | 79,294 | $ | | $ | 79,294 | ||||||||
Mortgage-backed securities: |
||||||||||||||||
Residential |
| 26,370 | | 26,370 | ||||||||||||
States & political subdivisions: |
||||||||||||||||
Bank qualified tax exempt |
| 62,558 | | 62,558 | ||||||||||||
Corporate securities: |
||||||||||||||||
Aaa credit rating |
| 4,090 | | 4,090 | ||||||||||||
Equity securities: |
||||||||||||||||
Financial services industry |
985 | | | 985 | ||||||||||||
Total securities available-for-sale |
$ | 985 | $ | 172,312 | $ | | $ | 173,297 | ||||||||
December 31, 2009 | ||||||||||||||||
Level I | Level II | Level III | Total | |||||||||||||
Assets: |
||||||||||||||||
Securities available-for-sale |
||||||||||||||||
U.S. Agency securities |
$ | | $ | 54,695 | $ | | $ | 54,695 | ||||||||
Mortgage-backed securities: |
||||||||||||||||
Residential |
| 17,567 | | 17,567 | ||||||||||||
States & political subdivisions: |
||||||||||||||||
Bank qualified tax exempt |
| 75,433 | | 75,433 | ||||||||||||
Equity securities: |
||||||||||||||||
Financial services industry |
1,384 | | | 1,384 | ||||||||||||
Total securities available-for-sale |
$ | 1,384 | $ | 147,695 | $ | | $ | 149,079 | ||||||||
During 2009, the Company recognized a $50 other-than-temporary impairment charge to an available-for-sale security that was in Level III at $50 during the year ended December 31, 2008.
Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis
Disclosure of non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities became effective January 1, 2009. Certain non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities, measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis, include foreclosed assets, goodwill and intangible assets.
A description of the valuation methodologies and classification levels used for non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis are listed below.
Goodwill and Other Identifiable Intangibles
The Company employs general industry practices in evaluating the fair value of its goodwill and other identifiable intangibles. The Company calculates the fair value, with the assistance of a third party specialist, using a combination of the following valuation methods: dividend discount analysis under the income approach, which calculates the present value of all excess cash flows plus the present value of a terminal value and market multiples (pricing ratios) under the market approach. Management performed a review of goodwill and other identifiable intangibles as of December 31, 2010.
Impaired Loans
At December 31, 2010 certain impaired loans were remeasured and reported at fair value through a specific valuation allowance allocation of the allowance for loan losses based upon the fair value of the underlying collateral and the evaluation of expected future cash flows. Impaired loans with a carrying value of $4,493 were reduced by a specific valuation allowance allocation totaling $1,415, to a total reported fair value of $3,078 based on collateral valuations utilizing Level III valuation inputs.
80
Other Real Estate Owned
Other real estate owned, which at December 31, 2010 and 2009 also included a real estate sales contract of $0 and $123, respectively, was adjusted to fair values with any impairment charge included in earnings for the year. Foreclosed real estate, which is considered to be non-financial assets, has been valued using a market approach. The values were determined using market prices of similar real estate assets, which the Company considered to be Level II inputs.
Certain assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis as of December 31, 2010 is as follows:
A reconciliation of items in Level III for the year ended December 31, 2010 is as follows:
Core deposit
intangible |
Impaired
Loans |
Goodwill |
Federal
Home Loan Bank Stock |
Real estate
sold under contract |
Total | |||||||||||||||||||
Balance December 31, 2009 |
$ | 1,751 | $ | | $ | 26,398 | $ | 6,402 | $ | 123 | $ | 34,674 | ||||||||||||
Amortization of core deposit intangible |
(341 | ) | | | | | (341 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Increase in impaired loans |
| 5,073 | | | | 5,073 | ||||||||||||||||||
Decrease in impaired loans |
| (580 | ) | | | | (580 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Payments received |
| | | (320 | ) | (123 | ) | (443 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Balance December 31, 2010 |
$ | 1,410 | $ | 4,493 | $ | 26,398 | $ | 6,082 | $ | | $ | 38,383 | ||||||||||||
81
A reconciliation of items in Level III for the year ended December 31, 2009 is as follows:
Core deposit
intangible |
Goodwill |
Federal
Home Loan Bank Stock |
Real estate
sold under contract |
Total | ||||||||||||||||
Balance December 31, 2008 |
$ | | $ | | $ | 5,568 | $ | | $ | 5,568 | ||||||||||
Additions due to the Merger |
2,027 | 26,398 | 834 | 129 | 29,388 | |||||||||||||||
Amortization of core deposit intangible |
(276 | ) | | | | (276 | ) | |||||||||||||
Payments received |
| | | (6 | ) | (6 | ) | |||||||||||||
Balance December 31, 2009 |
$ | 1,751 | $ | 26,398 | $ | 6,402 | $ | 123 | $ | 34,674 | ||||||||||
Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments
General Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) require disclosure of the estimated fair value of an entitys assets and liabilities considered to be financial instruments. For the Company, as for most financial institutions, the majority of its assets and liabilities are considered financial instruments. However, many such instruments lack an available trading market, as characterized by a willing buyer and seller engaging in an exchange transaction. Also, it is the Companys general practice and intent to hold its financial instruments to maturity and not to engage in trading or sales activities, except for certain loans and investments. Therefore, the Company had to use significant estimates and present value calculations to prepare this disclosure.
Changes in the assumptions or methodologies used to estimate fair values may materially affect the estimated amounts. Also, management is concerned that there may not be reasonable comparability between institutions due to the wide range of permitted assumptions and methodologies in the absence of active markets. This lack of uniformity gives rise to a high degree of subjectivity in estimating financial instrument fair values.
Estimated fair values have been determined by the Company using the best available data and an estimation methodology suitable for each category of financial instruments. The estimation methodologies used at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 are outlined below. The methodologies for estimating the fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring or non-recurring basis are discussed in the fair value measurements section above. The estimated fair value approximates carrying value for cash and cash equivalents, accrued interest and the cash surrender value of life insurance policies. The methodologies for other financial assets and financial liabilities are discussed below:
Short-term financial instruments
The carrying value of short-term financial instruments including cash and due from banks, federal funds sold, interest-bearing deposits in banks and other short-term investments and borrowings, approximates the fair value of these instruments. These financial instruments generally expose the Company to limited credit risk and have no stated maturities or have short-term maturities with interest rates that approximate market rates.
Investment securities held-to-maturity
The estimated fair values of investment securities held to maturity are based on quoted market prices, provided by independent third parties that specialize in those investment sectors. If quoted market prices are not available, estimated fair values are based on quoted market prices of comparable instruments.
Federal Home Loan Bank Stock
Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh (FHLB) stock is a required investment in order for the Company to participate in a FHLB line of credit program. The FHLB stock is stated at par value as it is restricted to purchases and sales with the FHLB. The FHLB had indefinitely suspended its stock repurchase and dividend payments during December 2008. During the third quarter of 2010, the FHLB repurchased $320 of capital stock which represented 5.0% of the Banks $6,402 investment. Based on current financial information available, management does not believe the FHLB stock value is impaired as of December 31, 2010.
82
Loans
The loan portfolio, net of unearned income, has been valued by a third party specialist using quoted market prices, if available. When market prices were not available, a credit risk based present value discounted cash flow analysis was utilized. The primary assumptions utilized in this analysis are the discount rate based on the libor curve, adjusted for credit risk, and prepayment estimates based on factors such as refinancing incentives, age of the loan and seasonality. These assumptions were applied by loan category and different spreads were applied based upon prevailing market rates by category.
Deposits
The estimated fair values of demand deposits (i.e., interest and non-interest bearing checking accounts, savings and money market accounts) are, by definition, equal to the amount payable on demand at the reporting date (i.e., their carrying amounts). The fair value for certificates of deposit was calculated by an independent third party by discounting contractual cash flows using current market rates for instruments with similar maturities, using a credit based risk model. The carrying amount of accrued interest receivable and payable approximates fair value.
Long-term borrowings
The amounts assigned to long-term borrowings was based on quoted market prices, when available, or were based on discounted cash flow calculations using prevailing market interest rates for debt of similar terms.
The carrying and fair values of certain financial instruments were as follows:
December 31, 2010 | December 31, 2009 | |||||||||||||||
Carrying
Amount |
Fair Value |
Carrying
Amount |
Fair Value | |||||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 14,219 | $ | 14,219 | $ | 13,374 | $ | 13,374 | ||||||||
Investment securities held-to-maturity |
43,747 | 45,218 | 46,851 | 49,054 | ||||||||||||
Loans, net |
608,605 | 620,040 | 597,670 | 606,814 | ||||||||||||
Cash surrender value of life insurance |
15,380 | 15,380 | 14,380 | 14,380 | ||||||||||||
Federal Home Loan Bank stock |
6,082 | 6,082 | 6,402 | 6,402 | ||||||||||||
Demand deposits |
441,968 | 441,968 | 439,515 | 439,515 | ||||||||||||
Time deposits |
249,064 | 251,779 | 205,919 | 208,205 | ||||||||||||
Short-term borrowings |
28,082 | 28,082 | 45,598 | 45,598 | ||||||||||||
Long-term borrowings |
68,835 | 71,309 | 68,094 | 69,853 | ||||||||||||
Standby Letters of Credit |
$ | (164 | ) | $ | (164 | ) | $ | (161 | ) | $ | (161 | ) |
NOTE 22 OPERATING LEASES
The Company leases the land upon which the Mount Pocono Office was built and the land upon which a drive-up ATM was built on Meadow Avenue, Scranton. The Company also leases space at several locations which are being used as remote banking facilities. Rental expense was $94 in 2010, $87 in 2009 and $85 in 2008. All leases contain renewal options. The Mount Pocono and the Meadow Avenue leases contain the right of first refusal for the purchase of the properties and provisions for annual rent adjustments based upon the Consumer Price Index.
Future minimum rental commitments under these leases at December 31, 2010 are as follows:
Mount
Pocono |
Meadow
Avenue |
ATM
Sites |
Total | |||||||||||||
2011 |
$ | 66 | $ | 16 | $ | 8 | $ | 90 | ||||||||
2012 |
66 | | | 66 | ||||||||||||
2013 |
66 | | | 66 | ||||||||||||
2014 |
66 | | | 66 | ||||||||||||
2015 and beyond |
94 | | | 94 | ||||||||||||
Total minimum payments required |
$ | 358 | $ | 16 | $ | 8 | $ | 382 | ||||||||
83
NOTE 23 LOANS TO DIRECTORS, PRINCIPAL OFFICERS AND RELATED PARTIES
The Company has had, and may be expected to have in the future, banking transactions in the ordinary course of business with directors, principal officers, their immediate families and affiliated companies in which they are principal stockholders (commonly referred to as related parties), on the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with others. A summary of loans to directors, principal officers and related parties is as follows:
Years Ended December 31, |
2010 | 2009 | ||||||
Beginning Balance |
$ | 13,067 | $ | 10,016 | ||||
Additions |
2,459 | 4,083 | ||||||
Reclassifications |
(1,094) | (20) | ||||||
Collections |
(2,197) | (1,012) | ||||||
Ending Balance |
$ | 12,235 | $ | 13,067 | ||||
In addition to the loan amounts shown above, the Bank has issued standby letters of credit for the accounts of related parties in the amount of $7,785.
NOTE 24 REGULATORY MATTERS
The Company and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the Federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatoryand possibly additional discretionaryactions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company and the Banks Consolidated Financial Statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of their assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Company and the Banks capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors.
Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company and the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the Capital Adequacy table on the following page) of Tier I and Total Capital to risk-weighted assets and of Tier I Capital to average assets (Leverage ratio). The table also presents the Companys actual capital amounts and ratios. Management believes, as of December 31, 2010, that the Company and the Bank meet all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject.
As of June 30, 2010, the most recent regulatory notifications categorized the Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized, the Bank must maintain minimum Tier I Capital, Total Capital and Leverage ratios as set forth in the Capital Adequacy table. There are no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the Companys categorization by the FDIC.
The Company and Bank are also subject to minimum capital levels, which could limit the payment of dividends, although the Company and Bank currently have capital levels which are in excess of minimum capital level ratios required.
The Pennsylvania Banking Code restricts capital funds available for payment of dividends to the retained earnings of the Bank. The balances in the capital stock and surplus accounts are unavailable for dividends.
In addition, the Bank is subject to restrictions imposed by Federal law on certain transactions with the Companys affiliates. These transactions include extensions of credit, purchases of or investments in stock issued by the affiliate, purchases of assets subject to certain exceptions, acceptance of securities issued by an affiliate as collateral for loans, and the issuance of guarantees, acceptances, and letters of credit on behalf of affiliates. These restrictions prevent the Companys affiliates from borrowing from the Bank unless the loans are secured by obligations of designated amounts. Further, the aggregate of such transactions by the Bank with a single affiliate is limited in amount to 10 percent of the Banks Capital Stock and Surplus, and the aggregate of such transactions with all affiliates is limited to 20 percent of the Banks capital stock and surplus. The Federal Reserve System has interpreted capital stock and surplus to include undivided profits.
84
Actual |
Regulatory Requirements | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
For Capital | To Be | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Adequacy Purposes | Well Capitalized | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
As of December 31, 2009 |
Amount | Ratio | Amount | Ratio | Amount | Ratio | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
PFSC (Company) |
$ | 95,492 | 16.90 | % | > | $ | 45,198 | > | 8.0 | % | > | N/A | N/A | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
PSB (Bank) |
$ | 92,077 | 16.31 | % | > | $ | 45,170 | > | 8.0 | % | > | $ | 56,463 | > | 10.0 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Tier 1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
PFSC (Company) |
$ | 89,192 | 15.79 | % | > | $ | 22,599 | > | 4.0 | % | > | N/A | N/A | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
PSB (Bank) |
$ | 85,777 | 15.19 | % | > | $ | 22,585 | > | 4.0 | % | > | $ | 33,878 | > | 6.0 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Tier 1 Capital (to Average Assets) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
PFSC (Company) |
$ | 89,192 | 11.48 | % | > | $ | * | > | * | > | N/A | N/A | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
PSB (Bank) |
$ | 85,777 | 11.09 | % | > | $ | * | > | * | > | $ | 38,658 | > | 5.0 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
PFSC *3.0% ($22,308), 4.0% ($31,077) or 5.0% ($38,846) depending on the banks CAMELS Rating and other regulatory risk factors. |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
PSB *3.0% ($23,195), 4.0% ($30,926) or 5.0% ($38,658) depending on the banks CAMELS Rating and other regulatory risk factors. |
85
NOTE 25 PENSECO FINANCIAL SERVICES CORPORATION (PARENT CORPORATION)
The condensed Company-only information follows:
BALANCE SHEETS
December 31, |
2010 | 2009 | ||||||
Cash |
$ | 11 | $ | 16 | ||||
Interest bearing balances with banks |
2,611 | 2,240 | ||||||
Cash and Cash Equivalents |
2,622 | 2,256 | ||||||
Investment in bank subsidiary |
118,324 | 113,840 | ||||||
Equity investments |
953 | 1,352 | ||||||
Other assets |
25 | 23 | ||||||
Total Assets |
$ | 121,924 | $ | 117,471 | ||||
Total Liabilities |
$ | 2 | $ | 74 | ||||
Total Stockholders Equity |
121,922 | 117,397 | ||||||
Total Liabilities and Stockholders Equity |
$ | 121,924 | $ | 117,471 | ||||
STATEMENTS OF INCOME
Years Ended December 31, |
2010 | 2009 | 2008 | |||||||||
Dividends from bank subsidiary |
$ | 5,504 | $ | 5,031 | $ | 3,565 | ||||||
Dividends on investment securities |
31 | 40 | 91 | |||||||||
Interest on balances with banks |
7 | 11 | 19 | |||||||||
Impairment losses on investment securities |
| (787 | ) | | ||||||||
Gain on sale of equities |
462 | 4 | 1 | |||||||||
Total income |
6,004 | 4,299 | 3,676 | |||||||||
Other non-interest expense |
17 | 13 | 18 | |||||||||
Provision (benefit) for income taxes |
173 | (294 | ) | 26 | ||||||||
Net income before undistributed earnings of bank subsidiary |
5,814 | 4,580 | 3,632 | |||||||||
Undistributed earnings of bank subsidiary |
5,908 | 3,792 | 4,981 | |||||||||
Net Income |
$ | 11,722 | $ | 8,372 | $ | 8,613 | ||||||
86
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
Years Ended December 31, |
2010 | 2009 | 2008 | |||||||||
Operating Activities: |
||||||||||||
Net income |
$ | 11,722 | $ | 8,372 | $ | 8,613 | ||||||
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: |
||||||||||||
Deferred income tax expense (benefit) |
104 | (268 | ) | | ||||||||
Gain on sale of equities |
(462 | ) | (4 | ) | (1 | ) | ||||||
Other-than-temporary impairment loss |
| 787 | | |||||||||
Equity in undistributed net income of bank subsidiary |
(5,908 | ) | (3,792 | ) | (4,981 | ) | ||||||
Increase in other assets |
(2 | ) | (23 | ) | | |||||||
Increase (decrease) in other liabilities |
70 | (4 | ) | (48 | ) | |||||||
Net cash provided by operating activities |
5,524 | 5,068 | 3,583 | |||||||||
Investing Activities: |
||||||||||||
Purchase of equity investments |
(361 | ) | | | ||||||||
Proceeds from sales of equity securities |
707 | 118 | 1,158 | |||||||||
Special dividend received from subsidiary |
| 17,405 | | |||||||||
Cash paid in merger |
| (17,405 | ) | | ||||||||
Net cash provided by investing activities |
346 | 118 | 1,158 | |||||||||
Financing Activities: |
||||||||||||
Cash dividends paid |
(5,504 | ) | (5,031 | ) | (3,565 | ) | ||||||
Net cash used by financing activities |
(5,504 | ) | (5,031 | ) | (3,565 | ) | ||||||
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents |
366 | 155 | 1,176 | |||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents at January 1 |
2,256 | 2,101 | 925 | |||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents at December 31 |
$ | 2,622 | $ | 2,256 | $ | 2,101 | ||||||
NOTE 26 MERGER
An Agreement and Plan of Merger (the Agreement) by and between the Company, the Bank and Old Forge Bank, was entered into on December 5, 2008. The Agreement provided for, among other things, the Company to acquire 100% of the outstanding common shares of Old Forge Bank through a two-step merger transaction (the Merger). The Company consummated the acquisition of Old Forge Bank on April 1, 2009, at which time Old Forge Bank was merged with and into the Bank. Following the Merger, the Bank continues to operate as a banking subsidiary of the Company.
Shareholders of Old Forge Bank were entitled to receive the merger consideration in either cash or shares of Company common stock, or any combination thereof, subject to certain limitations and allocation procedures set forth in the Agreement. The per share amount was calculated from the cash consideration and the value of the stock consideration based on the Companys closing price of the Companys common stock over a fixed period of time, as provided for in the Agreement.
Old Forge Bank was an independent $215 million community bank, operating from three locations in Lackawanna and Luzerne Counties of Pennsylvania. As a result of the Merger, the Company is now an $883 million financial institution serving Northeastern Pennsylvania from 12 locations. Management of the Company believes that the combined entity is in a more favorable position to compete with local and regional banks in the marketplace.
There was approximately $26.4 million of goodwill created in the Merger, largely based on the Companys evaluation of the business growth opportunities inherent in the Old Forge Bank customer base, as well as operating synergies and economy of scale resulting from the Merger. None of the goodwill is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes.
The following table summarizes the consideration paid for Old Forge Bank and the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed at acquisition date.
87
April 1, 2009 | ||||
Consideration |
||||
Cash |
$ | 17,405 | ||
Common Stock issued 1,128,079 shares of the Company, net of issuance costs of $184 |
38,058 | |||
Fair value of consideration transferred |
$ | 55,463 | ||
The fair value of the 1,128,079 common shares of the Company issued as part of the consideration paid to former Old Forge Bank shareholders was $38,058, determined by use of the weighted average price of Company common shares traded on March 31, 2009 ($33.90 per share). The Company believes that the weighted average price of the Company common stock traded on March 31, 2009 is the best indication of value since the Companys common stock is not a heavily traded security.
The fair value of the financial assets acquired included loans receivable with a gross amortized cost basis of $166,348 at April 1, 2009.
The table below illustrates the fair value adjustments made to the amortized cost basis in order to present the fair value of the loans acquired.
Gross amortized cost basis at April 1, 2009 |
$ | 166,348 | ||
Market rate adjustment |
640 | |||
Credit fair value adjustment in pools of homogeneous loans |
(5,648 | ) | ||
Credit fair value adjustment on distressed loans |
(1,391 | ) | ||
Fair value of purchased loans at April 1, 2009 |
$ | 159,949 | ||
88
In connection with its acquisition of Old Forge Bank, the Company acquired loans with evidence of credit deterioration that have been accounted for under ASC 310-30. As part of the Companys acquisition of Old Forge Bank, the acquired loan portfolio of Old Forge Bank was evaluated based on risk characteristics and other credit and market criteria to determine a credit adjustment to the fair value of the loans acquired. The acquired loan balance was reduced by the aggregate amount of the credit fair value adjustment for both homogeneous pools and specific loans in determining the fair value of the loans. The credit fair value adjustment accounted for acquired loans deemed to require a specific allocation in accordance with Accounting Standard Codification 310-30-30, previously known as Statement of Position (SOP) 03-3, Accounting for Certain Loans Acquired in a Transfer. These loans are accounted for in the credit fair value adjustment considering the portion of the loan balance that has been deemed uncollectible based on managements expectations of future cash flows for each respective loan. Based on managements evaluation of the acquired loan portfolio of Old Forge Bank, six loans with a carrying value of $2,151 exhibited credit quality deterioration resulting in a credit fair value adjustment of $1,391. As of December 31, 2009, there were a total of three loans remaining with a carrying value of $1,966 with a credit fair value adjustment of $1,307. As of December 31, 2010, there were a total of two loans remaining with a carrying value of $229 with a credit fair value adjustment of $229. There is no accretable yield for the specific loans accounted for under Accounting Standard Codification 310-30-30. There were no significant prepayment estimates by Management in the determination of contractual cash flows and cash flows expected to be collected.
Changes in the credit fair value adjustment on specific loans purchased for the year ended December 31, 2010 were as follows:
Carrying
Value |
Credit
Fair Value Adjustment |
Net
Amount |
||||||||||
Balance, December 31, 2009 |
||||||||||||
Residential Mortgages |
$ | | $ | | $ | | ||||||
Commercial |
1,966 | 1,307 | 659 | |||||||||
Consumer / Other |
| | | |||||||||
1,966 | 1,307 | 659 | ||||||||||
Charge-offs |
||||||||||||
Residential Mortgages |
| | | |||||||||
Commercial |
| | | |||||||||
Consumer / Other |
| | | |||||||||
Total Charge-offs |
| | | |||||||||
Loans transferred to other real estate owned |
||||||||||||
Residential Mortgages |
| | | |||||||||
Commercial |
(1,225 | ) | (924 | ) | (301 | ) | ||||||
Consumer / Other |
| | | |||||||||
Total loans transferred to other real estate owned |
(1,225 | ) | (924 | ) | (301 | ) | ||||||
Payments |
||||||||||||
Residential Mortgages |
| | | |||||||||
Commercial |
(512 | ) | (154 | ) | (358 | ) | ||||||
Consumer / Other |
| | | |||||||||
Total Payments |
(512 | ) | (154 | ) | (358 | ) | ||||||
Balance, December 31, 2010 |
$ | 229 | $ | 229 | $ | | ||||||
89
Changes in the credit fair value adjustment on specific loans purchased for the year ended December 31, 2009 were as follows:
Carrying
Value |
Credit
Fair Value Adjustment |
Net
Amount |
||||||||||
Balance, April 1, 2009 |
||||||||||||
Residential Mortgages |
$ | 178 | $ | 77 | $ | 101 | ||||||
Commercial |
1,973 | 1,314 | 659 | |||||||||
Consumer / Other |
| | | |||||||||
2,151 | 1,391 | 760 | ||||||||||
Charge-offs |
||||||||||||
Residential Mortgages |
(2 | ) | | (2 | ) | |||||||
Commercial |
| | | |||||||||
Consumer / Other |
| | | |||||||||
Total Charge-offs |
(2 | ) | | (2 | ) | |||||||
Loans transferred to other real estate owned |
||||||||||||
Residential Mortgages |
(62 | ) | (16 | ) | (46 | ) | ||||||
Commercial |
| | | |||||||||
Consumer / Other |
| | | |||||||||
Total loans transferred to other real estate owned |
(62 | ) | (16 | ) | (46 | ) | ||||||
Payments |
||||||||||||
Residential Mortgages |
(114 | ) | (61 | ) | (53 | ) | ||||||
Commercial |
(7 | ) | (7 | ) | | |||||||
Consumer / Other |
| | | |||||||||
Total Payments |
(121 | ) | (68 | ) | (53 | ) | ||||||
Balance, December 31, 2009 |
$ | 1,966 | $ | 1,307 | $ | 659 | ||||||
90
Pro Forma Income Statement
For the Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2009
Penseco
Financial Services Corporation 12/31/2009 |
Old Forge
Bank 12/31/2009 |
Adjustments |
Pro Forma
12/31/2009 |
|||||||||||||
Interest and fees on loans |
$ | 32,399 | $ | 2,524 | $ | 184 | (a) | $ | 35,107 | |||||||
Interest and dividends on investments |
7,740 | 377 | (30 | )(b) | 8,087 | |||||||||||
Interest on Federal funds sold |
| 1 | 1 | |||||||||||||
Interest on balances with banks |
12 | | 12 | |||||||||||||
Total Interest Income |
40,151 | 2,902 | 154 | 43,207 | ||||||||||||
Interest on deposits |
6,541 | 897 | (58 | )(c) | 7,380 | |||||||||||
Interest on borrowed funds |
3,039 | 9 | 3,048 | |||||||||||||
Total Interest Expense |
9,580 | 906 | (58 | ) | 10,428 | |||||||||||
Net Interest Income |
30,571 | 1,996 | 212 | 32,779 | ||||||||||||
Provision for loan losses |
2,260 | 75 | 2,335 | |||||||||||||
Net Interest Income after Provision for Loan Losses |
28,311 | 1,921 | 212 | 30,444 | ||||||||||||
Service charges on deposits |
1,939 | 80 | 2,019 | |||||||||||||
Other non-interest income |
8,344 | 97 | 8,441 | |||||||||||||
Impairment losses on investment securities |
(787 | ) | | (787 | ) | |||||||||||
Realized gains (losses) on securities |
873 | | 873 | |||||||||||||
Total Non-Interest Income |
10,369 | 177 | 10,546 | |||||||||||||
Salaries and employee benefits |
12,551 | 696 | 13,247 | |||||||||||||
Expense of premises and equipment |
3,246 | 146 | 3,392 | |||||||||||||
Other non-interest expense |
11,073 | 428 | 61 | (d) | 11,562 | |||||||||||
Total Non-Interest Expenses |
26,870 | 1,270 | 61 | 28,201 | ||||||||||||
Income before income taxes |
11,810 | 828 | 151 | 12,789 | ||||||||||||
Applicable income taxes |
2,269 | 315 | 51 | 2,635 | ||||||||||||
Net Income |
$ | 9,541 | (f) | $ | 513 | (f) | $ | 100 | $ | 10,154 | ||||||
Earnings Per Share |
$ | 4.44 | $ | 0.92 | (e) | $ | 3.10 |
Footnotes:
(a) |
Accretion of loan fair value adjustment |
(b) |
Opportunity cost of cash paid to Old Forge shareholders at 0.70% rate |
(c) |
Amortization of certificate of deposit fair value adjustment |
(d) |
Amortization of core deposit intangible over a 10 year period using the sum-of-the-years-digits method |
(e) |
Pro Forma EPS based on weighted average shares outstanding of 3,276,079 |
(f) |
Excludes merger related costs of $1,550 and $451 and related tax effect incurred by Penseco and Old Forge Bank, respectively |
91
Pro Forma Income Statement
For the Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2008
Penseco
Financial Services Corporation 12/31/2008 |
Old Forge
Bank 12/31/2008 |
Adjustments |
Pro Forma
12/31/2008 |
|||||||||||||
Interest and fees on loans |
$ | 26,218 | $ | 10,184 | $ | 735 | (a) | $ | 37,137 | |||||||
Interest and dividends on investments |
7,583 | 1,779 | (122 | )(b) | 9,240 | |||||||||||
Interest on Federal funds sold |
29 | 33 | 62 | |||||||||||||
Interest on balances with banks |
68 | | 68 | |||||||||||||
Total Interest Income |
33,898 | 11,996 | 613 | 46,507 | ||||||||||||
Interest on deposits |
6,973 | 4,361 | (364 | )(c) | 10,970 | |||||||||||
Interest on borrowed funds |
3,857 | 47 | 3,904 | |||||||||||||
Total Interest Expense |
10,830 | 4,408 | (364 | ) | 14,874 | |||||||||||
Net Interest Income |
23,068 | 7,588 | 977 | 31,633 | ||||||||||||
Provision for loan losses |
861 | 300 | 1,161 | |||||||||||||
Net Interest Income after Provision for Loan Losses |
22,207 | 7,288 | 977 | 30,472 | ||||||||||||
Service charges on deposits |
1,477 | 486 | 1,963 | |||||||||||||
Other non-interest income |
9,547 | 293 | 9,840 | |||||||||||||
Realized gains (losses) on securities |
12 | 20 | 32 | |||||||||||||
Total Non-Interest Income |
11,036 | 799 | 11,835 | |||||||||||||
Salaries and employee benefits |
10,157 | 2,824 | 12,981 | |||||||||||||
Expense of premises and equipment |
2,703 | 543 | 3,246 | |||||||||||||
Other non-interest expense |
9,312 | 1,635 | 243 | (d) | 11,190 | |||||||||||
Total Non-Interest Expenses |
22,172 | 5,002 | 243 | 27,417 | ||||||||||||
Income before income taxes |
11,071 | 3,085 | 734 | 14,890 | ||||||||||||
Applicable income taxes |
2,458 | 565 | 250 | 3,273 | ||||||||||||
Net Income |
$ | 8,613 | $ | 2,520 | $ | 484 | $ | 11,617 | ||||||||
Earnings Per Share |
$ | 4.01 | $ | 4.51 | $ | 3.55 |
Footnotes:
(a) |
Accretion of loan fair value adjustment |
(b) |
Opportunity cost of cash paid to Old Forge shareholders at 0.70% rate |
(c) |
Amortization of certificate of deposit fair value adjustment |
(d) |
Amortization of core deposit intangible over a 10 year period using the sum-of-the-years-digits method |
(e) |
Pro Forma EPS based on Pro Forma shares outstanding of 3,276,079 |
92
NOTE 27 SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)
2010 |
First
Quarter |
Second
Quarter |
Third
Quarter |
Fourth
Quarter |
||||||||||||
Net Interest Income |
$ | 8,451 | $ | 8,323 | $ | 8,297 | $ | 8,318 | ||||||||
Provision for Loan Losses |
328 | 537 | 858 | 276 | ||||||||||||
Non-Interest Income |
2,711 | 2,873 | 3,638 | 2,930 | ||||||||||||
Non-Interest Expenses and Taxes |
7,853 | 7,643 | 8,033 | 8,291 | ||||||||||||
Net Income |
2,981 | 3,016 | 3,044 | 2,681 | ||||||||||||
Earnings Per Share |
$ | .91 | $ | .92 | $ | .93 | $ | .82 | ||||||||
2009 |
First
Quarter |
Second
Quarter |
Third
Quarter |
Fourth
Quarter |
||||||||||||
Net Interest Income |
$ | 5,998 | $ | 8,040 | $ | 8,143 | $ | 8,390 | ||||||||
Provision for Loan Losses |
996 | 235 | 342 | 687 | ||||||||||||
Non-Interest Income |
2,410 | 2,771 | 3,143 | 2,045 | ||||||||||||
Non-Interest Expenses and Taxes |
6,971 | 7,707 | 7,849 | 7,781 | ||||||||||||
Net Income |
441 | 2,869 | 3,095 | 1,967 | ||||||||||||
Earnings Per Share |
$ | .21 | $ | .88 | $ | .94 | $ | .60 |
93
MMQ
McGrail Merkel Quinn & Associates, P.C.
CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS & CONSULTANTS
Francis J. Merkel, CPA
Joseph J. Quinn, CPA/ABV, CVA
Daniel J. Gerrity, CPA
Mary Ann E. Novak, CPA
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders
Penseco Financial Services Corporation
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Penseco Financial Services Corporation and subsidiary as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Companys management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Penseco Financial Services Corporation and subsidiary as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Penseco Financial Services Corporation and subsidiarys internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, and our report dated March 14, 2011 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of Penseco Financial Services Corporations internal control over financial reporting.
/S/ McGrail Merkel Quinn & Associates, P.C.
Scranton, Pennsylvania
March 14, 2011
An Independently Owned Member McGladrey Alliance/McGladrey
Clay Avenue Professional Plaza, 1173 Clay Avenue, Scranton, PA 18510 570 961-0345 Fax: 570 961-8650
www.mmq.com
94
ITEM 9 | CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE |
There were no changes in or disagreements with accountants on matters of accounting principles or practices or financial statement disclosures in 2010 or 2009.
ITEM 9A | CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES |
Under the supervision and with the participation of the Companys management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Finance Division Head, we conducted an evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures; as such term is defined under Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Based upon this evaluation, the Companys Chief Executive Officer and the Companys Finance Division Head concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the period covered by this annual report. Managements annual report on internal control over financial reporting is included below.
The Company continually assesses the adequacy of its internal control over financial reporting and enhances its controls in response to internal control assessments, and internal and external audit and regulatory recommendations. No change in internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended December 31, 2010, or through the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Companys internal control over financial reporting.
Management maintains a comprehensive system of controls intended to ensure that transactions are executed in accordance with managements authorization, assets are safeguarded, and financial records are reliable. Management also takes steps to see that information and communication flows are effective and to monitor performance, including performance of internal control procedures.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate due to changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
MANAGEMENTS REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
The management of Penseco Financial Services Corporation is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Penseco Financial Services Corporations internal control system over financial reporting was designed to provide reasonable assurance to the Companys management and Board of Directors regarding the preparation and fair presentation of published financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. All internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation.
The Companys management, under the supervision and with the participation of the Companys Chief Executive Officer and Finance Division Head, has evaluated the effectiveness of the Companys internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010 based on the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Controls-Integrated Framework. Based on this assessment, management believes that, as of December 31, 2010, the Companys internal control over financial reporting is effective.
The effectiveness of the Companys internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010 has been audited by McGrail, Merkel, Quinn & Associates, P.C., an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing on the following page.
95
MMQ
McGrail Merkel Quinn & Associates, P.C.
CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS & CONSULTANTS
Francis J. Merkel, CPA
Joseph J. Quinn, CPA/ABV, CVA
Daniel J. Gerrity, CPA
Mary Ann E. Novak, CPA
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders
Penseco Financial Services Corporation
We have audited Penseco Financial Services Corporation and subsidiarys internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Penseco Financial Services Corporation and subsidiarys management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Managements Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Companys internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
A companys internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A companys internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (a) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (b) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (c) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the companys assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
96
In our opinion, Penseco Financial Services Corporation and subsidiary maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements of Penseco Financial Services Corporation and subsidiary and our report dated March 14, 2011 expressed an unqualified opinion.
/S/ McGrail Merkel Quinn & Associates, P.C.
Scranton, Pennsylvania
March 14, 2011
An Independently Owned Member McGladrey Alliance/McGladrey
Clay Avenue Professional Plaza, 1173 Clay Avenue, Scranton, PA 18510 570 961-0345 Fax: 570 961-8650
www.mmq.com
97
ITEM 9B | OTHER INFORMATION |
None.
PART III
ITEM 10 | DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE |
Code of Ethical Conduct
The Company has a Code of Ethical Conduct applicable to all employees including the Companys Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer (Finance Division Head). The purpose of the Code is to promote honest and ethical conduct, full and fair disclosures of financial information, compliance with laws and regulations and accountability for actions.
A copy of the Code of Ethics may be obtained, without charge, on our website (www.pennsecurity.com) or by contacting:
Patrick Scanlon, Senior Vice President, Finance Division Head
Penseco Financial Services Corporation
150 North Washington Avenue
Scranton, PA 18503-1848
1-800-327-0394
The information required by this Item as to Directors of the Company contained under the headings Stock Ownership, Item 1 Election of Directors, Corporate Governance and Certain Relationships and Related Transactions within the Proxy Statement relating to the Companys Annual Meeting of Shareholders, to be held May 3, 2011, (the Proxy Statement) is incorporated herein by reference.
The information required by this item as to the Audit Committees financial expert (or lack thereof) is incorporated herein by reference to the section entitled Corporate Governance-Committees of the Board of Directors in the Proxy Statement.
ITEM 11 | EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION |
The information contained under the headings Executive Compensation, Director Compensation, Compensation Discussion and Analysis, Compensation and Benefits Committee Report and Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation in the Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 12 | SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS |
The information contained under the heading Stock Ownership in the Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 13 | CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE |
The information contained under the headings Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Corporate Governance and Item 1- Election of Directors in the Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 14 | PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES |
The information contained under the heading Item 2 - Ratification of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm in the Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.
98
PART IV
ITEM 15 | EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES |
99
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Bank has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized on March 14, 2011.
By: |
/s/ Craig W. Best |
|||||||
Craig W. Best |
||||||||
President and CEO |
||||||||
By: |
/s/ Patrick Scanlon |
|||||||
Patrick Scanlon |
||||||||
Senior Vice President, Finance Division Head |
||||||||
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated on March 14, 2011. |
||||||||
By: |
/s/ Craig W. Best |
By: |
/s/ Robert J. Mellow |
|||||
Craig W. Best |
Robert J. Mellow |
|||||||
President and CEO |
Director |
|||||||
By: |
/s/ Edwin J. Butler |
By: |
/s/ Robert W. Naismith, Ph. D. |
|||||
Edwin J. Butler |
Robert W. Naismith, Ph.D. |
|||||||
Director |
Director |
|||||||
By: |
/s/ Joseph G. Cesare, M.D. |
By: |
/s/ James B. Nicholas |
|||||
Joseph G. Cesare, M.D. |
James B. Nicholas |
|||||||
Director |
Director |
|||||||
By: |
/s/ Richard E. Grimm |
By: |
/s/ Emily S. Perry |
|||||
Richard E. Grimm |
Emily S. Perry |
|||||||
Director |
Director |
|||||||
By: |
/s/ Russell C. Hazelton |
By: |
/s/ Sandra C. Phillips |
|||||
Russell C. Hazelton |
Sandra C. Phillips |
|||||||
Director |
Director |
|||||||
By: |
/s/ D. William Hume |
By: |
/s/ Jerry J. Weinberger |
|||||
D. William Hume |
Jerry J. Weinberger |
|||||||
Director, Chairman of the Board |
Director |
|||||||
By: |
/s/ James G. Keisling |
By: |
/s/ Steven L. Weinberger |
|||||
James G. Keisling |
Steven L. Weinberger |
|||||||
Director |
Director |
|||||||
By: |
/s/ P. Frank Kozik |
|||||||
P. Frank Kozik |
||||||||
Director |
100
EXHIBIT INDEX
* - Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement
101
Exhibit 3.1.2
ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT OF
PENSECO FINANCIAL SERVICES CORPORATION
Article NINTH, Section 3 of the Articles of Incorporation shall be amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:
3. |
The shareholders of the Corporation may not take any action by written consent in lieu of a meeting, and must take any actions at a duly called annual meeting or special meeting of shareholders and the power of shareholders to consent in writing without a meeting is specifically denied. |
Exhibit 10.6
PENN SECURITY BANK & TRUST COMPANY
EXECUTIVE DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
Penn Security Bank & Trust Company (the Company), hereby adopts the Penn Security Bank & Trust Company Executive Deferred Compensation Plan (the Plan), for the benefit of a select group of executives of the Company. The Plan is an unfunded arrangement for the benefit of eligible executives. The Plan is effective as of January 1, 2009.
ARTICLE 1.
DEFINITIONS
1.01 Account . The bookkeeping accounts established for each Participant as provided in Section 5.01 hereof. As provided in Section 5.01, separate bookkeeping accounts shall be established for the Participants Deferrals, the Deferral Account, and the Company Contributions made on behalf of a Participant, the Company Contributions Account.
1.02 Administrator . Such person or entity as determined by the Board, or in the absence of such determination, the Pension Committee of the Board.
1.03 Affiliate . A business entity that is either a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company or considered to be under common control with the Company pursuant to the provisions of Code Sections 414(b), (c), (m), or (o).
1.04 Board . The Board of Directors of the Company.
1.05 Cause . An Eligible Executives termination of employment with the Company shall be considered to occur for Cause upon any of the following events:
(a) the Eligible Executive is convicted of or enters a plea of guilty or nolo contendere to a felony or a crime involving fraud or moral turpitude;
(b) the Eligible Executive repeatedly fails to follow the lawful instructions of the Board;
(c) a government regulatory agency recommends that the Company relieve the Eligible Executive of his or her duties;
(d) the Eligible Executive willfully violates any material statute or regulation (other than traffic violations or similar offenses), or any final cease and desist order applicable to the Company;
(e) the Eligible Executive engages in an activity that results in a breach of fiduciary duty involving receipt of personal profit by the Eligible Executive at the expense of the Company; or
(f) the Eligible Executive commits an act of willful misconduct, intentionally fails to perform stated lawful duties, or performs his or her duties in an incompetent manner.
1.06 Change of Control . A change in ownership, change in effective control, or change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the companys assets as defined under Code Section 409A and the regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder.
1.07 Code . The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
1.08 Committee . The Pension Committee of the Board.
1.09 Company Contributions . The contributions to be credited to an Eligible Executives Plan accounts as described in Section 3.02 hereof.
1.10 Company Contribution Date . The last day of the Plan Year for which the Company Contribution is being made.
1.11 Compensation . The Eligible Executives annual base salary and annual incentive bonus.
1.12 Deferrals . The portion of the Compensation that a Participant elects to defer in accordance with Section 3.01 hereof.
1.13 Deferral Date . The date the Deferrals will be credited to the Eligible Executives Account, which date shall be the date it would otherwise have been payable to the Eligible Executive.
1.14 Deferral Election . The separate written agreement, submitted to the Administrator, by which an Eligible Executive elects to participate in the Plan and to make Deferrals.
1.15 Effective Date . January 1, 2009.
1.16 Eligible Executive . An executive of the Company or an Affiliate selected by the Committee to participate in the Plan.
1.17 Normal Retirement Date . The Normal Retirement Age as defined under the Retirement Plan.
1.18 Participant . An Eligible Executive who is a Participant as provided in ARTICLE 2.
1.19 Plan Year . January 1 to December 31.
1.20 Retirement Plan . The Retirement Profit Sharing Plan of Penn Security Bank.
1.21 Separation from Service . The termination of the Eligible Executives employment with the Company and each of its Affiliates for reasons other than death. Whether a Separation from Service takes place is determined by the Company based on the facts and circumstances surrounding the termination of the Eligible Executives employment and whether the Company and the Eligible Executive intended for the Eligible Executive to provide significant services for the Company following such termination.
(a) A termination of employment will be presumed to constitute a Separation from Service if the Eligible Executive continues to provide services as an employee of the Bank in an annualized amount that is less than 20% of the services rendered, on average, during the immediately preceding three years of employment (or, if employed less than three years, such lesser period).
(b) The Eligible Executive will be presumed to have not incurred a Separation from Service if the Eligible Executive continues to provide services to the Bank in an annualized amount that is 50% or more of the services rendered, on average, during the immediately preceding three years of employment (or if employed less than three years, such lesser period).
(c) A Separation from Service will not have occurred if immediately following the Eligible Executives termination of employment, the Eligible Executive becomes an employee of any Affiliate of the Company, unless the services to be performed would be in amount that would result in the presumption that a Separation from Service had occurred.
1.22 Specified Employee . A key employee (as defined in Code Section 416(i) without regard to paragraph 5 thereof) of the Company if any stock of the Company, or a parent (within the meaning of Code Section 1563 (a)(1)) thereof, is publicly traded on an established securities market or otherwise.
ARTICLE 2.
ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION
2.01 Eligible Executives . The Committee shall determine in its sole discretion which executives of the Company and its Affiliates shall be eligible for participation in the Plan. In making this determination, the Committee shall only permit participation in the Plan by executives who are members of a select group of management or highly compensated employees who contribute materially to the continued growth, development, and future business success of the Company. For the 2009 Plan Year, the executives set forth in Exhibit A shall be eligible for participation in the Plan as of the Effective Date. Exhibit A may be amended at any time and from time to time by the Committee.
2.02 Commencement of Participation . Each Eligible Executive shall become a Participant in the Plan on the date the Eligible Executives Deferral Election first becomes effective.
(a) A Participant who is no longer an Eligible Executive shall not be permitted to submit a Deferral Election and all Deferrals for such Participant shall cease as of the end of the Plan Year in which such Participant is determined to no longer be an Eligible Executive.
(b) Amounts credited to the Participants Account described in subsection (a) shall continue to be held, pursuant to the terms of the Plan and shall be distributed as provided in ARTICLE 6.
ARTICLE 3.
CONTRIBUTIONS
3.01 Deferrals .
(a) The Company shall credit to the Participants Account an amount equal to the amount designated in the Participants Deferral Election for that Plan Year. Such amounts shall not be made available to such Participant, except as provided in ARTICLE 6, and shall reduce such Participants Compensation from the Company or Affiliate in accordance with the provisions of the applicable Deferral Election; provided, however, that all such amounts shall be subject to the rights of the general creditors of the Company and Affiliates as provided in ARTICLE 8.
(b) Each Eligible Executive shall deliver a Deferral Election to the Administrator before any Deferrals may become effective. Such Deferral Election shall be void with respect to any Deferral unless submitted before the first day of the Plan Year during which the amount to be deferred will be earned. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the year in which an Eligible Executive is first eligible to participate in the Plan, such Deferral Election must be filed with the Company by, and shall become irrevocable as of, the thirtieth (30th) day following the date on which an Eligible Executive is first eligible to participate in the Plan, respectively, and such Deferral Election shall only apply to:
(i) base salary earned during the Plan Year beginning with the first payroll period that begins immediately after the date that the Deferral Election becomes irrevocable; and
(ii) that portion of incentive compensation earned for the Plan Year equal to the total amount of the incentive compensation earned during such Plan Year multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days beginning on the day immediately after the date that the Deferral Election becomes irrevocable and ending on the last day of the Plan Year, and the denominator of which is the total number of days in the Plan Year.
(c) On or after the first day of any Plan Year, a Participants Deferral Election with respect to that Plan Year shall be irrevocable. A Participant may change a Deferral Election by delivering to the Administrator a written revocation or modification of such election with respect to Compensation that relate to services yet to be performed. The revocation or modification of the Deferral Election shall be effective as of the first day of the Plan Year following the date the Participant delivers the revocation or modification to the Administrator.
(d) The Deferral Election shall contain the following:
(i) the Participants designation as to the amount of Compensation to be deferred;
(ii) the beneficiary or beneficiaries of the Participant; and
(iii) such other information as the Administrator may require.
(e) The maximum amount that may be deferred each Plan Year is one hundred percent (100%) of the Participants base salary and one hundred percent (100%) of the Participants annual incentive bonus.
3.02 Company Contributions .
(a) The Company shall make a contribution to each Participants Company Contributions Account in an amount equal to [fifty percent (50%)] of the Participants Deferrals for a given Plan Year, up to a maximum of [six percent (6%)] of the Participants Compensation for such Plan Year, regardless of whether the Participant actually makes any elective deferral contributions under the Retirement Plan for the Plan Year.
(b) In addition, the Company may determine for any Plan Year that the Company will make an additional discretionary contribution on behalf of some or all Participants. The Company may make such determination at such time as during the Plan Year that it determines appropriate and such discretionary contributions, if any, shall be made to the Participants Company Contributions Account.
3.03 Time of Contributions . Deferrals shall be credited to the Account of the appropriate Participant as of the Deferral Date. Company Contributions shall be credited to the Account of the appropriate Participant as of Company Contribution Date.
3.04 Earnings .
(a) Accounts shall be credited with earnings and debited with losses on the basis (i.e., daily, monthly, etc.) determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion. Each Participants Account shall be credited or debited, as the case may be, with the earnings or loss rate actually earned by such Participant under the Retirement Plan.
(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of determining the amount of earnings to be credited to a Participants Account, and in lieu of earnings being credited as provided for in Section 3.04(a), the Administrator may, in its discretion, provide for Accounts:
(i) to accrue simple interest at an annual rate of return determined by the Committee in its sole discretion; or
(ii) to be invested in one or more investment funds available for hypothetical investment.
ARTICLE 4.
VESTING
4.01 Vesting of Deferrals and Company Contributions . A Participant shall have a vested right to his or her Account attributable to Deferrals and any earnings on such Deferrals. The vesting schedule for Company matching contributions under the Retirement Plan shall apply to Company Contributions under this Plan. For purposes of vesting in Company Contributions, a Participants service with the Company prior to the Effective Date of this Plan shall be recognized. A Participant shall become one hundred percent (100%) vested in all Company Contributions upon a Change of Control of the Company, the Eligible Executives Normal Retirement Date, or the Participants death, provided that the Participant is employed by the Company on the date of the Change of Control, Normal Retirement Date, or the Participants death. Upon the Participants Separation from Service, the Participant shall forfeit all Company Contributions that have not yet become vested under this Section. Upon the Administrators determination that the Participants Separation from Service has occurred for Cause, the Participant shall forfeit the Participants entire Company Contributions Account, regardless of whether all or a portion of such Company Contributions had become vested under this Section.
ARTICLE 5.
ACCOUNTS
5.01 Accounts . The Administrator shall establish and maintain an Account in the name of each Participant, which shall be divided into a separate Deferral Account and Company Contributions Account. The Administrator shall adjust the amounts credited to each Participants Account to reflect Deferrals, Company Contributions, distributions, earnings credited or losses debited pursuant to Section 3.04, and any other appropriate adjustments. Each Participants Account shall be debited by any federal, state and/or local tax withholding as may be required by applicable law. Distributions under ARTICLE 6 shall be equal to the Participants Account balance as of the date of the applicable distribution thereunder.
ARTICLE 6.
DISTRIBUTIONS
6.01 Distributions . Upon the earliest to occur any of the following events, the value of the Participants vested Account, determined as of the end of the calendar month immediately preceding the month in which such benefit is to be paid, shall be paid to the Participant (or, if applicable, the Participants beneficiary or beneficiaries, as determined under ARTICLE 7) in a single lump sum, within forty-five (45) days following the occurrence of such event:
(a) the Participants Separation from Service;
(b) the Participants death;
(c) the Normal Retirement Date; or
(d) a Change of Control of the Company.
6.02 Six-Month Delay for Specified Employees . Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, if the Participant is considered a Specified Employee at Separation from Service under such procedures as established by the Company in accordance with Code Section 409A, benefit distributions that are made upon Separation from Service may not, to the extent required by Code Section 409A, commence earlier than six (6) months after the date of such Separation from Service. Any such distribution or series of distributions to be made due to a Separation from Service shall commence no earlier than the first day of the seventh month following the Separation from Service, provided that to the extent permitted by Code Section 409A, only payments scheduled to be paid during the first six (6) months after the date of such Separation from Service shall be delayed and such delayed payments shall be paid in a single sum on the first day of the seventh month following the date of such Separation from Service.
ARTICLE 7.
BENEFICIARIES
7.01 Beneficiaries . Each Participant may from time to time designate one or more persons (who may be any one or more members of such persons family or other persons, administrators, trusts, foundations or other entities) as his or her beneficiary under the Plan. Such designation shall be made on a form prescribed by the Administrator. Each Participant may at any time and from time to time, change any previous beneficiary designation, without notice to or comment of any previously designated beneficiary, by amending his or her previous designation on a form prescribed by the Administrator. If the beneficiary does not survive the Participant (or is otherwise unavailable to receive payment) or if no beneficiary is validly designated, then the amounts payable under this Plan shall be paid to the Participants estate. If more than one person is the beneficiary of a deceased Participant, each such person shall receive a pro rata share of any death benefit payable unless otherwise designated on the applicable form. If a beneficiary who is receiving benefits dies, all benefits that were payable to such beneficiary shall then be payable to the estate of that beneficiary.
7.02 Lost Beneficiary .
(a) All Participants and beneficiaries shall have the obligation to keep the Administrator informed of their current address until such time as all benefits due have been paid.
(b) If a Participant or beneficiary cannot be located by the Administrator exercising due diligence, then, in its sole discretion, the Administrator may presume that the Participant or beneficiary is deceased for purposes of the Plan and all unpaid amounts (net of due diligence expenses) owed to the Participant or beneficiary shall be paid to the co-beneficiary or secondary beneficiary designated by the Participant, or in the absence of a co-beneficiary or secondary beneficiary, to the Participants estate.
ARTICLE 8.
FUNDING
8.01 Funding .
(a) Should any investment be acquired in connection with the liabilities assumed under this Plan, it is expressly understood and agreed that the Participants and beneficiaries shall not have any right with respect to, or claim against, such assets nor shall any such purchase be construed to create a trust of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between the Company and the Participants, their beneficiaries or any other person. Any such assets shall be and remain a part of the general, unpledged, unrestricted assets of the Company, subject to the claims of its general creditors. It is the express intention of the parties hereto that this arrangement shall be unfunded for tax purposes. Each Participant and beneficiary shall be required to look to the provisions of this Plan and to the Company itself for enforcement of any and all benefits due under this Plan, and to the extent any such person acquires a right to receive payment under this Plan, such right shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Company. The Company shall be designated the owner and beneficiary of any investment acquired in connection with its obligation under this Plan.
(b) The Company reserves the right in its sole discretion to either purchase assets to meet its obligations undertaken by this Plan or to refrain from the same and to determine the extent, nature, and method of such asset purchases. Should the Company decide to purchase assets such as life insurance, mutual funds, disability policies, or annuities, the Company reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to terminate such assets at any time, in whole or in part. The Company reserves the right to invest in a life insurance, disability, or annuity policy upon the life of the Participant, and the Participants consent to such investment and agreement to assist the Company in obtaining such investment shall not be unreasonably withheld.
8.02 Deposits . Notwithstanding paragraph 8.01, or any other provision of this Plan to the contrary, the Company may, in its sole and absolute discretion, establish a Rabbi Trust, pursuant to Treasury Department Revenue Procedures 92-64 and 92-65, and deposit any amounts it deems appropriate to pay the benefits under this Plan to such Rabbi Trust.
8.03 Withholding of Eligible Executive Deferrals . The Administrator is authorized to make any and all necessary arrangements with the Company in order to withhold the Participants Deferrals under Section 3.01 hereof from the Participants Compensation. The Administrator shall determine the amount and timing of such withholding.
ARTICLE 9.
CLAIMS ADMINISTRATION
9.01 General . In the event that a Participant or his or her beneficiary does not receive any Plan benefit that is claimed, such Participant or beneficiary shall be entitled to consideration and review as provided in this ARTICLE 9.
9.02 Claim Review . Upon receipt of any written claim for benefits, the Administrator shall be notified and shall give due consideration to the claim presented. If the claim is denied to any extent by the Administrator, the Administrator shall furnish the claimant with a written notice setting forth (in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant):
(a) the specific reason or reasons for denial of the claim;
(b) a specific reference to the Plan provisions on which the denial is based;
(c) a description of any additional material or information necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary; and
(d) an explanation of the provisions of this Article.
9.03 Right of Appeal . A claimant who has a claim denied under Section 9.02 may appeal to the Administrator for reconsideration of that claim. A request for reconsideration under this Section 9.03 must be filed by written notice within sixty (60) days after receipt by the claimant of the notice of denial under Section 9.02.
9.04 Review of Appeal . Upon receipt of an appeal the Administrator shall promptly take action to give due consideration to the appeal. Such consideration may include a hearing of the parties involved, if the Administrator feels such a hearing is necessary. In preparing for this appeal the claimant shall be given the right to review pertinent documents and the right to submit in writing a statement of issues and comments. After consideration of the merits of the appeal the Administrator shall issue a written decision, which shall be binding on all parties subject to Section 9.06 below. The decision shall be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant and shall specifically state its reasons and pertinent Plan provisions on which it relies. The Administrators decision shall be issued within sixty (60) days after the appeal is filed, except that if a hearing is held the decision may be issued within one hundred twenty (120) days after the appeal is filed.
9.05 Designation . The Administrator may designate any other person of its choosing to make any determination otherwise required under this Article.
9.06 Arbitration . Each and every dispute or controversy arising pursuant to the Plan or a Deferral Election shall, after exhaustion of the review procedure set forth in Section 9.04, be settled exclusively by arbitration, conducted before a single arbitrator sitting in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania in accordance with the rules of JAMS then in effect. The costs and expenses of arbitration, including the fees of the arbitrators, shall recover as expenses all reasonable attorneys fees incurred by it in connection with the arbitration proceeding or any appeals therefrom.
ARTICLE 10.
GENERAL PROVISIONS
10.01 Administrator : The Administrator:
(a) Is expressly empowered to limit the amount of Compensation that may be deferred; to deposit amounts in accordance with Section 8.02 hereof; to interpret the Plan, and to determine all questions arising in the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan; to employ actuaries, accountants, counsel, and other persons it deems necessary in connection with the administration of the Plan; to request any information from the Company it deems necessary to determine whether the Company would be considered insolvent or subject to a proceeding in bankruptcy; and to take all other necessary and proper actions to fulfill its duties as Administrator.
(b) Shall not be liable for any actions by it hereunder, unless due to its own negligence, willful misconduct or lack of good faith.
(c) Shall be indemnified and saved harmless by the Company, if the Administrator is not the Company, from and against all personal liability to which it may be subject by reason of any act done or omitted to be done in its official capacity as Administrator in good faith in the administration of the Plan, including all expenses reasonably incurred in its defense in the event the Company fails to provide such defense upon the request of the Administrator. The Administrator is relieved of all responsibility in connection with its duties hereunder to the fullest extent permitted by law, short of breach of duty to the beneficiaries.
10.02 No Assignment . Benefits or payments under this Plan shall not be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment, or garnishment by creditors of the Participant or the Participants beneficiary, whether voluntary or involuntary, and any attempt to so anticipate, alienate, sell, transfer, assign, pledge, encumber, attach or garnish the same shall not be valid, nor shall any such benefit or payment be in any way liable for or subject to the debts contracts, liabilities, engagement or torts of any Participant or beneficiary, or any other person entitled to such benefit or payment pursuant to the terms of this Plan, except to such extent as may be required by law. If any Participant or beneficiary or any other person entitled to a benefit or payment pursuant to the terms of this Plan becomes bankrupt or attempts to alienate, sell, transfer, assign, pledge, encumber, attach or garnish any benefit or payment under this Plan, in whole or in part, or if any attempt is made to subject any such benefit or payment, in whole or in part, to the debts, contracts, liabilities, engagements or torts of the Participant or beneficiary or any other person entitled to any such benefit or payment pursuant to the terms of this Plan, then such benefit or payment, in the discretion of the Administrator, shall cease and terminate with respect to such Participant or beneficiary, or any other such person.
10.03 No Rights to Remain an Employee . Participation in this Plan shall not be construed to confer upon any Participant the legal right to be retained as a employee of the Company or an Affiliate, or give a Participant or beneficiary, or any other person, any right to any payment whatsoever, except to the extent of the benefits provided for hereunder. The Companys or an Affiliates right to terminate the employment of a Participant shall continue to the same extent as if this Plan had never been adopted.
10.04 Incompetence . If the Administrator determines that any person to whom a benefit is payable under this Plan is incompetent by reason of physical or mental disability, the Administrator shall have the power to cause the payments becoming due to such person to be made to another for his or her benefit without responsibility of the Administrator to see to the application of such payments. Any payment made pursuant to such power shall, as to such payment, operate as a complete discharge of the Company and the Administrator, if the Administrator is not the Company.
10.05 Identity . If, at any time, any doubt exists as to the identity of any person entitled to any payment hereunder or the amount or time of such payment, the Administrator shall be entitled to hold such sum until such identity or amount or time is determined or until an order of a court of competent jurisdiction is obtained. The Administrator shall also be entitled to pay such sum into court in accordance with the appropriate rules of law. Any expenses incurred by the company or the Administrator incident to such proceeding or litigation shall be charged against the Account of the affected Participant.
10.06 No Liability . No liability shall attach to or be incurred by any manager of the Company, or any Administrator under or by reason of the terms, conditions and provisions contained in this Plan, or for the acts or decisions taken or made thereunder or in connection therewith; and as a condition precedent to the establishment of this Plan or the receipt of benefits thereunder, or both, such liability, if any, is expressly waived and released by each Participant and by any and all persons claiming under or through any Participant or any other person. Such waiver and release shall be conclusively evidenced by any act or participation in or the acceptance of benefits or the making of any election under this Plan.
10.07 Expenses . All expenses incurred in the administration of the Plan, whether incurred by the Company or the Plan, shall be paid by the Company.
10.08 Insolvency . Should the Company be considered insolvent, the Company, through its Board and chief executive officer, shall give immediate written notice of such to the Administrator of the Plan, if the Company is not the Administrator. Upon receipt of such notice, the Administrator shall cease to make any payments to Participants and their beneficiaries and shall hold any and all assets attributable to the Company for the benefit of the general creditors of the Company.
10.09 Amendment and Termination .
(a) The Company may unilaterally amend or terminate this Plan at any time. Except as provided in this Section, the termination of this Plan shall not cause a distribution of benefits under this Plan. Rather, upon such termination benefit distributions will be made at the time specified in ARTICLE 6.
(b) If the Company terminates the Plan within thirty (30) days before, or twelve (12) months after a Change in Control, all Accounts shall be distributed in a lump sum as soon as practicable following such termination of the Plan, provided that all distributions are made no later than twelve (12) months following such termination of the Plan and further provided that all of the Companys plans that would be aggregated with this Plan under Code Section 409A or the regulations thereunder are terminated so that all participants in the similar arrangements are required to receive all amounts of compensation deferred under the terminated Plans within twelve (12) months of the termination of the Plans.
(c) If the Company terminates the Plan upon the Companys dissolution or with the approval of a bankruptcy court, all Accounts shall be distributed in a lump sum as soon as practicable following such termination of the Plan, provided that the amounts deferred under the Plan are included in the Eligible Executives gross income in the latest of (i) the calendar year in which the Plan terminates; (ii) the calendar year in which the amount is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture; or (iii) the first calendar year in which the distribution is administratively practical.
(d) If the Company terminates the Plan and all other Plans required to be aggregated with this Plan under Code Section 409A or the regulations thereunder), all Accounts shall be distributed in a lump sum, provided such termination does not occur proximate to a downturn in the financial health of the Company, and further provided that all distributions are made no earlier than twelve (12) months and no later than twenty-four (24) months following such termination, and the Company does not adopt any new account balance plans for a minimum of three (3) years following the date of such termination.
10.10 Company Determinations . Any determinations, actions or decisions of the Company (including but not limited to, Plan amendments and Plan termination) shall be made by the Board or a properly delegated committee thereof in accordance with its established procedures.
10.11 Construction . All questions of interpretation, construction or application arising under or concerning the terms of this Plan shall be decided by the Administrator, in its sole and final discretion, whose decision shall be final, binding and conclusive upon all persons.
10.12 Governing Law . This Plan shall be governed by, construed and administered in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, other than its laws respecting choice of law.
10.13 Headings . The Article headings contained herein are inserted only as a matter of convenience and for reference and in no way define, limit, enlarge or describe the scope or intent of this Plan, nor in any way shall they affect this Plan or the construction of any provision thereof.
10.14 Terms . Capitalized terms shall have meanings as defined herein. Singular nouns shall be read as plural, masculine pronouns shall be read as feminine, and vice versa, as appropriate.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has adopted this Plan as of the date indicated below.
PENN SECURITY BANK & TRUST COMPANY | ||||
Dated: / / |
By: |
|
||
Title |
|
EXHIBIT A
Effective January 1, 2009
1. |
Craig W. Best |
2. |
Richard E. Grimm |
3. |
Patrick M. Scanlon |
4. |
Richard P. Rossi |
5. |
William J. Calpin |
6. |
Michael G. Ostermayer |
7. |
Louis J. Rizzo |
8. |
Andrew A. Kettel |
9. |
Robert P. Heim |
PENN SECURITY BANK & TRUST COMPANY
EXECUTIVE DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
PARTICIPANT ENROLLMENT AND ELECTION FORM
Please print in ink:
I. Participant Information
Name: |
Social Security Number: |
Address: |
Telephone Number: |
Instructions: If this is the first election form executed by you under the Penn Security Bank & Trust Company Executive Deferred Compensation Plan (the Plan), complete the form in full. If this is not the first election form executed by you under the Plan, complete only the Section(s) you want changed from prior elections that are currently effective.
Note: all capitalized terms used herein shall have the same meaning ascribed to them in the Plan, as applicable.
II. Deferral Election
Base Salary
Base Salary Deferral Amount (choose any whole percentage from 0% to 100% or any fixed amount): |
Election Date* (enter the execution date of this Deferral Election): |
Initial Election The Participant may make an initial Deferral Election within 30 days after the date the Participant becomes eligible to participate in the Plan. This Deferral Election is effective on or after the first day of the next payroll period following the election date. |
Subsequent Election(s) This subsequent Deferral Election is effective as of the January 1 following the election date. |
Annual Incentive Bonus
Annual Incentive Bonus Deferral Amount (choose any whole percentage from 0% to 100% or any fixed amount): |
Election Date* (enter the execution date of this Deferral Election): |
Initial Election The Participant may make an initial Deferral Election within 30 days after the date the Participant becomes eligible to participate in the Plan. This Deferral Election is effective on or after the first day of the next payroll period following the election date. |
Subsequent Election(s) This subsequent Deferral Election is effective as of the January 1 following the election date. |
I hereby acknowledge having received a copy of the Plan document setting forth the terms of the Plan. I hereby elect to reduce my base salary and/or annual incentive bonus by the percentage(s) or amount(s) indicated above. I hereby revoke any prior Deferral Elections made by me under the Plan. This Deferral Election relates only to services performed and amounts earned by me after the date hereof. I understand that a contribution credit equal to my salary and/or annual incentive bonus Deferral Election will be made under the Plan for my benefit and that this salary and/or annual incentive bonus Deferral Election is subject to all of the applicable terms of the Plan. I acknowledge that the salary and/or annual incentive bonus Deferral Election made herein will continue indefinitely until subsequently changed by me in a subsequent Deferral Election.
III. Designation of Beneficiary(ies)
I hereby revoke any prior designations of death beneficiary(ies) under the Plan, and I hereby designate the following beneficiary(ies) to receive any benefit payable on account of my death under the Plan, subject to my right to change this designation and subject to the terms of the Plan:
A. Primary Beneficiary(ies)
Name: |
Telephone Number: |
Address: |
Relation to Participant: |
% of Plan Account: |
Date of Birth: |
Social Security Number: |
B. Contingent Beneficiary(ies) (will receive indicated portions of Plan benefit if no Primary Beneficiary(ies) survive the Participant)
Name: |
Telephone Number: |
Address: |
Relation to Participant: |
% of Plan Account: |
Date of Birth: |
Social Security Number: |
___________ |
|
|
Date |
Participants Signature |
Exhibit 10.8
PENN SECURITY BANK & TRUST CO.
EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN
Originally Effective
January 1, 1984
As Amended And Restated Effective
January 1, 2010
Penn Security Bank & Trust Co. Employee Stock Ownership Plan
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PREAMBLE |
1 | |||
ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS |
2 | |||
Section 1.1 References |
2 | |||
Section 1.2 Compensation |
2 | |||
Section 1.3 Dates |
3 | |||
Section 1.4 Employee |
3 | |||
Section 1.5 Employer |
4 | |||
Section 1.6 Fiduciaries |
5 | |||
Section 1.7 Participant/Beneficiary/Spouse |
5 | |||
Section 1.8 Participant Accounts |
5 | |||
Section 1.9 Plan |
5 | |||
Section 1.10 Service |
5 | |||
Section 1.11 Trust |
7 | |||
Section 1.12 ESOP Specific Definitions |
7 | |||
ARTICLE II PARTICIPATION |
8 | |||
Section 2.1 Eligibility Service |
8 | |||
Section 2.2 Plan Participation |
8 | |||
Section 2.3 Termination of Participation |
9 | |||
Section 2.4 Re-Participation or Re-Employment (Break in Service Rules) |
9 | |||
ARTICLE III ALLOCATIONS TO PARTICIPANT ACCOUNTS |
10 | |||
Section 3.1 General Provisions |
10 | |||
Section 3.2 Employer Contributions |
10 | |||
Section 3.3 Rollover/Transfer Contributions |
11 | |||
Section 3.4 Allocation of Investment Results |
11 | |||
ARTICLE IV PAYMENT OF PARTICIPANT ACCOUNTS |
13 | |||
Section 4.1 Vesting Service Rules |
13 | |||
Section 4.2 Vesting of Participant Accounts |
13 | |||
Section 4.3 Payment of Participant Accounts |
16 | |||
Section 4.4 In-Service Payments |
19 | |||
Section 4.5 Distributions under Domestic Relations Orders |
20 | |||
ARTICLE V ADDITIONAL QUALIFICATION RULES |
20 | |||
Section 5.1 Limitations on Allocations under Code Section 415 |
20 | |||
Section 5.2 Joint and Survivor Annuity Requirements |
23 | |||
Section 5.3 Distribution Requirements |
24 | |||
Section 5.4 Top Heavy Provisions |
28 | |||
Section 5.5 ESOP Distribution Options |
31 | |||
ARTICLE VI ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN |
33 | |||
Section 6.1 Fiduciary Responsibility |
33 | |||
Section 6.2 Plan Administrator |
33 | |||
Section 6.3 Claims Procedure |
35 | |||
Section 6.4 Trust Fund |
37 | |||
Section 6.5 Investment Policy |
37 | |||
Section 6.6 Prohibitions Against Allocations |
37 | |||
Section 6.7 Valuation of the Trust Fund |
40 | |||
Section 6.8 Voting Corporate Stock |
41 | |||
Section 6.9 ESOP Loans |
41 |
Penn Security Bank & Trust Co. Employee Stock Ownership Plan
Section 6.10 Current Obligations |
42 | |||
ARTICLE VII AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF PLAN |
42 | |||
Section 7.1 Right to Discontinue and Amend |
42 | |||
Section 7.2 Amendments |
42 | |||
Section 7.3 Protection of Benefits in Case of Plan Merger |
43 | |||
Section 7.4 Termination of Plan |
43 | |||
ARTICLE VIII MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS |
44 | |||
Section 8.1 Exclusive Benefit Non-Reversion |
44 | |||
Section 8.2 Inalienability of Benefits |
44 | |||
Section 8.3 Employer-Employee Relationship |
44 | |||
Section 8.4 Binding Agreement |
45 | |||
Section 8.5 Separability |
45 | |||
Section 8.6 Construction |
45 | |||
Section 8.7 Copies of Plan |
45 | |||
Section 8.8 Interpretation |
45 | |||
Section 8.9 Securities and Exchange Commission Approval |
45 | |||
Section 8.10 Nonterminable Right of Certain Holders |
45 |
This plan document has been created by Conrad Siegel Actuaries . As an employee stock ownership plan, it is neither a prototype nor a volume submitter document, but an individually designed plan. It should be reviewed by the sponsoring employers legal counsel before adoption. Conrad Siegel Actuaries will make any changes requested by counsel. A determination letter should be obtained from the Internal Revenue Service regarding its qualified plan status. For further information regarding the drafters intended meaning of plan provisions, contact Conrad Siegel Actuaries by letter (P.O. Box 5900, Harrisburg, Pennsylvania 17110-0900) or telephone (717-652-5633). You may also contact us through our website at conradsiegel.com.
|
||||
Penn Security Bank & Trust Co. Employee Stock Ownership Plan
PREAMBLE
This amended and restated plan, executed on the date indicated at the end hereof, is made effective as of January 1, 2010, except as provided otherwise in Section 1.3(c), by Penn Security Bank and Trust Company, a corporation, with its principal office located in Scranton, Pennsylvania.
W I T N E S S E T H :
WHEREAS, effective January 1, 1984, the employer established the employee stock ownership plan for its employees and desires to continue to maintain a permanent qualified plan in order to enable its employees to share in the growth and prosperity of the corporation and to provide its employees and their beneficiaries with financial security in the event of retirement, disability, or death; and
WHEREAS, it is desired to amend said plan;
NOW THEREFORE, the premises considered, the original plan is hereby replaced by this amended and restated plan, and the following are the provisions of the qualified plan of the employer as restated herein; provided, however, that each employee who was previously a participant shall remain a participant, and no employee who was a participant in the plan before the date of amendment shall receive a benefit under this amended plan which is less than the benefit he was then entitled to receive under the plan as of the day prior to the amendment.
|
|
|||
Copyright © 2010 by Conrad Siegel Actuaries | 1 |
Penn Security Bank & Trust Co. Employee Stock Ownership Plan
ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS
Section 1.1 References
(a) |
Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as it may be amended from time to time. |
(b) |
ERISA means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended. |
Section 1.2 Compensation
(a) |
Compensation means, except as provided in Section 1.2(b) hereof, any earnings reportable as W-2 wages for federal income tax withholding purposes, plus elective contributions, for the determination period. For this purpose, the determination period is the plan year. Such earnings shall include any amount contributed to a Roth elective deferral account under any qualified plan. However, compensation shall not include any earnings reportable as W-2 wages that are payable following the termination of employment pursuant to a severance agreement. |
Elective contributions are amounts excludable from the employees gross income and contributed by the employer, at the employees election to:
|
A cafeteria plan (excludable under Code section 125 and as provided in Section 5.1(c)(2)); |
|
A Code section 401(k) arrangement (excludable under Code section 402(e)(3)); |
|
A simplified employee pension (excludable under Code section 402(h)); |
|
A tax sheltered annuity (excludable under Code section 403(b)); |
|
A deferred compensation plan excludable under Code section 457(b); or |
|
A Code section 132(f)(4) qualified transportation fringe benefit plan. |
Any reference in this plan to compensation shall be a reference to the definition in this Section 1.2, unless the plan reference specifies a modification to this definition. The plan administrator shall take into account only compensation actually paid by the employer for the relevant period. A compensation payment includes compensation by the employer through another person under the common paymaster provisions in Code sections 3121 and 3306. Compensation from an employer that is not a participating employer under this plan shall be excluded.
(b) |
Exclusions From Compensation Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 1.2(a), the following types of remuneration shall be excluded from the participants compensation: |
|
Contributions to or benefits from this plan |
(c) |
Limitations on Compensation For any plan year beginning after December 31, 2001, the plan administrator shall take into account only the first $200,000 (as adjusted for cost-of-living increases in accordance with Code section 401(a)(17)(B) for plan years beginning on or after January 1, 2003) of any participants annual compensation for determining all benefits provided under the plan. If compensation for any prior determination period is taken into account in determining a participants allocations for the current plan year, the compensation for such prior determination period is subject to the applicable annual compensation limit in effect for that prior period. For any plan year beginning after December 31, 1993 but before January 1, 2002, the plan administrator shall take into account only the first $150,000 (or, for plan years beginning after December 31, 1994 but before January 1, 2002, such larger amount as the Commissioner of Internal Revenue may prescribe) of any participants compensation for determining all benefits provided under the plan. For any plan year beginning after December 31, 1988 but before January 1, 1994, the plan administrator shall take into account only the first $200,000 (or, for plan years beginning after December 31, 1989 but before January 1, 1994, such larger amount as the Commissioner of Internal Revenue may prescribe) of any participants compensation for determining all benefits provided under the plan. The compensation dollar limitation for a plan year shall be the limitation amount in effect on January 1 of the calendar year in which the plan year begins. Annual compensation means compensation during the plan year or such other 12-consecutive-month period over which compensation is otherwise determined under the plan (the determination period for purposes of Section 1.2). For any plan year beginning before January 1, 1989, the $200,000 limitation applies only if the plan is top-heavy for such plan year or operates as a deemed top-heavy plan for such plan year. If the plan should determine compensation on a period of time that contains less than 12 calendar months (such as for a short plan year), the annual compensation dollar limitation shall be an amount equal to the compensation dollar limitation for the plan year multiplied by the ratio obtained by dividing the number of full months in the period by 12. |
|
||||
Copyright © 2010 by Conrad Siegel Actuaries | 2 |
Penn Security Bank & Trust Co. Employee Stock Ownership Plan
(d) |
Compensation for Nondiscrimination Testing For purposes of determining whether the plan discriminates in favor of highly compensated employees, compensation means compensation as defined in this Section 1.2, except that the employer will not give effect to any exclusion from compensation specified in Section 1.2(b). For this purpose, compensation shall include compensation paid by the employer as defined under Section 1.5(b). Notwithstanding the above, the employer may amend this plan to exclude from this nondiscrimination definition of compensation any items of compensation excludable under Code section 414(s) and the applicable Treasury regulations, provided such adjusted definition conforms to the nondiscrimination requirements of those regulations. |
Section 1.3 Dates
(a) |
Accounting Date means the dates on which investment results are allocated to participants accounts as set forth below: |
|
March 31, June 30, September 30, December 31 |
(b) |
Allocation Date means the date(s) as of which any contribution is allocated to participants accounts. The employer contribution and forfeitures shall be allocated as of December 31. The allocation period for the employer contribution shall be the plan year. |
(c) |
The Effective Date of the plan is January 1, 1984. |
The effective date of this amendment and restatement is January 1, 2010; provided, however, that the plan provision required to comply with the Family and Medical Leave Act shall be effective August 5, 1993, the plan provisions required to comply with the Uniformed Services Employment and Re-Employment Rights Act of 1994 shall be effective December 12, 1994, the plan provisions required to comply with the Retirement Protection Act of 1994 shall generally be effective on the first day of the first limitation year beginning after December 31, 1994, the plan provisions required to comply with the Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996 shall generally be effective on the first day of the plan year beginning after December 31, 1996, the plan provisions required to comply with the Taxpayer Relief Act of 1997 shall generally be effective on the first day of the plan year beginning after August 5, 1997, the plan provisions required to comply with the Economic Growth and Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2001 shall generally be effective as of the first day of the first plan year beginning after December 31, 2001, the plan provisions required to comply with the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 shall generally be effective for distributions with respect to S corporation stock made after December 31, 1997, the plan provisions required to comply with the Pension Protection Act of 2006 shall generally be effective as of the first day of the first day of the first plan year beginning on or after January 1, 2008 (except that the provisions that are required to be effective prior to the first day of the first plan year beginning on or after January 1, 2008 shall be effective as of the first day of the first plan year beginning on or after January 1, 2006), and the plan provisions required to comply with the Heroes Earnings Assistance and Relief Tax Act of 2008 (HEART) shall be effective for limitation years beginning on or after January 1, 2009, except as specified otherwise in this plan or in said Acts.
The $5,000 dollar amount appearing in Sections 4.2(b), 4.2(c), 4.3(d), 4.4(b) and 4.5 shall be effective for plan years beginning after December 31, 2001. Prior to such effective date, the dollar amount shall be $3,500 as provided under the prior provisions of the plan.
(d) |
Plan Entry Date means the participation date(s) specified in Article II. |
(e) |
Plan Year means the 12-consecutive-month period beginning on January 1 and ending on December 31. |
(f) |
Limitation Year means the 12-consecutive-month period beginning on January 1 and ending on December 31. |
Section 1.4 Employee
(a) (1) |
Employee means any person employed by the employer, including an owner-employee or other self-employed individual (as defined in Section 1.4(a)(3)). The term employee shall include any employee of the employer as defined in Section 1.5(b). The term employee shall also include any leased employee deemed to be an employee of any such employer as provided in Code section 414(n) or (o) and as defined in Section 1.4(a)(2). |
|
|
|||
Copyright © 2010 by Conrad Siegel Actuaries | 3 |
Penn Security Bank & Trust Co. Employee Stock Ownership Plan
(2) |
Leased Employee means an individual (who otherwise is not an employee of the employer) who, pursuant to a leasing agreement between the employer and any other person, has performed services for the employer (or for the employer and any persons related to the employer within the meaning of Code section 414(n)(6)) on a substantially full time basis for at least one year and such services are performed under the primary direction or control of the employer. If a leased employee is treated as an employee by reason of this Section 1.4(a)(2), compensation from the leasing organization that is attributable to services performed for the employer shall be considered as compensation under the plan. Contributions or benefits provided a leased employee by the leasing organization that are attributable to services performed for the employer shall be treated as provided by the employer. |
Safe harbor plan exception The plan shall not treat a leased employee as an employee if the leasing organization covers the employee in a safe harbor plan and, prior to application of this safe harbor plan exception, 20% or less of the employers nonhighly compensated employees are leased employees. A safe harbor plan is a money purchase pension plan providing immediate participation, full and immediate vesting, and a nonintegrated contribution formula equal to at least 10% of the employees compensation without regard to employment by the leasing organization on a specified date. The safe harbor plan must determine the 10% contribution on the basis of compensation as defined in Section 5.1(c)(2).
(b) |
Highly Compensated Employee means any employee who: |
(1) |
was a more than 5% owner of the employer (applying the constructive ownership rules of Code section 318, and applying the principles of Code section 318, for an unincorporated entity) at any time during the current plan year or the look-back year; or |
(2) |
for the look-back year |
(A) |
had compensation from the employer (as defined under Section 1.5(b)) in excess of $80,000 (as adjusted by the Commissioner of Internal Revenue pursuant to Code section 415(d), except that the base period shall be the calendar quarter ending September 30, 1996), and |
(B) |
if the employer elects the application of this Subparagraph for such look-back year, was in the top-paid group of employees for such look-back year. For this purpose, an employee is in the top-paid group of employees for any look-back year if such employee is in the group consisting of the top 20% of the employees when ranked on the basis of compensation paid during such look-back year. |
The look-back year is the twelve-month period immediately preceding the current plan year. The term highly compensated employee also includes any former employee who separated from service (or has a deemed separation from service, as determined under Treasury regulations) prior to the plan year, performs no service for the employer during the plan year, and was a highly compensated employee either for the separation plan year or any plan year ending on or after his 55th birthday, based on the applicable rules in effect for such plan year.
For purposes of determining who is a highly compensated employee under this Section 1.4(b), compensation means compensation as defined in Section 1.2(a) without regard to Section 1.2(b). The plan administrator shall make the determination of who is a highly compensated employee.
This Section 1.4(b) is effective for plan years beginning after December 31, 1996, except that, in determining whether an employee is a highly compensated employee in 1997, this provision shall be treated as having been in effect for the last plan year beginning before January 1, 1997.
(c) |
Nonhighly Compensated Employee means any employee who is not a highly compensated employee. |
Section 1.5 Employer
(a) |
Employer means Penn Security Bank and Trust Company or any successor entity by merger, purchase, consolidation, or otherwise; or an organization affiliated with the employer that may assume the obligations of this plan with respect to its employees by becoming a party to this plan. Another employer, whether or not it is affiliated with the sponsor employer, may adopt this plan to cover its employees by filing with the sponsor employer a written resolution adopting the plan, upon which the sponsor employer shall indicate its acceptance of such employer as an employer under the plan. Each such employer shall be deemed to be the employer only as to persons who are on its payroll. |
|
||||
Copyright © 2010 by Conrad Siegel Actuaries | 4 |
Penn Security Bank & Trust Co. Employee Stock Ownership Plan
(b) |
Employer for Compliance Testing For purposes of determining whether the plan satisfies the participation coverage requirements of Code section 410(b) and the limitations on benefits and allocations under Code section 415, employer shall mean the employer that adopts this plan as set forth in Section 1.5(a), and all members of a controlled group of corporations (as defined in Code section 414(b)), all commonly controlled trades or businesses (as defined in Code section 414(c)) or affiliated service groups (as defined in Code section 414(m)) of which the adopting employer is a part, and any other entity required to be aggregated with the employer pursuant to regulations under Code section 414(o). |
(c) |
Exclusive Benefit In compliance with the exclusive benefit requirements of Code section 401(a), the sponsorship of this plan may not be transferred to an unrelated entity if the transfer is not in connection with a transfer of business assets or operations from the employer to such entity. |
Section 1.6 Fiduciaries
(a) |
Named Fiduciary means the person or persons having fiduciary responsibility for the management and control of plan assets. |
(b) |
Plan Administrator means the person or persons appointed by the named fiduciary to administer the plan. |
(c) |
Trustee means the trustee named in the trust agreement executed pursuant to this plan, or any duly appointed successor trustee. |
(d) |
Investment Manager means a person or corporation other than the trustee appointed for the investment of plan assets. |
Section 1.7 Participant/Beneficiary/Spouse
(a) |
Participant means an eligible employee of the employer who becomes a member of the plan pursuant to the provisions of Article II, or a former employee who has an accrued benefit under the plan. A participant shall be treated as benefiting under the plan for any plan year during which the participant received or is deemed to receive an allocation in accordance with Regulation section 1.410(b)-3(a). |
(b) |
Beneficiary means a person designated by a participant who is or may become entitled to a benefit under the plan. A beneficiary who becomes entitled to a benefit under the plan remains a beneficiary under the plan until the trustee has fully distributed his benefit to him. A beneficiarys right to (and the plan administrators, or a trustees duty to provide to the beneficiary) information or data concerning the plan shall not arise until he first becomes entitled to receive a benefit under the plan. |
(c) |
Spouse means the person of the opposite sex married to the participant at the time of the determination and as further defined by section 3 of the Defense of Marriage Act, 1 U.S.C. § 7 (1996). |
Section 1.8 Participant Accounts
(a) |
Employer Contribution Account means the balance of the separate account derived from employers contributions, including forfeitures (if any) (if so provided under Section 3.2). |
(b) |
Rollover/Transfer Account means the balance of the separate account derived from rollover contributions and/or transfer contributions (if so provided under Section 3.3). |
(c) |
Accrued Benefit means the total of the participants account balances as of the accounting date falling on or before the day on which the accrued benefit is being determined. |
Section 1.9 Plan
Plan means Penn Security Bank and Trust Company Employee Stock Ownership Plan as set forth herein and as it may be amended from time to time.
Section 1.10 Service
(a) |
Service means any period of time the employee is in the employ of the employer, including any period the employee is on an unpaid leave of absence authorized by the employer under a uniform, nondiscriminatory policy applicable to all employees. Separation from service means that the employee no longer has an employment relationship with the employer. |
(b) (1) |
Hour of Service means: |
|
||||
Copyright © 2010 by Conrad Siegel Actuaries | 5 |
Penn Security Bank & Trust Co. Employee Stock Ownership Plan
(A) |
Each hour for which an employee is paid, or entitled to payment, for the performance of duties for the employer. These hours shall be credited to the employee for the computation period in which the duties are performed; and |
(B) |
Each hour for which an employee is paid, or entitled to payment, by the employer on account of a period of time during which no duties are performed (irrespective of whether the employment relationship has terminated) due to vacation, holiday, illness, incapacity (including disability), layoff, jury duty, military duty or leave of absence. No more than 501 hours of service shall be credited under this Subparagraph (B) for any single continuous period (whether or not such period occurs in a single computation period). An hour of service shall not be credited to an employee under this Subparagraph (B) if the employee is paid, or entitled to payment, under a plan maintained solely for the purpose of complying with applicable workers compensation or unemployment compensation or disability insurance laws. Hours under this Subparagraph (B) shall be calculated and credited pursuant to section 2530.200b-2 of the Department of Labor Regulations that are incorporated herein by this reference; and |
(C) |
Each hour for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation of damages, is either awarded or agreed to by the employer. The same hours of service shall not be credited both under Subparagraph (A) or Subparagraph (B), as the case may be, and under this Subparagraph (C). These hours shall be credited to the employee for the computation period or periods to which the award or agreement pertains rather than the computation period in which the award, agreement, or payment is made. |
Hours of service shall be determined on the basis of actual hours for which an employee is paid or entitled to payment. The above provisions shall be construed so as to resolve any ambiguities in favor of crediting employees with hours of service.
If, for the purposes of the plan, an employees records are maintained on other than an hourly basis, the plan administrator, according to uniform rules applicable to a class of employees, may apply the following equivalencies for the purpose of crediting hours of service:
Basis Upon Which Records Are Maintained |
Credit Granted to Individual if Individual Earns One or More Hours of Service During Period |
|
Shift |
Actual hours of full shift | |
Day |
10 hours of service | |
Week |
45 hours of service | |
Semi-Monthly Payroll Period |
95 hours of service | |
Months of Employment |
190 hours of service |
(2) |
Solely for purposes of determining whether a break in service for participation and vesting purposes has occurred in a computation period, an individual who is absent from work for maternity or paternity reasons shall receive credit for the hours of service that would otherwise have been credited to such individual but for such absence, or in any case in which such hours cannot be determined, 8 hours of service per day of such absence. For purposes of this paragraph, an absence from work for maternity or paternity reasons means an absence (A) by reason of the pregnancy of the individual, (B) by reason of a birth of a child of the individual, (C) by reason of the placement of a child with the individual in connection with the adoption of such child by such individual, or (D) for purposes of caring for such child for a period beginning immediately following such birth or placement. The hours of service credited under this paragraph shall be credited: (A) in the computation period in which the absence begins if the crediting is necessary to prevent a break in service in that period, or (B) in all other cases, in the following computation period. No more than 501 hours of service shall be credited under this paragraph for any single continuous period (whether or not such period occurs in a single computation period). |
(3) |
Solely for purposes of determining whether a break in service for participation and vesting purposes has occurred in a computation period, an individual who is absent from work on unpaid leave under the Family and Medical Leave Act shall receive credit for the hours of service that would otherwise have been credited to such individual but for such absence, or in any case in which such hours cannot be determined, 8 hours of service per day of such absence. Such an individual shall be treated as actively employed for the purposes of participation and eligibility for an allocation of any employer contribution that may be provided under this plan. Notwithstanding the preceding, this paragraph shall not apply if the employer or the particular employee is not subject to the requirements of the Family and Medical Leave Act at the time of the absence. |
|
||||
Copyright © 2010 by Conrad Siegel Actuaries | 6 |
Penn Security Bank & Trust Co. Employee Stock Ownership Plan
(4) |
Hours of service shall be credited for employment with the employer as defined in Section 1.5(b). Hours of service shall also be credited for any leased employee who is considered an employee for purposes of this plan under Code section 414(n) or Code section 414(o). |
(c) (1) |
Year of Service means a 12-consecutive-month computation period during which the employee completes the required number of hours of service with the employer as specified in Sections 2.1 or 4.1. No more than one year of service will be credited for any 12 consecutive-month period unless otherwise required by Sections 2.1(c) and 4.1(c). |
(2) |
Service with Related Employers For purposes of crediting years of service, hours of service credited in accordance with Section 1.10(b)(4) shall be taken into account. |
(3) |
Predecessor Service If the employer maintains the plan of a predecessor employer, service with such predecessor employer shall be treated as service for the employer. If the employer does not maintain the plan of a predecessor employer, then service as an employee of a predecessor employer shall not be considered as service under the plan, except as noted below: |
|
No credit for predecessor service. |
(d) |
Break in Service (or One Year Break in Service) means a 12-consecutive-month computation period during which a participant or former participant does not complete the specified number of hours of service with the employer as set forth in Sections 2.1(b) and 4.1(b). |
(e) |
Qualified Military Service Notwithstanding any provision of this plan to the contrary, effective December 12, 1994, contributions, benefits, and service credit with respect to qualified military service will be provided in accordance with Code section 414(u). An employee reemployed after qualified military service shall not be treated as having incurred a break in service, for purposes of vesting and benefit accruals, solely because of an absence due to qualified military service. |
Effective with respect to deaths occurring on or after January 1, 2007, in the case of a participant who dies while performing qualified military service, the beneficiary(ies) of the participant shall be entitled to any benefits payable under Section 4.2(a)(5) that would have been payable had the participant resumed and then terminated employment on account of death.
Section 1.11 Trust
(a) |
Trust means the qualified trust created under the employers plan. |
(b) |
Trust Fund means all property held or acquired by the plan. |
Section 1.12 ESOP Specific Definitions
(a) |
ESOP means an employee stock ownership plan that meets the requirements of Code section 4975(e)(7) and Regulation section 54.4975-11. |
(b) |
Corporate Stock means common stock issued by the employer (or by a corporation that is a member of the controlled group of corporations of which the employer is a member) that is readily tradable on an established securities market. If there is no common stock that meets the foregoing requirement, the term corporate stock means common stock issued by the employer (or by a corporation that is a member of the same controlled group) having a combination of voting power and dividend rights equal to or in excess of: (1) that class of common stock of the employer (or of any other such corporation) having the greatest voting power, and (2) that class of stock of the employer (or of any other such corporation) having the greatest dividend rights. Noncallable preferred stock shall be deemed to be corporate stock if such stock is convertible at any time into stock that constitutes corporate stock hereunder and if such conversion is at a conversion price that (as of the date of the acquisition by the trust) is reasonable. For purposes of the preceding sentence, pursuant to Code regulations, preferred stock shall be treated as noncallable if after the call there will be a reasonable opportunity for a conversion that meets the requirements of the preceding sentence. |
(c) |
Corporation means the entity whose corporate stock is the subject of this employee stock ownership plan. |
(1) |
C Corporation means an incorporated entity that has not elected to be an S corporation. |
(2) |
S Corporation means a small business corporation for which an election under Code section 1362(a) is in effect for the current plan year. |
|
||||
Copyright © 2010 by Conrad Siegel Actuaries | 7 |
Penn Security Bank & Trust Co. Employee Stock Ownership Plan
(d) |
Exempt Loan means a loan made to the plan by a disqualified person or a loan to the plan that is guaranteed by a disqualified person and that satisfies the requirements of Department of Labor Regulation section 2550.408b-3, Treasury Regulation section 54.4975-7(b), and Section 6.9 of this plan. |
(e) |
Investment Accounts For investment purposes, a participants accounts may be placed in three accounts as described herein. |
(1) |
Corporate Stock Account means the investment account of a participant that is credited with the shares of corporate stock purchased and paid for by the trust fund or contributed to the trust fund. |
(2) |
Other Investment Account means the investment account of a participant that is credited with his share of the net gain (or loss) of the plan, forfeitures, and employer contributions in other than corporate stock and that is debited with payments made to pay for corporate stock. |
(3) |
Directed Investment Account means the investment account of a participant that he elects under the provisions of Section 3.4(c) and that is credited with the net gain (or loss) on his directed investments. |
(f) |
Unallocated Corporate Stock Suspense Account means an account containing corporate stock that was acquired with the proceeds of an exempt loan and that has not been released from the account and allocated to the participants corporate stock accounts. |
ARTICLE II PARTICIPATION
Section 2.1 Eligibility Service
(a) |
Eligibility Year of Service means an eligibility computation period during which the employee completes at least 1,000 hours of service with the employer. |
(b) |
One Year Break in Service means for the purposes of this Article II an eligibility computation period during which the participant or former participant does not complete more than 500 hours of service with the employer. |
(c) |
Eligibility Computation Period The initial eligibility computation period shall be the 12-consecutive-month period beginning with the day on which the employee first performs an hour of service for the employer (employment commencement date). |
Succeeding eligibility computation periods shall coincide with the plan year, beginning with the first plan year that commences prior to the first anniversary of the employees employment commencement date regardless of whether the employee is credited with the required number of hours of service during the initial eligibility computation period. An employee who is credited with the required number of hours of service in both the initial eligibility computation period and the first plan year that commences prior to the first anniversary of the employees employment commencement date shall be credited with two years of service for purposes of eligibility to participate.
Section 2.2 Plan Participation
(a) |
Eligibility |
(1) |
Age/service requirements An employee who is a member of the eligible class of employees shall be eligible for plan participation after he has satisfied the following participation requirement(s): |
(A) |
Completion of 1 year of service. |
(B) |
Attainment of age 21. |
(2) |
Eligible class of employees All employees of the employer shall be eligible to be covered under the plan except for employees in the following categories: |
|
Individuals not directly employed by the employer as defined in Section 1.5(a). An employee of the employer as that term is defined in Section 1.5(b) with respect to the sponsoring employer shall not participate in this plan unless such employees direct employer affirmatively elects to become a participating employer hereunder. |
|
An employee prohibited from receiving an allocation of certain corporate stock pursuant to Section 6.6(a). |
|
||||
Copyright © 2010 by Conrad Siegel Actuaries | 8 |
Penn Security Bank & Trust Co. Employee Stock Ownership Plan
|
Employees who became employees as the result of a Code section 410(b)(6)(C) transaction. These employees shall be excluded during the period beginning on the date of the transaction and ending on the last day of the first plan year beginning after the date of the transaction. A Code section 410(b)(6)(C) transaction is an asset or stock acquisition, merger, or similar transaction involving a change in the employer of the employees of a trade or business. |
|
Employees who are non-resident aliens (as defined in Code section 7701(b)(1)(B)) and who receive no earned income (as defined in Code section 911(d)(2)) from the employer that constitutes income from sources within the United States (as defined in Code section 861(a)(3)). |
(b) |
Entry Date An eligible employee shall participate in the plan on the earlier of the June 30 or December 31 entry date coinciding with or immediately following the date on which he has met the age and service requirements, provided he is employed on that date. If an employee who is not a member of the eligible class of employees becomes a member of the eligible class, such employee shall participate immediately, if he has satisfied the age and service requirements and would have otherwise previously become a participant. |
(c) |
Election Not To Participate An employee may file a written election not to participate in the plan before his plan entry date. The employer shall not make a contribution under any plan of the employer for such employee for the plan year for which the election is effective, nor for any succeeding plan year. An employee who has elected not to participate in the plan shall not re-participate in this plan, nor shall he participate in any other qualified retirement plan sponsored by the employer. |
Section 2.3 Termination of Participation
A participant shall continue to be an active participant of the plan so long as he is a member of the eligible class of employees and he does not terminate employment. He shall become an inactive participant when he terminates employment or ceases to be a member of the eligible class of employees. He shall cease participation completely upon the later of his receipt of a total distribution of his nonforfeitable account balance(s) under the plan or the forfeiture of the nonvested portion of the account balance(s).
Section 2.4 Re-Participation or Re-Employment (Break in Service Rules)
(a) |
Vested Participant A former participant who had a nonforfeitable right to all or a portion of his account balance derived from employer contributions at the time of his termination from service shall become a participant immediately upon returning to the employ of the employer, if he is a member of the eligible class of employees. |
(b) |
Nonvested Participant or Employee In the case of an employee who does not have any nonforfeitable right to his account balance derived from employer contributions at the time of his termination from service, years of service before a period of consecutive one-year breaks in service shall not be taken into account in computing eligibility service if the number of consecutive one-year breaks in service in such period equals or exceeds the greater of 5 or the aggregate number of years of service before such breaks in service. Such aggregate number of years of service shall not include any years of service disregarded under the preceding sentence by reason of prior breaks in service. |
If an employees years of service before termination from service are disregarded pursuant to the preceding paragraph, he shall be considered a new employee for eligibility purposes. If such employees years of service before termination from service may not be disregarded pursuant to the preceding paragraph, he shall participate immediately upon returning to the employ of the employer, if he is a member of the eligible class of employees and has otherwise satisfied the age and service requirements of Section 2.2.
(c) |
Return to Eligible Class If a participant becomes an inactive participant, because he is no longer a member of the eligible class of employees, but does not incur a break in service; such inactive participant shall become an active participant immediately upon returning to the eligible class of employees. If such participant incurs a break in service, eligibility shall be determined under the re-participation rules in Section 2.4(a) and (b) above. |
|
|
|||
Copyright © 2010 by Conrad Siegel Actuaries | 9 |
Penn Security Bank & Trust Co. Employee Stock Ownership Plan
ARTICLE III ALLOCATIONS TO PARTICIPANT ACCOUNTS
Section 3.1 General Provisions
(a) |
Maintenance of Participant Accounts The plan administrator shall maintain separate accounts covering each participant under the plan as herein described. Such accounts shall be increased by contributions, reallocation of forfeitures (if any), investment income, and market value appreciation of the fund. They shall be decreased by market value depreciation of the fund, forfeiture of nonvested amounts, benefit payments, withdrawals, and expenses. |
(b) |
Amount and Payment of Employer Contribution |
(1) |
Amount of Contribution For each plan year, the employer contribution to the plan shall be the amount that is determined under the provisions of this Article and Section 6.9. However, for any plan year with respect to which employer contributions are applied to repay principal on a loan made to the plan under Section 6.9, the total amount of employer contributions shall not exceed 25% of the aggregate participant compensation for the plan year. The employer may contribute any amount in excess of the maximum for the plan year, without limitation, for the purpose of paying interest on such loans. Further, the employer contribution shall not exceed the maximum amount deductible under Code section 404, subject to the provisions for a nondeductible contribution without penalty as permitted under Code section 4972(c)(6). |
The employer contributes to this plan on the conditions that its contribution is not due to a mistake of fact and that the Internal Revenue Service will not disallow the deduction for its contribution. The trustee, upon written request from the employer, shall return to the employer the amount of the employers contribution made due to a mistake of fact or the amount of the employers contribution disallowed as a deduction under Code section 404. The trustee shall not return any portion of the employers contribution under the provisions of this paragraph more than one year after the earlier of: (A) The date on which the employer made the contribution due to a mistake of fact; or (B) The time of disallowance of the contribution as a deduction, and then, only to the extent of the disallowance. The trustee will not increase the amount of the employer contribution returnable under this Section for any earnings attributable to the contribution, but the trustee will decrease the employer contribution returnable for any losses attributable to it. The trustee may require the employer to furnish whatever evidence it deems necessary to confirm that the amount the employer has requested be returned is properly returnable under ERISA.
(2) |
Payment of Contribution The employer shall make its contribution to the plan in cash or corporate stock within the time prescribed by the Code or applicable Treasury regulations. Subject to the consent of the trustee, the employer may make its contribution in other property, provided the contribution is discretionary and the property contributed is unencumbered. Corporate stock and other property will be valued at fair market value at the time of actual contribution. Notwithstanding the preceding, the employer shall make its contribution solely in cash if it is obligated to contribute a specified dollar amount either by the terms of a loan described in Section 6.9 or an action of its board of directors. |
(c) |
Limitations and Conditions Notwithstanding the allocation procedures set forth in this Article, the allocations otherwise contributable to participants accounts under this plan shall be limited or reduced as provided in Section 5.1. |
In any limitation year in which the allocations otherwise contributable to a participants account under this plan would exceed the maximum permissible amount as defined in Section 5.1 due to a contribution otherwise allocable to the participant under the Penn Security Bank 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan that the employer also sponsors, the allocation shall first be limited or reduced under the Penn Security Bank 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan so that the annual additions for the limitation year will equal the maximum permissible amount.
Section 3.2 Employer Contributions
(a) |
Amount of Contribution The employer shall determine, in its sole discretion, the amount of employer contribution to be made to the plan each year; provided, however, that the employer shall contribute such amount as may be required for restoration of a forfeited amount under Section 4.2. |
(b) |
Conditions for Allocations A participant shall be eligible for an allocation of the employer contribution and forfeitures as of an allocation date, provided that he satisfies the following condition(s): |
|
|
|||
Copyright © 2010 by Conrad Siegel Actuaries | 10 |
Penn Security Bank & Trust Co. Employee Stock Ownership Plan
(1) |
He completed at least 1,000 hours of service during the current plan year, except that the hours of service requirement shall not apply with respect to any minimum top-heavy allocation as provided in Section 5.4. |
AND
(2) |
He is employed by the employer on the last day of the plan year. |
Notwithstanding the preceding, an otherwise eligible participant shall not receive any allocation in a nonallocation year if he is prohibited from receiving an allocation of corporate stock pursuant to Section 6.6(b).
(c) |
(1) Allocation Formula |
The employer contribution and forfeitures for the plan year shall be allocated to the employer contribution account of each eligible participant in the ration that such participants compensation bears to the compensation of all participants.
(2) |
Top-Heavy Plan Years |
In any plan year in which this plan is top-heavy (as defined in Section 5.4(e)(2) when aggregated with the Penn Security Bank 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan and the Penn Security Bank and Trust Company Employees Pension Plan that the employer also sponsors, the top-heavy minimum benefit requirement shall be met under the Penn Security Bank and Trust Company Employees Pension Plan.
For such a plan year, the employer shall provide on behalf of each participant who is a non-key employee and who participates in the defined benefit plan a minimum nonintegrated accrued benefit of 2% of average annual compensation (as defined under the defined benefit plan), not to exceed a cumulative accrued benefit of 20%.
If a participant only participates in this plan, the contributions and forfeitures allocable to the employer contribution account shall be increased as necessary for compliance with the top-heavy minimum benefit requirement. The total of the contributions and forfeitures allocated to such account for such a participant shall not be less than an amount equal to 3% of his compensation or the largest percentage of employee 401(k) elective deferral contribution, employer contribution, and forfeiture allocated under the aggregated plans on behalf of any key employee for that year, whichever is less.
(3) |
Compensation For purposes of the allocation of the employer contribution, compensation means compensation as defined in Section 1.2(a) and (b) (subject to the limitations of Section 1.2(c)) for the entire plan year, but limited to the employees compensation for the portion of the plan year in which the employee actually is a member of the eligible class of employees as defined in Section 2.2. However, for purposes of the top-heavy contribution, compensation means compensation as defined in Section 5.1(c)(2), subject to the limitations of Section 1.2(c). |
Section 3.3 Rollover/Transfer Contributions
Rollover and transfer contributions shall not be permitted under this plan and no amount shall be credited to the rollover/transfer account.
Section 3.4 Allocation of Investment Results
(a) |
Corporate Stock Account The corporate stock account of each participant shall be credited as of each allocation date with forfeitures of corporate stock and his allocable share of corporate stock (including fractional shares) purchased and paid for by the plan or contributed in kind by the employer. Stock dividends on corporate stock held in his corporate stock account shall be credited to his corporate stock account when paid. |
Corporate stock acquired by the plan with the proceeds of an exempt loan shall be allocated to each participants corporate stock account upon release from the unallocated corporate stock suspense account as provided in Section 6.9. Corporate stock acquired with the proceeds of an exempt loan shall be an asset of the trust fund and maintained in the unallocated corporate stock suspense account.
|
|
|||
Copyright © 2010 by Conrad Siegel Actuaries | 11 |
Penn Security Bank & Trust Co. Employee Stock Ownership Plan
(b) |
Other Investments Account As of each allocation date, prior to the allocation of employer contributions and forfeitures, any earnings or losses (net appreciation or net depreciation) of the trust fund shall be allocated in the same proportion that each participants other investments account bears to the total of all participants other investment accounts as of such date. For this purpose, each account balance shall be equal to the average balance for the period commencing on the day following the prior accounting date and ending on the current accounting date. |
Cash dividends on corporate stock made after the first month of the plan year shall not share in any earnings or losses of the trust fund for such year. However, the plan administrator may direct that cash dividends on corporate stock be segregated into a separate account and invest such segregated account in a federally insured savings account, certificate of deposit in a bank or savings and loan association, money market certificate, or other short term debt security acceptable to the trustee until such time as the dividends and any earnings or losses thereon are: (1) applied to the payment of a loan in accordance with Section 6.9(d); or (2) allocated to each participants other investment account as of the plan year allocation date in accordance with the corporate stock held in the participants corporate stock account and then distributed pursuant to Section 4.3(c)(6) (with any allocable earnings or losses). The dividend shall be 100% vested, regardless of any vesting schedule applicable to the employer contribution account.
Earnings or losses include the increase (or decrease) in the fair market value of assets of the trust fund (other than corporate stock in the participants corporate stock accounts) since the preceding allocation date. Earnings or losses do not include the interest paid under any installment contract or loan used for the purchase of corporate stock by the trust. Further, earnings and losses do not include income received by the trust with respect to corporate stock acquired with the proceeds of an exempt loan to the extent the income is used to repay the loan. At the discretion of the plan administrator, all such income may be used to repay such loan with the exception of non-applicable dividends as described in Section 6.9(d).
(c) |
Directed Investment Account |
(1) |
Each qualified participant, for plan years beginning after December 31, 1986, may elect within 90 days after the close of each plan year during the qualified election period to direct the trustee in writing to distribute 25% of the total number of shares of corporate stock acquired by or contributed to the plan after December 31, 1986 that have ever been allocated to such qualified participants corporate stock account (reduced by the number of shares of corporate stock previously distributed pursuant to a prior election). In the case of the election year in which the participant can make his last election, the preceding sentence shall be applied by substituting 50% for 25%. For this purpose, a participants corporate stock account shall be segregated into two accounts: (A) the Pre-1987 corporate stock account and (B) the Post-1986 corporate stock account. If the qualified participant elects to direct the trustee to distribute this portion of his Post-1986 corporate stock account, such direction shall be effective no later than 180 days after the close of the plan year to which such direction applies. |
Notwithstanding the above, if the fair market value (determined pursuant to Section 6.7(b) at the plan valuation date immediately preceding the first day on which a qualified participant is eligible to make an election) of corporate stock acquired by or contributed to the plan and allocated to a qualified participants Post-1986 corporate stock account is $500 or less, then such corporate stock shall not be subject to this Section 3.4(c). For purposes of determining whether the fair market value exceeds $500, corporate stock held in accounts of all employee stock ownership plans (as defined in Code section 4975(e)(7)) and tax credit employee stock ownership plans (as defined in Code section 409(a)) maintained by the employer or any affiliated employer shall be considered as held by the plan.
(2) |
For the purposes of this Section 3.4(c) the following definitions shall apply: |
(A) |
Qualified participant means any participant or former participant who has completed ten years of participation and has attained age 55. |
(B) |
Qualified election period means the six plan year period beginning with the later of: (i) the first plan year in which the participant first became a qualified participant, or (ii) the first plan year beginning after December 31, 1986. |
|
|
|||
Copyright © 2010 by Conrad Siegel Actuaries | 12 |
Penn Security Bank & Trust Co. Employee Stock Ownership Plan
ARTICLE IV PAYMENT OF PARTICIPANT ACCOUNTS
Section 4.1 Vesting Service Rules
(a) |
Vesting Year of Service means a vesting computation period during which the employee completes at least 1,000 hours of service with the employer. All of an employees years of service with the employer shall be counted to determine the nonforfeitable percentage in the employees account balance derived from employer contributions, except: |
(1) |
Years of service disregarded under the break in service rules in Section 4.1(d) below. (Post-ERISA break in service rules) |
(2) |
Years of service before the effective date of ERISA if such service would have been disregarded under the break in service rules of the prior plan in effect from time to time before such date. For this purpose, break in service rules are rules that result in the loss of prior vesting or benefit accruals, or that deny an employee eligibility to participate, by reason of separation or failure to complete a required period of service within a specified period of time. (Pre-ERISA break in service rules) |
(b) |
One Year Break in Service means for the purposes of this Article IV a vesting computation period during which the employee or former employee does not complete more than 500 hours of service with the employer. |
(c) |
Vesting Computation Period means the 12-consecutive month period coinciding with the plan year. |
(d) |
Break in Service Rules |
(1) |
Vested Participant A former participant who had a nonforfeitable right to all or a portion of his account balance derived from employer contributions at the time of his termination from service shall retain credit for all vesting years of service prior to a break in service as that term is defined in Section 4.1(b). |
(2) |
Nonvested Participant or Employee In the case of a former participant or employee who did not have any nonforfeitable right to his account balance derived from employer contributions at the time of his termination from service, years of service before a period of consecutive one-year breaks in service shall not be taken into account in computing service if the number of consecutive one-year breaks in service in such period equals or exceeds the greater of 5 or the aggregate number of years of service before such breaks in service. Such aggregate number of years of service shall not include any years of service disregarded under the preceding sentence by reason of prior breaks in service. |
(3) |
Vesting for Pre-Break and Post-Break Accounts In the case of a participant or employee who has 5 or more consecutive one-year breaks in service, all years of service after such breaks in service shall be disregarded for the purpose of vesting the employer-derived account balance that accrued before such breaks in service. Whether or not such pre-break service counts in vesting the post-break employer-derived account balance shall be determined according to the rules set forth in Section 4.1( b/d )(1) and (2) above. Separate accounts shall be maintained for the participants for the pre-break and post-break employer-derived account balances. All accounts shall share in the investment earnings and losses of the fund. |
Section 4.2 Vesting of Participant Accounts
(a) |
Determination of Vesting |
(1) |
Normal Retirement An employees right to his account balance shall be 100% vested and nonforfeitable upon the attainment of age 65, the normal retirement age. The vesting of an inactive participant who terminates employment prior to normal retirement age shall remain subject to the provisions of the vesting schedule following attainment of such specified age. Distributions shall be administered in accordance with termination from employment provisions of Section 4.3(a)(3). |
(2) |
Late Retirement If a participant remains employed after his normal retirement age, his account balance shall remain 100% vested and nonforfeitable. Such participant shall continue to receive allocations to his account as he did before his normal retirement age. |
|
|
|||
Copyright © 2010 by Conrad Siegel Actuaries | 13 |
Penn Security Bank & Trust Co. Employee Stock Ownership Plan
(3) |
Early Retirement In the case of a participant who has attained age 55 and completed 10 years of service before his normal retirement age, the participants right to his account balance shall be 100% vested and nonforfeitable. Such participant may retire before his normal retirement age without the consent of the employer and receive payment of benefits from the plan. If a participant separates from service before satisfying the age requirement for early retirement, but has satisfied the service requirement, the participant shall be entitled to elect an early retirement benefit upon satisfaction of such age requirement. |
(4) |
Disability If a participant separates from service due to disability, such participants right to his account balance as of his date of disability shall be 100% vested and nonforfeitable. Disability means the participant has been determined by the Social Security Administration to be eligible for either full or partial Social Security disability benefits. |
(5) (A) |
Death In the event of the death of a participant who has an accrued benefit under the plan, (whether or not he is an active participant), 100% of the participants account balance as of the date of death shall be paid to his surviving spouse; except that, if there is no surviving spouse, or if the surviving spouse has already consented in a manner that is (or conforms to) a qualified election under the joint and survivor annuity provisions of Code section 417(a) and regulations issued pursuant thereto and as set forth in Section 5.2, then such balance shall be paid to the participants designated beneficiary. The payment options available to the beneficiary shall be those payment options available to the participant under Section 4.3(b), subject to any restriction created by the participant through the beneficiary designation form. |
(B) |
Beneficiary Designation Subject to the spousal consent requirements of Section 5.2, the participant shall have the right to designate his beneficiaries, including a contingent death beneficiary, and shall have the right at any time to change such beneficiaries. The designation shall be made in writing on a form signed by the participant and supplied by and filed with the plan administrator. If the participant fails to designate a beneficiary, or if the designated person or persons predecease the participant, beneficiary shall mean the spouse, children, parents, brothers and sisters, or estate of the participant, in the order listed. |
In the absence of a beneficiary designation duly filed with the plan administrator by a designated beneficiary, if a designated beneficiary dies after the participant has died but before the plan has commenced distribution to the designated beneficiary, the plan shall be administered as set forth in this paragraph. The death benefit will be paid to the designated beneficiarys estate in one lump sum. If the deceased designated beneficiary was not the participants surviving spouse, distribution will be completed by December 31 of the fifth year following the participants date of death. If the deceased designated beneficiary was the participants surviving spouse, distribution will be completed by December 31 of the fifth year following the beneficiarys date of death.
For purposes of this Section 4.2(a)(5), if a spouse or beneficiary of the participant dies simultaneously with the participant, the participant shall be deemed to be the survivor and to have died subsequent to such spouse or beneficiary. Likewise, if a beneficiary named by a designated beneficiary dies simultaneously with a designated beneficiary, the designated beneficiary shall be deemed to be the survivor and to have died subsequent to the beneficiary named by the designated beneficiary.
If a participant completes or has completed a beneficiary designation form in which the participant designates his spouse as the beneficiary and the participant and such spouse are legally divorced subsequent to the date of such designation; then, the designation shall be administered as if such spouse had predeceased the participant unless the participant, subsequent to the legal divorce, reaffirms the designation by completing a new beneficiary designation form.
(6) |
Termination From Service |
If a portion of a participants account is forfeited, corporate stock allocated to the participants corporate stock account must be forfeited only after any other investment allocable to the participant has been depleted. If interest in more than one class of corporate stock has been allocated to a participants account, the participant must be treated as forfeiting the same proportion of each such class.
(B) |
If a participant separates from the service of the employer other than by retirement, disability, or death, his vested interest in his employer contribution account shall be equal to the account balance multiplied by the vesting percentage determined based on his vesting years of service as follows: |
|
|
|||
Copyright © 2010 by Conrad Siegel Actuaries | 14 |
Penn Security Bank & Trust Co. Employee Stock Ownership Plan
Years of Service |
Vesting Percentage |
|
01 Year | 0% | |
2 | 20% | |
3 | 40% | |
4 | 60% | |
5 | 80% | |
6 or More Years | 100% |
(b) |
Forfeitures |
(1) |
Time of Forfeiture If a participant terminates employment before his account balance derived from employer contributions is fully vested, the nonvested portion of his account shall be forfeited on the earlier of: |
(A) |
The last day of the vesting computation period in which the participant first incurs 5 consecutive one-year breaks in service, or |
(B) |
The date the participant receives his entire vested accrued benefit. |
(2) |
Cashout Distributions and Restoration |
(A) |
Cashout Distribution If an employee terminates service and the value of his vested account balance derived from employer and employee contributions is not greater than $1,000, the employee shall receive a distribution of the value of the entire vested portion of such account balance and the nonvested portion will be treated as a forfeiture. If an employee would have received a distribution under the preceding sentence but for the fact that the employees vested account balance exceeded $1,000 when the employee terminated service and if at a later time such account balance is reduced such that it is not greater than $1,000, the employee will receive a distribution of such account balance and the nonvested portion will be treated as a forfeiture. For purposes of this section, if the value of an employees vested account balance is zero, he shall be deemed to have received a distribution of such vested account balance. Effective for distributions made on or after March 22, 1999, for the purpose of determining the value of a participants vested account balance, prior distributions shall be disregarded if distributions have not commenced under an optional form of payment described in Section 4.3. |
Effective for distributions made before March 28, 2005, if an employee terminated service and the value of his vested account balance derived from employer and employee contributions was not greater than $5,000, the employee received a distribution of the value of the entire vested portion of such account balance and the nonvested portion was treated as a forfeiture.
If an employee terminates service and elects, in accordance with the requirements of Section 4.3, to receive the value of his vested account balance, the nonvested portion shall be treated as a forfeiture as of the date of distribution. If the employee elects to have distributed less than the entire vested portion of the account balance derived from employer contributions, the part of the nonvested portion that will be treated as a forfeiture is the total nonvested portion multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the amount of the distribution attributable to employer contributions and the denominator of which is the total value of the vested employer-derived account balance.
(B) |
Restoration of Accounts If an employee receives a cashout distribution pursuant to this section and resumes employment covered under this plan before he incurs 5 consecutive one-year breaks in service, his employer-derived account balance shall be restored to the amount on the date of distribution, if he repays to the plan the full amount of the distribution attributable to employer contributions before the earlier of 5 years after the first date on which he is subsequently re-employed by the employer, or the date he incurs 5 consecutive one-year breaks in service following the date of the distribution. If an employee is deemed to receive a distribution pursuant to this Section 4.2(b)(2), and he resumes employment covered under this plan before he incurs 5 consecutive one-year breaks in service, upon the reemployment of such employee his employer-derived account balance will be restored to the amount on the date of such deemed distribution. |
|
|
|||
Copyright © 2010 by Conrad Siegel Actuaries | 15 |
Penn Security Bank & Trust Co. Employee Stock Ownership Plan
Any amount required to restore such forfeitures shall be deducted from forfeitures occurring in the plan year of restoration. If forfeitures are insufficient for the restoration, the employer may make a contribution to the plan for such plan year to satisfy the restoration. However, by the end of the plan year following the plan year of restoration, sufficient forfeitures or employer contributions shall be credited to the account to satisfy the restoration.
(c) |
Disposition of Forfeitures Forfeitures shall be reallocated among the eligible active participants at the end of the plan year in which such forfeitures occur in accordance with the allocation procedures set forth in Section 3.2. |
(d) |
Unclaimed Benefits |
(1) |
Forfeiture The plan does not require the trustee or the plan administrator to search for, or to ascertain the whereabouts of, any participant or beneficiary before a distribution is required under the provisions of Section 5.3. At the time the participants or beneficiarys benefit becomes distributable under the plan, the plan administrator, by certified or registered mail addressed to his last known address of record, shall notify any participant or beneficiary that he is entitled to a distribution under this plan. If the participant or beneficiary fails to claim his distributive share or make his whereabouts known in writing to the plan administrator within twelve months from the date of mailing of the notice, the plan administrator shall treat the participants or beneficiarys unclaimed payable accrued benefit as forfeited and shall reallocate such forfeiture in accordance with Section 4.2(c). A forfeiture under this paragraph shall occur at the end of the notice period or, if later, the earliest date applicable Treasury regulations would permit the forfeiture. These forfeiture provisions apply solely to the participants or beneficiarys accrued benefit derived from employer contributions. |
(2) |
Restoration If a participant or beneficiary who has incurred a forfeiture of his accrued benefit under the provisions of this Subsection makes a claim, at any time, for his forfeited accrued benefit, the plan administrator shall restore the participants or beneficiarys forfeited accrued benefit to the same dollar amount as the dollar amount of the accrued benefit forfeited, unadjusted for any gains or losses occurring after the date of the forfeiture. The plan administrator shall make the restoration during the plan year in which the participant or beneficiary makes the claim from forfeitures occurring in that plan year. If forfeitures are insufficient for the restoration, the employer shall make a contribution to the plan to satisfy the restoration. The plan administrator shall direct the trustee to distribute the participants or beneficiarys restored accrued benefit to him not later than 60 days after the close of the plan year in which the plan administrator restores the forfeited accrued benefit. |
Section 4.3 Payment of Participant Accounts
(a) |
Time of Payment |
(1) |
Commencement of Benefits Unless the participant elects otherwise, distribution of benefits shall begin no later than the 60th day after the latest of the close of the plan year in which: |
(A) |
The participant attains age 65 (or normal retirement age, if earlier); |
(B) |
Occurs the 10th anniversary of the year in which the participant commenced participation in the plan; or |
(C) |
the participant terminates service with the employer, (i.e. late retirement). |
(2) |
Payment Upon Retirement, Disability, or Death Subject to the provisions set forth in Section 4.3(a)(1), in the Joint and Survivor Requirements of Section 5.2, and in the Distribution Requirements of Section 5.3, if the participant terminates employment due to retirement, disability, or death, his account shall be paid as soon as administratively possible after the occurrence of the event creating the right to a distribution. |
(3) |
Payment Upon Other Termination of Employment Subject to the provisions set forth in Section 4.3(a)(1) and in the Distribution Requirements of Section 5.3, if the participant terminates employment other than by retirement, disability, or death, his account shall be paid as soon as administratively possible after the end of the plan year in which severance of employment occurs. However, no distribution shall include any corporate stock acquired with the proceeds of an exempt loan until the close of the plan year in which such loan is repaid in full. |
|
|
|||
Copyright © 2010 by Conrad Siegel Actuaries |
|
16
|
|
Penn Security Bank & Trust Co. Employee Stock Ownership Plan
(4) |
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the failure of a participant (or spouse where the spouses consent is required) to consent to a distribution while a benefit is immediately distributable, within the meaning of Section 5.2(a), shall be deemed to be an election to defer commencement of payment of any benefit sufficient to satisfy this section. |
(b) |
Period for Distribution of Benefits |
(1) |
The plan administrator, pursuant to the written election of the participant (or if no election has been made prior to the participants death, by his beneficiary), shall direct the trustee to distribute to a participant or his beneficiary any amount to which he is entitled under the plan in one of the following methods. If the distribution exceeds $5,000, to the extent it is attributable to corporate stock, the election shall be subject to Section 4.3(b)(2). |
If a distribution is required under the Distribution Requirements of Section 5.3, the participant fails to elect a form of payment, and the vested balance of the account exceeds $5,000, the trustee shall pay the benefit in installment payments over the period described in Section 4.3(b)(2). However if no portion of the distribution is attributable to corporate stock, the trustee shall pay the benefit in installment payments that meet the requirements of Section 5.3 over the joint life and last survivor expectancy of the participant and his designated beneficiary. If the vested balance of the account(s) does not exceed $5,000, the trustee shall distribute the entire account balance in a lump sum.
(A) |
A Lump Sum Payment - A lump sum benefit payment. If the vested accrued benefit is no more than $1,000, benefits shall automatically be paid in a lump sum. |
(B) |
Installment Payments over a period of years that meets the Distribution Requirements of Section 5.3 in annual installments. |
(2) |
Unless the participant elects in writing a longer distribution period, distributions to a participant or his beneficiary attributable to corporate stock shall be in substantially equal annual installments over a period not longer than five years. In the case of a participant with an account balance attributable to corporate stock in excess of $985,000, the 5-year period shall be extended one additional year (but not more than five additional years) for each $195,000 or fraction thereof by which such balance exceeds $985,000. These dollar limits shall be adjusted at the same time and in the same manner as provided in Code section 415(d). |
(c) |
General Payment Provisions |
(1) |
Any part of a participants benefit that is retained in the plan after the allocation date on which his participation ends will continue to be treated as a corporate stock account, other investment account, or directed investment account subject to Section 4.2(a)(6)(A). However, no further employer contributions or forfeitures will be credited. |
(2) |
All distributions due to be made under this plan shall be made on the basis of the amount to the credit of the participant as of the accounting date coincident with or immediately preceding the occurrence of the event calling for a distribution. If a distributable event occurs after an allocation date and before allocations have been made to the account of the participant, the distribution shall also include the amounts allocable to the account as of such allocation date. |
(3) |
If any person entitled to receive benefits hereunder is physically or mentally incapable of receiving or acknowledging receipt thereof, and if a legal guardian or power of attorney has been appointed for him, the plan administrator may direct the benefit payment to be made to such legal representative. The plan administrator may cause benefits to be paid to any other individual recognized by the state law under which the plan trust has been established. |
In the event a distribution is to be made to a minor beneficiary, then the plan administrator may direct that such distribution be paid to the legal guardian, or if none, to a parent of such beneficiary or a responsible adult with whom the beneficiary maintains his residence, or to the custodian for such beneficiary under the Uniform Gift to Minors Act or the Gift to Minors Act, if such is permitted by the laws of the state in which said beneficiary resides. Such a payment to the legal guardian, custodian or parent of a minor beneficiary shall fully discharge the trustee, employer, plan administrator, and plan from further liability on account thereof.
(4) |
Each optional form of benefit provided under the plan shall be made available to all participants on a nondiscriminatory basis. The plan may not retroactively reduce or eliminate optional forms of benefits and any other Code section 411(d)(6) protected benefits, except as provided in Regulation section 1.411(d)-4, Q&A-2(b) and in other relief granted statutorily or by the Commissioner of Internal Revenue. |
|
|
|||
Copyright © 2010 by Conrad Siegel Actuaries | 17 |
Penn Security Bank & Trust Co. Employee Stock Ownership Plan
(5) |
The participants election of a form of benefit payment shall be irrevocable as of the annuity starting date, subject to the notice requirements contained in Section 4.3(e). |
(6) |
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary if the board of directors of the corporation acting in a nondiscriminatory manner shall so direct, cash dividends on shares of corporate stock shall be paid directly in cash to the participants in the plan or such dividends shall be paid to the plan and distributed in cash to participants within 90 days after the close of the plan year in which the dividend is paid. In the absence of any direction from the board of directors of the corporation, cash dividends in corporate stock shall be paid to the plan and allocated to participants accounts. |
(d) |
Eligible Rollover Distributions |
Effective for distributions made on or after January 1, 1993, notwithstanding the optional forms of payment listed in Section 4.3(b), a distributee may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the plan administrator, to have any portion of an eligible rollover distribution paid directly to an eligible retirement plan specified by the distributee in a direct rollover.
(1) |
Eligible Rollover Distribution An eligible rollover distribution is any distribution of all or any portion of the balance to the credit of the distributee, except that an eligible rollover distribution does not include: any distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the distributee or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the distributee and the distributees designated beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten years or more; any distribution to the extent such distribution is required under Code section 401(a)(9), the portion of any distribution that is not includable in gross income (determined without regard to the exclusion for net unrealized appreciation with respect to employer securities); a dividend distributed from the plan; any hardship withdrawal made on or after January 1, 1999 from a participants employee 401(k) elective deferral account before he has attained age 59 1 / 2 ; any hardship withdrawal made on or after January 1, 2002 from any account; and any other distribution(s) that is reasonably expected to total less than $200 during a year. |
Effective for distributions made on or after January 1, 2002, a portion of a distribution shall not fail to be an eligible rollover distribution merely because the portion consists of after-tax employee contributions that are not includible in gross income. However, such portion may be transferred only to an individual retirement account or annuity described in Code section 408(a) or (b), or to a qualified defined contribution plan described in Code section 401(a) or 403(a) that agrees to separately account for amounts so transferred, including separately accounting for the portion of such distribution that is includible in gross income and the portion of such distribution that is not so includible.
(2) |
Eligible Retirement Plan An eligible retirement plan is an individual retirement account described in Code section 408(a), an individual retirement annuity described in Code section 408(b), an annuity plan described in Code section 403(a), or a qualified plan described in Code section 401(a), that accepts the distributees eligible rollover distribution. Effective for distributions made on or after January 1, 2002, an eligible retirement plan shall also mean an annuity contract described in Code section 403(b) or an eligible plan under Code section 457(b) that is maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state and that agrees to separately account for amounts transferred into such plan from this plan. |
Effective for distributions made on or after January 1, 2008, an eligible retirement plan includes a Roth individual retirement account (Roth IRA) described in Code section 408A. However, for distributions before January 1, 2010, a distributee shall not be allowed to make a qualified rollover contribution to a Roth IRA from the plan if, for the taxable year of the distribution to which such contribution relates the distributees adjusted gross income exceeds $100,000, or the distributee is a married individual filing a separate return.
(3) |
Distributee A distributee includes an employee or former employee. In addition, the employees or former employees surviving spouse and the employees or former employees spouse or former spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Code section 414(p), are distributees with regard to the interest of the spouse or former spouse. Effective for death benefit distributions made on or after January 1, 2007, a distributee shall include a nonspouse beneficiary but only with respect to a direct transfer to an inherited individual retirement account or annuity that is established on his behalf and that will be treated as an inherited individual retirement account or annuity pursuant to the provisions of Code section 402(c)(11). |
|
|
|||
Copyright © 2010 by Conrad Siegel Actuaries | 18 |
Penn Security Bank & Trust Co. Employee Stock Ownership Plan
(4) |
Direct Rollover A direct rollover is a payment by the plan to the eligible retirement plan specified by the distributee. |
(e) |
Payment Election Procedures |
As described in Section 5.2(a), an account balance in excess of $1,000 ($5,000 for distributions prior to March 28, 2005) shall not be immediately distributed without the consent of the participant. The participant shall receive the notice required under Regulation section 1.411(a)-11(c) no less than 30 days and no more than 180 days before the annuity starting date with respect to the distribution. Effective for notices issued on or after January 1, 2007, the written explanation shall include a description of the consequences of failing to defer receipt of the distribution. Effective for distributions made on or after January 1, 1993, for any distribution in excess of $200, the plan administrator shall give the participant notice of his eligible rollover distribution rights. The participant shall receive such notice in the same time period as the 411 notice is required to be provided. Effective for distributions made on or after January 1, 1994, if a distribution is one to which Code sections 401(a)(11) and 417 do not apply, such distribution may commence less than 30 days after the 411 notice is given, provided that:
(1) |
The plan administrator clearly informs the participant that the participant has a right to a period of at least 30 days after receiving the notice to consider the decision of whether or not to elect a distribution (and, if applicable, a particular distribution option), and |
(2) |
The participant, after receiving the notice, affirmatively elects a distribution. |
(f) |
Form of Distribution |
(1) |
Distribution of a participants benefit may be made in cash or corporate stock or both, provided, however, that if a participant or beneficiary so demands, such benefit (other than corporate stock reinvested pursuant to Section 3.4(c)) shall be distributed only in the form of corporate stock. Prior to making a distribution of benefits, the plan administrator shall advise the participant or his beneficiary, in writing, of the right to demand that benefits be distributed solely in corporate stock. In the case of a cashout distribution made pursuant to Section 4.2(b)(2)(A), the distribution shall be made in cash. |
(2) |
If a participant or beneficiary demands that benefits be distributed solely in corporate stock, distribution of a participants benefit will be made entirely in whole shares or other units of corporate stock. If the corporate stock consists of more than one class, the participant will receive substantially the same proportion of each such class. Any balance in a participants other investments account will be applied to acquire for distribution the maximum number of whole shares or other units of corporate stock at the then fair market value. Any fractional unit value unexpended will be distributed in cash. If corporate stock is not available for purchase by the trustee, then the trustee shall hold such balance until corporate stock is acquired and then make such distribution, subject to Sections 4.3(a)(1), 5.2 and 5.3. |
(3) |
The trustee shall make distribution from the trust only on instructions from the plan administrator. |
(4) |
Put Option Shares of corporate stock are currently publicly traded securities. In the event the securities cease to be publicly traded or become subject to certain restrictions so that the securities are not freely tradable, then the employer will honor a put option for such securities. The employers obligation to purchase distributed corporate stock shall be as described in Section 5.5(e). |
(5) |
Right of First Refusal There is no right of first refusal at this time with respect to the corporate stock. |
Section 4.4 In-Service Payments
(a) |
Withdrawals No payments other than cash dividends on shares of corporate stock paid pursuant to Section 3.4(a) and distributions pursuant to an election under Section 3.4(c) shall be made before separation from service. |
(b) |
Participant Loans No participant loans shall be permitted under this plan. |
|
|
|||
Copyright © 2010 by Conrad Siegel Actuaries | 19 |
Penn Security Bank & Trust Co. Employee Stock Ownership Plan
Section 4.5 Distributions under Domestic Relations Orders
Nothing contained in this plan prevents the trustee, in accordance with the direction of the plan administrator, from complying with the provisions of a qualified domestic relations order (as defined in Code section 414(p)). A distribution will not be made to an alternate payee until the participant attains (or would have attained) his earliest retirement age. For this purpose, earliest retirement age means the earlier of: (1) the date on which the participant is entitled to a distribution under this plan; or (2) the later of the date the participant attains age 50 or the earliest date on which the participant could begin receiving benefits under this plan if the participant separated from service.
Nothing in this Section gives a participant a right to receive distribution at a time otherwise not permitted under the plan nor does it permit the alternate payee to receive a form of payment not otherwise permitted under the plan.
The plan administrator shall establish reasonable procedures to determine the qualified status of a domestic relations order. Upon receiving a domestic relations order, the plan administrator promptly will notify the participant and any alternate payee named in the order, in writing, of the receipt of the order and the plans procedures for determining the qualified status of the order. Within a reasonable period of time after receiving the domestic relations order, the plan administrator shall determine the qualified status of the order and shall notify the participant and each alternate payee, in writing, of its determination. The plan administrator shall provide notice under this paragraph by mailing to the individuals address specified in the domestic relations order, or in a manner consistent with Department of Labor regulations.
If any portion of the participants nonforfeitable accrued benefit is payable during the period the plan administrator is making its determination of the qualified status of the domestic relations order, the plan administrator shall make a separate accounting of the amounts payable. If the plan administrator determines the order is a qualified domestic relations order within 18 months of the date amounts first are payable following receipt of the order, it shall direct the trustee to distribute the payable amounts in accordance with the order. If the plan administrator does not make its determination of the qualified status of the order within the 18-month determination period, it shall direct the trustee to distribute the payable amounts in the manner the plan would distribute if the order did not exist and shall apply the order prospectively if it later determines the order is a qualified domestic relations order.
ARTICLE V ADDITIONAL QUALIFICATION RULES
Section 5.1 Limitations on Allocations under Code Section 415
(a) |
Single Plan Limitations |
(1) |
If the participant does not participate in, and has never participated in another qualified plan maintained by the employer, or a welfare benefit fund (as defined in Code section 419(e)) maintained by the employer, or an individual medical account (as defined in Code section 415(l)(2)) maintained by the employer, or a simplified employee pension (as defined in Code section 408(k)) maintained by the employer, that provides an annual addition as defined in Section 5.1(c)(1), the amount of annual additions that may be credited to the participants account for any limitation year will not exceed the lesser of the maximum permissible amount or any other limitation contained in this plan. If the employer contribution that would otherwise be contributed or allocated to the participants account would cause the annual additions for the limitation year to exceed the maximum permissible amount, the amount contributed or allocated will be reduced so that the annual additions for the limitation year will equal the maximum permissible amount. |
(2) |
Prior to determining the participants actual compensation for the limitation year, the employer may determine the maximum permissible amount for a participant on the basis of a reasonable estimation of the participants compensation for the limitation year, uniformly determined for all participants similarly situated. |
(3) |
As soon as is administratively feasible after the end of the limitation year, the maximum permissible amount for the limitation year will be determined on the basis of the participants actual compensation for the limitation year. |
(4) |
If a participant elects to make employee nondeductible contributions or elective deferrals that together with any contribution the employer is obligated to make under the terms of this plan (including pursuant to any published discretionary contribution) would otherwise cause the annual additions for the limitation year to exceed the maximum permissible amount, the contribution election of the participant shall be limited before any employer contribution is reduced so that the annual additions for the limitation year will equal the maximum permissible amount. |
|
|
|||
Copyright © 2010 by Conrad Siegel Actuaries | 20 |
Penn Security Bank & Trust Co. Employee Stock Ownership Plan
(b) |
Combined Limitations Other Defined Contribution Plan |
(1) |
This Section 5.1(b) applies if, in addition to this plan, the participant is covered under another qualified defined contribution plan maintained by the employer, a welfare benefit fund maintained by the employer, an individual medical account maintained by the employer, or a simplified employee pension maintained by the employer, that provides an annual addition as defined in Section 5.1(c)(1), during any limitation year. The annual additions that may be credited to a participants account under this plan for any such limitation year will not exceed the maximum permissible amount reduced by the annual additions credited to a participants account under the other qualified defined contribution plans, welfare benefit funds, individual medical accounts, and simplified employee pensions for the same limitation year. If the annual additions with respect to the participant under other qualified defined contribution plans, welfare benefit funds, individual medical accounts, and simplified employee pensions maintained by the employer are less than the maximum permissible amount and the employer contribution that would otherwise be contributed or allocated to the participants account under this plan would cause the annual additions for the limitation year to exceed this limitation, the amount contributed or allocated will be reduced so that the annual additions under all such plans and funds for the limitation year will equal the maximum permissible amount. If the annual additions with respect to the participant under such other qualified defined contribution plans, welfare benefit funds, individual medical accounts, and simplified employee pensions in the aggregate are equal to or greater than the maximum permissible amount, no amount will be contributed or allocated to the participants account under this plan for the limitation year. |
(2) |
Prior to determining the participants actual compensation for the limitation year, the employer may determine the maximum permissible amount for a participant in the manner described in Section 5.1(a)(2). |
(3) |
As soon as is administratively feasible after the end of the limitation year, the maximum permissible amount for the limitation year will be determined on the basis of the participants actual compensation for the limitation year. |
(4) |
If, pursuant to Section 5.1(b)(3) or as a result of the allocation of forfeitures, a participants annual additions under this plan and such other plans would result in an excess amount for a limitation year, the excess amount will be deemed to consist of the annual additions last allocated, except that annual additions attributable to a simplified employee pension will be deemed to have been allocated first, followed by annual additions to a welfare benefit fund or individual medical account, regardless of the actual allocation date. |
(5) |
If an allocation date of this plan coincides with an allocation date of another plan and the employee or employer contribution that would otherwise be contributed or allocated to a participants account under the plans would cause the annual additions for the limitation year to exceed the maximum permissible amount, Section 3.1(c) shall control which contribution or allocation will be reduced so that the annual additions for the limitation year will equal the maximum permissible amount. |
(c) |
Definitions (Code Section 415 Limitations) |
(1) |
Annual Additions The sum of the following amounts credited to a participants account for the limitation year: (A) employer contributions; (B) employee contributions (excluding catch-up contributions made in accordance with Code section 414(v)); (C) forfeitures; (D) amounts allocated to an individual medical account (as defined in Code section 415(l)(2)), that is part of a pension or annuity plan maintained by the employer are treated as annual additions to a defined contribution plan; and (E) allocations under a simplified employee pension. Also, amounts derived from contributions paid or accrued that are attributable to postretirement medical benefits allocated to the separate account of a key employee (as defined in Code section 419A(d)(3)) under a welfare benefit fund (as defined in Code section 419(e)) maintained by the employer are treated as annual additions to a defined contribution plan. |
For this purpose, any excess amount applied under Section 5.1(a)(4) or (b)(6) in the limitation year to increase the accounts of participants who did not have an excess amount or to reduce employer contributions will be considered annual additions for such limitation year.
Restorative payments allocated to a participants account including restorative payments made pursuant to Section 4.2(b)(2)(B) and payments made to restore losses to the plan resulting from actions (or a failure to act) by a fiduciary for which there is a reasonable risk of liability under ERISA or under other applicable federal or state law (where similarly situated participants are treated similarly) shall not give rise to an annual addition for any limitation year.
|
|
|||
Copyright © 2010 by Conrad Siegel Actuaries | 21 |
Penn Security Bank & Trust Co. Employee Stock Ownership Plan
To the extent the employer is a C corporation, annual additions shall not include forfeitures of corporate stock that were purchased with the proceeds of an exempt loan nor shall they include employer contributions applied to the payment of interest on an exempt loan and charged against a participants account if no more than one-third of the employer contribution for the limitation year is allocated to the account of highly compensated employees. Further, annual additions shall not include dividends received by the plan with respect to corporate stock as such proceeds constitute earnings on a plan asset and are allocable as such.
Annual additions may be calculated with respect to employer contributions of both principal and interest used to repay an exempt loan; however, if the amount would be less, annual additions shall be determined using the fair market value of corporate stock released from the suspense account on account of the exempt loan repayment and allocated to participants for the limitation year.
(2) |
Compensation A participants earned income and any earnings reportable as W-2 wages for federal income tax withholding purposes that are paid by the employer. W-2 wages means wages as defined in Code section 3401(a) but determined without regard to any rules that limit the remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location of the employment or the services performed (such as the exception for agricultural labor in Code section 3401(a)(2)). |
For purposes of applying the limitations of this Section 5.1, compensation for a limitation year is the compensation actually paid or includable in gross income during such limitation year.
For limitation years beginning after December 31, 2008, compensation for a limitation year shall include amounts paid as differential wages to a participant on qualified military service leave of more than 30 days and otherwise meeting the requirements of Code section 3401(h)(2).
Compensation in excess of the limitations of Section 1.2(c) shall not be taken into account. In order to be taken into account for a limitation year, compensation must be paid or treated as paid prior to severance from employment with the employer. Effective for limitation years beginning on or after July 1, 2007, an includable payment shall be treated as paid prior to severance from employment if it is paid by the later of 2 1 / 2 months after severance or the last day of the limitation year that includes the severance date. For this purpose, includable payments are those that absent the severance would have been paid and are regular compensation for services during regular working hours or outside working hours (such as overtime or shift differentials), commissions, bonuses, or other similar compensation. Includable payments shall also include accrued sick, vacation, or other leave if such payments would have been included in compensation as defined in Section 1.2 if they were paid prior to the employees severance from employment.
Compensation shall include elective contributions as defined in Section 1.2(a) and elective contributions under a Code section 501(c)(18) plan. Elective contribution amounts under a cafeteria plan excludable under Code section 125 shall include any amounts not available to a participant in cash in lieu of group health coverage because the participant is unable to certify that he has other health coverage (deemed section 125 compensation). An amount will be treated as an amount under Code section 125 only if the employer does not request or collect information regarding the participants other health coverage as part of the enrollment process for the health plan.
Notwithstanding the preceding, compensation for a participant in a defined contribution plan who is permanently and totally disabled (as defined in Code section 22(e)(3)) is the compensation such participant would have received for the limitation year if the participant had been paid at the rate of compensation paid immediately before becoming permanently and totally disabled; such imputed compensation for the disabled participant may be taken into account only if contributions made on behalf of such participant are nonforfeitable when made.
(3) |
Defined Contribution Dollar Limitation $40,000, as adjusted under Code section 415(d) for limitation years beginning after December 31, 2002. The defined contribution dollar limitation is $30,000, as adjusted under Code section 415(d) for limitation years beginning before January 1, 2003. |
(4) |
Employer For purposes of this Section 5.1, employer shall mean the employer as defined in Section 1.5(b) but including all members of a controlled group of corporations as defined in Code section 414(b) as modified by Code section 415(h) and all commonly controlled trades or businesses as defined in Code section 414(c) as modified by Code section 415(h). |
(5) |
Excess Amount The excess of the participants annual additions for the limitation year over the maximum permissible amount. |
|
|
|||
Copyright © 2010 by Conrad Siegel Actuaries | 22 |
Penn Security Bank & Trust Co. Employee Stock Ownership Plan
(6) |
Limitation Year The 12-consecutive-month period defined in Section 1.3(f). All qualified defined contribution plans maintained by the employer must use the same limitation year. If the limitation year is amended to a different 12-consecutive-month period, the new limitation year must begin on a date within the limitation year in which the amendment is made. |
(7) |
Maximum Permissible Amount For limitation years beginning before January 1, 2002, the maximum annual addition that may be contributed or allocated to a participants account under the plan for any limitation year shall not exceed the lesser of: (A) the applicable defined contribution dollar limitation, or (B) 25% of the participants compensation for the limitation year. |
For limitation years beginning on or after January 1, 2002, the maximum annual addition that may be contributed or allocated to a participants account under the plan for any limitation year shall not exceed the lesser of:
(A) |
the defined contribution dollar limitation as defined in Section 5.1(c)(3); or |
(B) |
100% of the participants compensation for the limitation year. |
The compensation limitation referred to in (B) shall not apply to any contribution for medical benefits after separation from service (within the meaning of Code section 401(h) or Code section 419A(f)(2)) that is otherwise treated as an annual addition under Code section 415(l)(1) or 419A(d)(2).
If a short limitation year is created because of an amendment changing the limitation year to a different 12-consecutive-month period, the maximum permissible amount will not exceed the defined contribution dollar limitation multiplied by the following fraction:
Number of months in the short limitation year
12
Section 5.2 Joint and Survivor Annuity Requirements
No annuity form of payment is provided under Section 4.3(b) and no direct or indirect transfer is accepted under Section 3.3 from a defined benefit plan, money purchase pension plan (including a target benefit plan), stock bonus or profit sharing plan that would otherwise have provided for a life annuity form of payment to any participant; therefore, the joint and survivor annuity requirements of Code section 401(a)(11) and 417 shall not apply to this plan, except as provided in this Section 5.2.
(a) |
Restrictions on Immediate Distributions If the value of a participants vested account balance derived from employer and employee contributions (1) in plan years beginning before January 1, 2002, exceeded $3,500 or (2) in plan years beginning after December 31, 2001, exceeds $5,000, and the account balance is immediately distributable, the participant (or where the participant has died, the participants spouse) must consent to any distribution of such account balance. Effective for distributions made on or after March 22, 1999, for the purpose of determining the value of a participants vested account balance, prior distributions shall be disregarded if distributions have not commenced under an optional form of payment described in Section 4.3. The consent of the participant (or the participants surviving spouse) shall be obtained in writing within the 180-day period ending on the annuity starting date. The annuity starting date is the first day of the first period for which an amount is paid in any form. The plan administrator shall notify the participant (or the participants surviving spouse) of the right to defer any distribution until the participants account balance is no longer immediately distributable. Such notification shall include a general description of the material features, and an explanation of the relative values of, the optional forms of benefit available under the plan in a manner that would satisfy the notice requirements of Code section 417(a)(3), and shall be provided no less than 30 days and no more than 180 days prior to the annuity starting date. However, distribution may commence less than 30 days after the notice described in the preceding sentence is given, provided the distribution is one to which Code sections 401(a)(11) and 417 do not apply, the plan administrator clearly informs the participant that the participant has a right to a period of at least 30 days after receiving the notice to consider the decision of whether or not to elect a distribution (and, if applicable, a particular distribution option), and the participant, after receiving the notice, affirmatively elects a distribution. |
|
|
|||
Copyright © 2010 by Conrad Siegel Actuaries | 23 |
Penn Security Bank & Trust Co. Employee Stock Ownership Plan
Neither the consent of the participant nor the participants spouse shall be required to the extent that a distribution is required to satisfy Code section 401(a)(9) or section 415. In addition, upon termination of this plan if the plan does not offer an annuity option (purchased from a commercial provider) and if the employer or any entity within the same controlled group as the employer does not maintain another defined contribution plan, the participants account balance will, without the participants consent, be distributed to the participant. However, if any entity within the same controlled group as the employer maintains another defined contribution plan, the participants account balance will be transferred, without the participants consent, to the other plan if the participant does not consent to an immediate distribution.
An account balance is immediately distributable if any part of the account balance could be distributed to the participant (or surviving spouse) before the participant attains (or would have attained if not deceased) the later of normal retirement age or age 62.
(b) |
Safe Harbor Rules This Section 5.2(b) shall apply to a participant in this employee stock ownership plan. This plan satisfies and shall continue to satisfy the following conditions: (1) the participant cannot elect payments in the form of a life annuity; and (2) on the death of a participant, the participants vested account balance will be paid to the participants surviving spouse, but if there is no surviving spouse, or if the surviving spouse has consented in a manner conforming to a qualified election, then to the participants designated beneficiary. The surviving spouse may elect to have distribution of the vested account balance commence within the 180-day period following the date of the participants death. The account balance shall be adjusted for gains or losses occurring after the participants death in accordance with the provisions of the plan governing the adjustment of account balances for other types of distributions. |
(1) |
The participant may waive the spousal death benefit described in this Section 5.2(b) at any time provided that no such waiver shall be effective unless it satisfies the conditions of Section 5.2(c)(1) that would apply to the participants waiver of the qualified preretirement survivor annuity. |
(2) |
For purposes of this Section 5.2(b), vested account balance shall have the same meaning as provided in Section 5.2(c)(3). |
(c) |
Definitions (Code Section 417 Requirements) |
(1) |
Qualified Election A waiver of a qualified preretirement survivor annuity. Any waiver of a qualified preretirement survivor annuity shall not be effective unless: (a) the participants spouse consents in writing to the election; (b) the election designates a specific beneficiary, including any class of beneficiaries or any contingent beneficiaries, that may not be changed without spousal consent (or the spouse expressly permits designations by the participant without any further spousal consent); (c) the spouses consent acknowledges the effect of the election; and (d) the spouses consent is witnessed by a plan representative or notary public. If it is established to the satisfaction of a plan representative that there is no spouse or that the spouse cannot be located, a waiver will be deemed a qualified election. |
Any consent by a spouse obtained under this provision (or establishment that the consent of a spouse may not be obtained) shall be effective only with respect to such spouse. A consent that permits designations by the participant without any requirement of further consent by such spouse must acknowledge that the spouse has the right to limit consent to a specific beneficiary, and a specific form of benefit where applicable, and that the spouse voluntarily elects to relinquish either or both of such rights. A revocation of a prior waiver may be made by a participant without the consent of the spouse at any time before the commencement of benefits. The number of revocations shall not be limited.
(2) |
Spouse (Surviving Spouse) The spouse or surviving spouse of the participant, provided that a former spouse will be treated as the spouse or surviving spouse and a current spouse will not be treated as the spouse or surviving spouse to the extent provided under a qualified domestic relations order as described in Code section 414(p). |
(3) |
Vested Account Balance The aggregate value of the participants vested account balances derived from employer and employee contributions (including rollovers), whether vested before or upon death, including the proceeds of insurance contracts, if any, on the participants life. The provisions of this Section 5.2 shall apply to a participant who is vested in amounts attributable to employer contributions, employee contributions, or both at the time of death or distribution. |
Section 5.3 Distribution Requirements
Subject to Section 5.2 Joint and Survivor Annuity Requirements, the requirements of this Section 5.3 shall apply to any distribution of a participants interest and will take precedence over any inconsistent provisions of this plan.
|
|
|||
Copyright © 2010 by Conrad Siegel Actuaries | 24 |
Penn Security Bank & Trust Co. Employee Stock Ownership Plan
With respect to distributions under the plan made on or after August 1, 2002 for calendar years beginning on or after January 1, 2002, the plan will apply the minimum distribution requirements as set forth in this Section 5.3. Distributions made prior to August 1, 2002 are subject to the provisions of the plan as in effect before this amendment and restatement of the plan. If the total amount of required minimum distributions made to a participant for 2002 prior to August 1, 2002 are equal to or greater than the amount of required minimum distributions determined under this Section 5.3, then no additional distributions are required for such participant for 2002 on or after such date. If the total amount of required minimum distributions made to a participant for 2002 prior to August 1, 2002 are less than the amount determined under this Section 5.3, then the amount of required minimum distributions for 2002 on or after such date will be determined so that the total amount of required minimum distributions for 2002 is the amount determined under this Section 5.3.
The requirements of this Section 5.3 shall not apply for the calendar year 2009. The required beginning date with respect to any individual shall be determined without regard to this paragraph for purposes of applying this Section 5.3 for calendar years after 2009. To the extent that a participants entire interest is otherwise required to be distributed to a beneficiary by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the participants death, such 5-year period shall be determined without regard to calendar year 2009.
(a) |
Required Beginning Date The entire interest of a participant must be distributed or begin to be distributed no later than the participants required beginning date. |
(b) |
Limits on Distribution Periods As of the first distribution calendar year, distributions, if not made in a single sum, may only be made over one of the following periods (or a combination thereof): |
(1) |
the life of the participant; |
(2) |
the life of the participant and a designated beneficiary; |
(3) |
a period certain not extending beyond the life expectancy of the participant; or |
(4) |
a period certain not extending beyond the joint life and last survivor expectancy of the participant and a designated beneficiary. |
(c) |
Death of Participant Before Distributions Begin If the participant dies before distributions begin, the participants entire interest will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, no later than as follows: |
(1) |
If the participants surviving spouse is the participants sole designated beneficiary, then distributions to the surviving spouse will begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the participant died, or by December 31 of the calendar year in which the participant would have attained age 70 1 / 2 , if later. If the surviving spouse so elects, the participants entire interest will be distributed to such surviving spouse by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the participants death. If no election is received, distributions to the surviving spouse will begin by December 31 of the calendar year in which the participant would have attained age 70 1 / 2 , or the participants entire interest will be distributed to such surviving spouse by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the participants death, if later. |
(2) |
If the participants surviving spouse is not the participants sole designated beneficiary, then distributions to the designated beneficiary will begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the participant died. If the designated beneficiary so elects or if no election is received, the participants entire interest will be distributed to such designated beneficiary by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the participants death. |
(3) |
If there is no designated beneficiary as of September 30 of the year following the year of the participants death, the participants entire interest will be distributed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the participants death. |
(4) |
If the participants surviving spouse is the participants sole designated beneficiary and the surviving spouse dies after the participant but before distributions to the surviving spouse begin, this Section 5.3(c), other than Section 5.3(c)(1), will apply as if the surviving spouse were the participant. |
For purposes of this Section 5.3(c) and Section 5.3(f), unless Section 5.3(c)(4) applies, distributions are considered to begin on the participants required beginning date. If Section 5.3(c)(4) applies, distributions are considered to begin on the date distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse under Section 5.3(c)(1).
(d) |
Forms of Distribution Unless the participants interest is distributed in a single sum on or before the required beginning date, as of the first distribution calendar year distributions will be made in accordance with Section 5.3(e) and (f). |
|
|
|||
Copyright © 2010 by Conrad Siegel Actuaries | 25 |
Penn Security Bank & Trust Co. Employee Stock Ownership Plan
(e) |
Required Minimum Distributions During Participants Lifetime If a participants benefit is to be distributed over (1) a period not extending beyond the life expectancy of the participant or the joint life and last survivor expectancy of the participant and the participants designated beneficiary or (2) a period not extending beyond the life expectancy of the designated beneficiary, the amount required to be distributed for each calendar year, beginning with distributions for the first distribution calendar year, must at least equal the quotient obtained by dividing the participants benefit by the applicable life expectancy. |
(1) |
Amount of Required Minimum Distribution For Each Distribution Calendar Year During the participants lifetime, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year is the lesser of: |
(A) |
The quotient obtained by dividing the participants account balance by the distribution period in the Uniform Lifetime Table set forth in Regulation section 1.401(a)(9)-9, using the participants age as of the participants birthday in the distribution calendar year; or |
(B) |
If the participants sole designated beneficiary for the distribution calendar year is the participants spouse, the quotient obtained by dividing the participants account balance by the number in the Joint and Last Survivor Table set forth in Regulation section 1.401(a)(9)-9, using the participants and spouses attained ages as of the participants and spouses birthdays in the distribution calendar year. |
(2) |
Lifetime Required Minimum Distributions Continue Through Year of Participants Death Required minimum distributions will be determined under this Section 5.3(e) beginning with the first distribution calendar year and up to and including the distribution calendar year that includes the participants date of death. |
(f) |
Required Minimum Distributions After Participants Death |
(1) |
Death On or After Date Distributions Begin If the participant dies after distribution of his interest has begun, the remaining portion of such interest will continue to be distributed at least as rapidly as under the method of distribution being used prior to the participants death. |
(A) |
Participant Survived by Designated Beneficiary If the participant dies on or after the date distributions begin and there is a designated beneficiary, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year after the year of the participants death is the quotient obtained by dividing the participants account balance by the longer of the remaining life expectancy of the participant or the remaining life expectancy of the participants designated beneficiary, determined as follows: |
(i) |
The participants remaining life expectancy is calculated using the age of the participant in the year of death, reduced by one for each subsequent year. |
(ii) |
If the participants surviving spouse is the participants sole designated beneficiary, the remaining life expectancy of the surviving spouse is calculated for each distribution calendar year after the year of the participants death using the surviving spouses age as of the spouses birthday in that year. For distribution calendar years after the year of the surviving spouses death, the remaining life expectancy of the surviving spouse is calculated using the age of the surviving spouse as of the spouses birthday in the calendar year of the spouses death, reduced by one for each subsequent calendar year. |
(iii) |
If the participants surviving spouse is not the participants sole designated beneficiary, the designated beneficiarys remaining life expectancy is calculated using the age of the beneficiary in the year following the year of the participants death, reduced by one for each subsequent year. |
(B) |
No Designated Beneficiary If the participant dies on or after the date distributions begin and there is no designated beneficiary as of September 30 of the year after the year of the participants death, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year after the year of the participants death is the quotient obtained by dividing the participants account balance by the participants remaining life expectancy calculated using the age of the participant in the year of death, reduced by one for each subsequent year. |
(2) |
Death Before Date Distributions Begin |
(A) |
Participant Survived by Designated Beneficiary If the participant dies before the date distributions begin and there is a designated beneficiary, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year after the year of the participants death is the quotient obtained by dividing the participants account balance by the remaining life expectancy of the participants designated beneficiary, determined as provided in Section 5.3(f)(1). |
|
|
|||
Copyright © 2010 by Conrad Siegel Actuaries | 26 |
Penn Security Bank & Trust Co. Employee Stock Ownership Plan
(B) |
No Designated Beneficiary If the participant dies before the date distributions begin and there is no designated beneficiary as of September 30 of the year following the year of the participants death, distribution of the participants entire interest will be completed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the participants death. |
(C) |
Death of Surviving Spouse Before Distributions to Surviving Spouse Are Required to Begin If the participant dies before the date distributions begin, the participants surviving spouse is the participants sole designated beneficiary, and the surviving spouse dies before distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse under Section 5.3(c), this Section 5.3(f)(2) will apply as if the surviving spouse were the participant. |
(g) |
Definitions (Code Section 401(a)(9) Requirements) |
(1) |
Designated Beneficiary The individual who is designated as the beneficiary under the plan and is the designated beneficiary under Code section 401(a)(9) and Regulation section 1.401(a)(9)-4. |
(2) |
Distribution Calendar Year A calendar year for which a minimum distribution is required. For distributions beginning before the participants death, the first distribution calendar year is the calendar year immediately preceding the calendar year that contains the participants required beginning date. For distributions beginning after the participants death, the first distribution calendar year is the calendar year in which distributions are required to begin pursuant to Section 5.3(c). The required minimum distribution for the participants first distribution calendar year will be made on or before the participants required beginning date. The required minimum distribution for other distribution calendar years, including the required minimum distribution for the distribution calendar year in which the participants required beginning date occurs, will be made on or before December 31 of that distribution calendar year. |
(3) |
Life Expectancy Life expectancy as computed by use of the Single Life Table in Regulation section 1.401(a)(9)-9. |
(4) |
Participants Account Balance The account balance as of the last valuation date in the calendar year immediately preceding the distribution calendar year (valuation calendar year) increased by the amount of any contributions made and allocated or forfeitures allocated to the account balance as of dates in the valuation calendar year after the valuation date and decreased by distributions made in the valuation calendar year after the valuation date. The account balance for the valuation calendar year includes any amounts rolled over or transferred to the plan either in the valuation calendar year or in the distribution calendar year if distributed or transferred in the valuation calendar year. |
If any portion of the minimum distribution for the first distribution calendar year is made in the second distribution calendar year on or before the required beginning date, the amount of the minimum distribution made in the second distribution calendar year shall be treated as if it had been made in the immediately preceding distribution calendar year.
(5) |
Required Beginning Date |
(A) |
Non-5% Owner The required beginning date is April 1 of the calendar year following the later of: (i) the calendar year in which the participant attains age 70 1 / 2 , or (ii) the calendar year in which the participant retires. If a participant who is not a 5% owner attains age 70 1 / 2 after December 31, 1995 and before January 1, 2002 the participant shall be permitted to elect to commence the distribution of his benefits as if his required beginning date were April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which he attains age 70 1 / 2 . Payments shall be in the form of installments elected; the participant shall have a new annuity starting date as of the date payments are elected to commence following his termination of employment. |
(B) |
5% Owner The required beginning date for a participant who is a 5% owner is April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the participant attains age 70 1 / 2 . A participant is treated as a 5% owner for purposes of this Section 5.3(g)(5) if such participant is a 5% owner as defined in Code section 416(i) (determined in accordance with section 416 but without regard to whether the plan is top-heavy) at any time during the plan year ending with or within the calendar year in which such participant attains age 70 1 / 2 . |
(C) |
Once distributions have begun to a 5% owner under this Section 5.3(g)(5), they must continue to be distributed, even if the participant ceases to be a 5% owner in a subsequent year. |
|
|
|||
Copyright © 2010 by Conrad Siegel Actuaries | 27 |
Penn Security Bank & Trust Co. Employee Stock Ownership Plan
Section 5.4 Top Heavy Provisions
(a) |
Application of Provisions If the plan is or becomes top-heavy in any plan year beginning after December 31, 1983, the provisions of Section 5.4 will supersede any conflicting provisions in the plan. |
(b) |
Minimum Allocation |
(1) |
Except as otherwise provided in Section 5.4(b)(3) and (4) below, the employer contributions and forfeitures allocated on behalf of any participant who is not a key employee shall not be less than the lesser of 3% of such participants compensation or in the case where the employer has no defined benefit plan that designates this plan to satisfy Code section 401, the largest percentage of employer contributions and forfeitures, as a percentage of key employees compensation that may be taken into account under Section 1.2(c), allocated on behalf of any key employee for that year. The minimum allocation is determined without regard to any Social Security contribution. This minimum allocation shall be made even though, under other plan provisions, the participant would not otherwise be entitled to receive an allocation, or would have received a lesser allocation for the year because of (i) the participants failure to complete 1,000 hours of service (or any equivalent provided in the plan), or (ii) the participants failure to make mandatory employee contributions to the plan, or (iii) compensation less than a stated amount. |
(2) |
For purposes of computing the minimum allocation, compensation shall mean compensation as defined in Section 5.1(c)(2), subject to the limitations of Section 1.2(c). |
(3) |
The provision in Section 5.4(b)(1) above shall not apply to any participant who was not employed by the employer on the last day of the plan year. |
(4) |
The provision in Section 5.4(b)(1) above shall not apply to any participant to the extent the participant is covered under any other plan or plans of the employer and the employer has provided in Section 3.2 that the minimum allocation or benefit requirement applicable to top-heavy plans will be met in the other plan or plans (including another plan that consists solely of a cash or deferred arrangement which meets the requirements of Code section 401(k)(12) and matching contributions with respect to which the requirements of Code section 401(m)(11) are met). If this plan is intended to meet the minimum allocation or benefit requirement applicable to another plan or plans, the employer shall so provide in Section 3.2(c). |
(5) |
The minimum allocation required (to the extent required to be nonforfeitable under Code section 416(b)) may not be forfeited under Code section 411(a)(3)(B) or 411(a)(3)(D). |
(6) |
Matching Contributions Employer matching contributions may be taken into account for purposes of satisfying the minimum contribution requirements of Code section 416(c)(2). The preceding sentence shall apply with respect to matching contributions under a plan containing a cash or deferred arrangement being used to satisfy the minimum allocation requirements of this plan if such plan so provides. |
(c) |
Reserved |
(d) |
Minimum Vesting Schedules For any plan year in which this plan is top-heavy, the following minimum vesting schedule shall automatically apply to the plan: |
Years of Service |
Vesting Percentage | |||
01 Year |
0 | % | ||
2 |
20 | % | ||
3 |
40 | % | ||
4 |
60 | % | ||
5 |
80 | % | ||
6 or More Years |
100 | % |
|
|
|||
Copyright © 2010 by Conrad Siegel Actuaries | 28 |
Penn Security Bank & Trust Co. Employee Stock Ownership Plan
The minimum vesting schedule shall apply to all benefits within the meaning of Code section 411(a)(7) except those attributable to employee contributions, including benefits accrued before the effective date of Code section 416 and benefits accrued before the plan became top-heavy. Further, no decrease in a participants nonforfeitable percentage may occur in the event the plans status as top-heavy changes for any plan year. However, this Section does not apply to the account balances of any employee who does not have an hour of service after the plan has initially become top-heavy and such employees account balance attributable to employer contributions and forfeitures will be determined without regard to this Section.
If the vesting schedule under the plans shifts in or out of the above schedule for any plan year because of the plans top-heavy status, such shift shall constitute an amendment to the vesting schedule and the provisions of Section 7.2(d) and (e) shall apply.
(e) |
Definitions (Code Section 416 Requirements) |
(1) |
Key Employee Key employee means any employee or former employee (and the beneficiaries of such employee) who at any time during the determination period was an officer of the employer if such individuals annual compensation exceeded 50% of the dollar limitation under Code section 415(b)(1)(A), an owner (or considered an owner under Code section 318) of one of the ten largest interests in the employer if such individuals compensation exceeded 100% of the dollar limitation under Code section 415(c)(1)(A), a 5% owner of the employer, or a 1% owner of the employer who had an annual compensation of more than $150,000. Annual compensation means compensation as defined in Section 5.1(c)(2), but including elective contributions as defined in Section 1.2(a) and elective contributions under a Code section 457 plan or a Code section 501(c)(18) plan for any plan year and subject to the limitations of Section 1.2(c). The determination period is the plan year containing the determination date and the four preceding plan years. |
The determination of who is a key employee will be made in accordance with Code section 416(i)(1) and the applicable regulations and other guidance of general applicability issued thereunder.
(2) |
Top-Heavy Plan For any plan year beginning after December 31, 1983, this plan is top-heavy if any of the following conditions exists: |
(A) |
If the top-heavy ratio for this plan exceeds 60% and this plan is not part of any required aggregation group or permissive aggregation group of plans. |
(B) |
If this plan is a part of a required aggregation group of plans but not part of a permissive aggregation group and the top-heavy ratio for the group of plans exceeds 60%. |
(C) |
If this plan is a part of a required aggregation group and part of a permissive aggregation group of plans and the top-heavy ratio for the permissive aggregation group exceeds 60%. |
(3) |
Top-Heavy Ratio |
(A) |
If the employer maintains one or more defined contribution plans (including any Simplified Employee Pension Plan) and the employer has not maintained any defined benefit plan that during the one-year period (five-year period ending on the determination date in the case of a distribution made for a reason other than severance from employment, death or disability and in determining whether the plan is top-heavy for plan years beginning before January 1, 2002) ending on the determination date(s) has or has had accrued benefits, the top-heavy ratio for this plan alone or for the required or permissive aggregation group as appropriate is a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of the account balances of all key employees as of the determination date(s) including any part of any account balance distributed in the one-year period ending on the determination date(s) (five-year period ending on the determination date in the case of a distribution made for a reason other than severance from employment, death or disability and in determining whether the plan is top-heavy for plan years beginning before January 1, 2002), and the denominator of which is the sum of all account balances including any part of any account balance distributed in the one-year period ending on the determination date(s) (five-year period ending on the determination date in the case of a distribution made for a reason other than severance from employment, death or disability and in determining whether the plan is top-heavy for plan years beginning before January 1, 2002), both computed in accordance with Code section 416 and the regulations thereunder. Both the numerator and denominator of the top-heavy ratio are increased to reflect any contribution not actually made as of the determination date, but which is required to be taken into account on that date under Code section 416 and the regulations thereunder. |
Copyright © 2010 by Conrad Siegel Actuaries | 29 |
Penn Security Bank & Trust Co. Employee Stock Ownership Plan
(B) |
If the employer maintains one or more defined contribution plans (including any Simplified Employee Pension Plan) and the employer maintains or has maintained one or more defined benefit plans that during the one-year period (five-year period ending on the determination date in the case of a distribution made for a reason other than severance from employment, death or disability and in determining whether the plan is top-heavy for plan years beginning before January 1, 2002) ending on the determination date(s) has or has had any accrued benefits, the top-heavy ratio for any required or permissive aggregation group as appropriate is a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of account balances under the aggregated defined contribution plan or plans for all key employees, determined in accordance with (A) above, and the present value of accrued benefits under the aggregated defined benefit plan or plans for all key employees as of the determination date(s), and the denominator of which is the sum of the account balances under the aggregated defined contribution plan or plans for all participants, determined in accordance with (A) above, and the present value of accrued benefits under the defined benefit plan or plans for all participants as of the determination date(s), all determined in accordance with Code section 416 and the regulations thereunder. The accrued benefits under a defined benefit plan in both the numerator and denominator of the top-heavy ratio are increased for any distribution of an accrued benefit made in the one-year period ending on the determination date (five-year period ending on the determination date in the case of a distribution made for a reason other than severance from employment, death or disability and in determining whether the plan is top-heavy for plan years beginning before January 1, 2002). |
(C) |
For purposes of Section 5.4(e)(3)(A) and (B) above the value of account balances and the present value of accrued benefits will be determined as of the most recent valuation date that falls within or ends with the 12-month period ending on the determination date, except as provided in Code section 416 and the regulations thereunder for the first and second plan years of a defined benefit plan. The account balances and accrued benefits of a participant (1) who is not a key employee but who was a key employee in a prior year, or (2) who has not been credited with at least one hour of service with any employer maintaining the plan at any time during the one-year period (five-year period ending on the determination date in the case of a distribution made for a reason other than severance from employment, death or disability and in determining whether the plan is top-heavy for plan years beginning before January 1, 2002) ending on the determination date will be disregarded. The calculation of the top-heavy ratio, and the extent to which distributions, rollovers, and transfers are taken into account will be made in |
accordance with Code section 416 and the regulations thereunder. Deductible employee contributions will not be taken into account for purposes of computing the top-heavy ratio. When aggregating plans the value of account balances and accrued benefits will be calculated with reference to the determination dates that fall within the same calendar year. |
The accrued benefit of a participant other than a key employee shall be determined under (1) the method, if any, that uniformly applies for accrual purposes under all defined benefit plans maintained by the employer, or (2) if there is no such method, as if such benefit accrued not more rapidly than the slowest accrual rate permitted under the fractional rule of Code section 411(b)(1)(C).
(4) |
Permissive Aggregation Group The required aggregation group of plans plus any other plan or plans of the employer that, when considered as a group with the required aggregation group, would continue to satisfy the requirements of Code sections 401(a)(4) and 410. |
(5) |
Required Aggregation Group (1) Each qualified plan of the employer in which at least one key employee participates or participated at any time during the determination period (regardless of whether the plan has terminated), and (2) any other qualified plan of the employer that enables a plan described in (1) to meet the requirements of Code sections 401(a)(4) or 410. |
(6) |
Determination Date For any plan year subsequent to the first plan year, the last day of the preceding plan year. For the first plan year of the plan, the last day of that year. |
(7) |
Valuation Date The last day of the plan year shall be the date as of which account balances or accrued benefits are valued for purposes of calculating the top-heavy ratio. |
(8) |
Present Value Present value shall be based only on the interest and mortality rates specified in the employers defined benefit plan. |
(9) |
Non-Key Employee Any employee who is not a key employee. Non-key employees include employees who are former key employees. |
Copyright © 2010 by Conrad Siegel Actuaries | 30 |
Penn Security Bank & Trust Co. Employee Stock Ownership Plan
Section 5.5 ESOP Distribution Options
(a) |
The employer retains the discretion to implement the provisions of this Section 5.5. |
(b) |
Right to Receive Stock |
The right to receive distributions in the form of shares of corporate stock shall be automatically terminated in the event of the sale or other disposition by the trustee of all shares of corporate stock held by the trust where the corporate stock ceases to be readily tradable. Implementation of this provision shall only be done in accordance with the nondiscrimination requirements of Code section 401(a)(4).
(c) |
Restricted Stock |
(1) |
Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, if the employer is an S corporation or the employers charter or by-laws restrict ownership of substantially all shares of corporate stock to employees and the trust fund, as described in Code section 409(h)(2), the plan administrator shall distribute a participants account entirely in cash without granting the participant the right to demand distribution in shares of corporate stock. |
(2) |
Except as otherwise provided herein, corporate stock distributed by the trustee may be restricted as to sale or transfer by the by-laws or articles of incorporation of the employer, provided restrictions are applicable to all corporate stock of the same class. If a participant is required to offer the sale of his corporate stock to the employer before offering to sell his corporate stock to a third party, in no event may the employer pay a price less than that offered to the distributee by another potential buyer making a bona fide offer and in no event shall the trustee pay a price less than the fair market value of the corporate stock. |
(d) |
Right of First Refusal |
(1) |
If any participant, his beneficiary or any other person to whom shares of corporate stock are distributed from the plan (the selling participant) shall, at any time that the stock is not publicly traded, desire to sell some or all of such shares (the offered shares) to a third party; the selling participant shall give written notice of such desire to the employer and the plan administrator. The notice shall contain the number of shares offered for sale, the proposed terms of the sale, and the names and addresses of both the selling participant and third party. Both the trust fund and the employer shall each have the right of first refusal for a period of 14 days from the date the selling participant gives such written notice to the employer and the plan administrator to acquire the offered shares. The 14-day period shall run concurrently against the trust fund and the employer. As between the trust fund and the employer, the trust fund shall have priority to acquire the shares pursuant to the right of first refusal. The selling price and terms shall not be less than the greater of the value of the stock determined under Section 6.7(b) or the price and terms offered by the third party. |
(2) |
If the trust fund and the employer do not exercise their right of first refusal within the required fourteen day period provided above, the selling participant shall have the right, at any time following the expiration of such period, to dispose of the offered shares to the third party; provided, however, that (i) no disposition shall be made to the third party on terms more favorable to the third party than those set forth in the written notice previously given by the selling participant, and (ii) if such disposition shall not be made to a third party on the terms offered to the employer and the trust fund, the offered shares shall again be subject to the right of first refusal set forth above. |
(3) |
The closing pursuant to the exercise of the right of first refusal shall take place at such place agreed upon between the plan administrator and the selling participant, but not later than 10 days after the employer or the trust fund shall have notified the selling participant of the exercise of the right of first refusal. At such closing, the selling participant shall deliver certificates representing the offered shares duly endorsed in blank for transfer, or with stock powers attached duly executed in blank with all required transfer tax stamps attached or provided for, and the employer or the trust fund shall deliver the purchase price, or an appropriate portion thereof, to the selling participant. |
Copyright © 2010 by Conrad Siegel Actuaries | 31 |
Penn Security Bank & Trust Co. Employee Stock Ownership Plan
(e) |
Put Option |
(1) |
If corporate stock is distributed to a participant and such corporate stock is not readily tradable on an established securities market, a participant has a right to require the employer to repurchase the corporate stock distributed to such participant under a fair valuation formula. Such stock shall be subject to the provisions of Section 5.5(c). |
(2) |
The put option must be exercisable only by a participant, by the participants donees, or by a person (including an estate or its distributee) to whom the corporate stock passes by reason of a participants death. The put option must permit a participant (or beneficiary) to put the corporate stock to the employer. Under no circumstances may the put option bind the plan. However, it shall grant the plan an option to assume the rights and obligations of the employer at the time that the put option is exercised. If it is known at the time a loan is made that federal or state law will be violated by the employers honoring such put option, the put option must permit the corporate stock to be put, in a manner consistent with such law, to a third party (e.g., an affiliate of the employer or a shareholder other than the plan) that has substantial net worth at the time the loan is made and whose net worth is reasonably expected to remain substantial. |
The put option shall commence as of the day following the date the corporate stock is distributed to the participant (or beneficiary) and end 60 days thereafter; and, if not exercised within such 60-day period, an additional 60-day option shall commence on the first day of the fifth month of the plan year next following the plan year in which the stock was distributed to the participant (or such other 60-day period as provided in regulations issued under the Code). However, in the case of corporate stock that is publicly traded without restrictions when distributed but ceases to be so traded within either of the 60-day periods described herein after distribution, the employer must notify each holder of such corporate stock in writing on or before the tenth day after the date the corporate stock ceases to be so traded that for the remainder of the applicable 60-day period the corporate stock is subject to the put option. The number of days between the tenth day and the date on which notice is actually given, if later than the tenth day, must be added to the duration of the put option. The notice must inform distributees of the term of the put options that they are to hold. The terms must satisfy the requirements of this Section 5.5(e)(2).
The holder shall exercise the put option by notifying the employer in writing of such exercise. The notice shall state the name and address of the holder and the number of shares to be sold. Upon receipt of a written notification from the holder, the employer shall immediately inform the plan administrator of such notice. The plan administrator shall have 10 days to notify the employer if it wishes the trust fund to assume the rights and obligations of the employer with respect to the required purchase of corporate stock.
The period during which a put option is exercisable does not include any time when a distributee is unable to exercise it, because the party bound by the put option is prohibited from honoring it by applicable federal or state law. The price at which a put option must be exercisable is the value of the corporate stock determined in accordance with Section 6.7(b) as of the allocation date coincident with or immediately preceding the employers receipt of the written notification. The total purchase price shall be paid to the holder within 30 days after the notification, provided however, that the employer may defer such payments on a reasonable basis, if it gives written notice to the holder within the 30-day period. Such deferred payments shall be paid in substantially equal monthly, quarterly, semiannual, or annual installments over a period certain beginning not later than 30 days after the exercise of the put option and not extending beyond 5 years. The deferral of payment is reasonable if adequate security and a reasonable interest rate on the unpaid amounts are provided. The amount to be paid under the put option involving installment distributions must be paid not later than 30 days after the exercise of the put option. Payment under a put option must not be restricted by the provisions of a loan or any other arrangement, including the terms of the employers articles of incorporation, unless so required by applicable state law.
For purposes of this Section 5.5(e), total distribution means a distribution to a participant or his beneficiary within one taxable year of the participants entire vested account.
(3) |
An arrangement involving the plan that creates a put option must not provide for the issuance of put options other than as provided under this Section 5.5(e). The plan (and the trust fund) must not otherwise obligate itself to acquire corporate stock from a particular holder thereof at an indefinite time determined upon the happening of an event such as the death of the holder. |
(4) |
The participant and beneficiary rights and protections created under this Section 5.5(e) as they pertain to plan assets acquired with the proceeds of an exempt loan shall be nonterminable. Therefore, such rights and protections shall continue even after such exempt loan has been repaid or this plan ceases to be an ESOP. |
Copyright © 2010 by Conrad Siegel Actuaries | 32 |
Penn Security Bank & Trust Co. Employee Stock Ownership Plan
ARTICLE VI ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN
Section 6.1 Fiduciary Responsibility
(a) |
Fiduciary Standards A fiduciary shall discharge his duties with respect to a plan solely in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries and |
For the exclusive purpose of providing benefits to participants and their beneficiaries and defraying reasonable expenses of administering the plan;
With the care, skill, prudence, and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent man acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters would use in the conduct of an enterprise of a like character and with like aims;
By diversifying the investments of the plan not held in corporate stock so as to minimize the risk of large losses, unless under the circumstances it is clearly prudent not to do so; and
In accordance with the documents and instruments governing the plan insofar as such documents and instruments are consistent with the provisions of ERISA.
(b) |
Allocation of Fiduciary Responsibility |
(1) |
It is intended to allocate to each fiduciary, either named or otherwise, the individual responsibility for the prudent execution of the functions assigned to him. None of the allocated responsibilities or any other responsibilities shall be shared by two or more fiduciaries unless specifically provided for in the plan. |
(2) |
When one fiduciary is required to follow the directions of another fiduciary, the two fiduciaries shall not be deemed to share such responsibility. Instead, the responsibility of the fiduciary giving the directions shall be deemed to be his sole responsibility and the responsibility of the fiduciary receiving directions shall be to follow those directions insofar as such instructions on their face are proper under applicable law. |
(3) |
Any person or group of persons may serve in more than one fiduciary capacity with respect to this plan. |
(4) |
A fiduciary under this plan may employ one or more persons, including independent accountants, attorneys and actuaries to render advice with regard to any responsibility such fiduciary has under the plan. |
(c) |
Indemnification by Employer Unless resulting from the gross negligence, willful misconduct or lack of good faith on the part of a fiduciary who is an officer or employee of the employer, the employer shall indemnify and save harmless such fiduciary from, against, for and in respect of any and all damages, losses, obligations, liabilities, liens, deficiencies, costs and expenses, including without limitation, reasonable attorneys fees and other costs and expenses incident to any suit, action, investigation, claim or proceedings suffered in connection with his acting as a fiduciary under the plan. |
(d) |
Named Fiduciary The person or persons named by the employer as having fiduciary responsibility for the management and control of plan assets shall be known as the named fiduciary hereunder. Such responsibility shall include the appointment of the plan administrator (Section 6.2(a)) and the investment manager (Section 6.4(b)) and the deciding of benefit appeals (Section 6.3). The employer shall retain the authority to appoint the trustee (Section 6.4(a)). |
Section 6.2 Plan Administrator
(a) |
Appointment of Plan Administrator |
The named fiduciary shall appoint a plan administrator who may be a person or an administrative committee consisting of no more than five members. Vacancies occurring upon resignation or removal of a plan administrator or a committee member shall be filled promptly by the named fiduciary. Any plan administrator may resign at any time by giving notice of his resignation to the named fiduciary, and any plan administrator may be removed at any time by the named fiduciary. The named fiduciary shall review at regular intervals the performance of the plan administrator(s) and shall re-evaluate the appointment of such administrator(s). After the named fiduciary has appointed the plan administrator and has received a written notice of acceptance, the fiduciary responsibility for administration of the plan shall be the responsibility of the plan administrator or plan administrative committee.
|
|
|||
Copyright © 2010 by Conrad Siegel Actuaries | 33 |
Penn Security Bank & Trust Co. Employee Stock Ownership Plan
(b) |
Duties and Powers of Plan Administrator |
The plan administrator shall have the following duties and discretionary powers and such other duties and discretionary powers as relate to the administration of the plan:
(1) |
To determine in a non-discriminatory manner all questions relating to the eligibility of employees to become participants. |
(2) |
To determine in a non-discriminatory manner eligibility for benefits and to determine and certify the amount and kind of benefits payable to participants. |
(3) |
To authorize all disbursements from the fund. |
(4) |
To appoint or employ any independent person to perform necessary plan functions and to assist in the fulfillment of administrative responsibilities as he deems advisable, including the retention of a third party administrator, custodian, auditor, accountant, actuary, or attorney. |
(5) |
When appropriate, to select an insurance company and annuity contracts that, in his opinion, will best carry out the purposes of the plan. |
(6) |
To construe and interpret any ambiguity in the plan and to make, publish, interpret, alter, amend or revoke rules for the regulation of the plan which are consistent with the terms of the plan and with ERISA. |
(7) |
To prepare and distribute, in such manner as determined to be appropriate, information explaining the plan. |
(8) |
To establish and communicate to participants a procedure and method to enable each participant to vote corporate stock allocated to such participants corporate stock account pursuant to Section 6.8. |
(9) |
To assist any participant regarding his rights, benefits, or elections available under the plan. |
(c) |
Allocation of Fiduciary Responsibility Within Plan Administrative Committee |
If the plan administrator is a plan administrative committee, the committee shall choose from its members a chairperson and a secretary. The committee may allocate responsibility for those duties and powers listed in Section 6.2(b)(1) and (2) (except determination of qualification for disability retirement) and other purely ministerial duties to one or more members of the committee. The committee shall review at regular intervals the performance of any committee member to whom fiduciary responsibility has been allocated and shall re-evaluate such allocation of responsibility. After the plan administrative committee has made such allocations of responsibilities and has received written notice of acceptance, the fiduciary responsibilities for such administrative duties and powers shall then be considered as the responsibilities of such committee member(s).
(d) |
Miscellaneous Provisions |
(1) |
Plan Administrative Committee Actions The actions of such committee shall be determined by the vote or other affirmative expression of a majority of its members. Either the chairperson or the secretary may execute any certificate or other written direction on behalf of the committee. A member of the committee who is a participant shall not vote on any question relating specifically to himself. If the remaining members of the committee, by majority vote thereof, are unable to come to a determination of any such question, the named fiduciary shall appoint a substitute member who shall act as a member of the committee for the special vote. |
(2) |
Expenses The plan administrator shall serve without compensation for service as such. All reasonable expenses of the plan administrator shall be paid by the employer or from the fund. |
(3) |
Examination of Records The plan administrator shall make available to any participant for examination during business hours such of the plan records as pertain only to the participant involved. |
(4) |
Information to the Plan Administrator To enable the plan administrator to perform the administrative functions, the employer shall supply full and timely information to the plan administrator on all participants as the plan administrator may require. |
|
|
|||
Copyright © 2010 by Conrad Siegel Actuaries | 34 |
Penn Security Bank & Trust Co. Employee Stock Ownership Plan
Section 6.3 Claims Procedure
(a) |
Notification of Claim Determination The plan administrator shall notify each participant in writing of his determination of benefits. If the plan administrator denies any benefit, such written denial shall include: |
|
The specific reasons for denial; |
|
Reference to provisions on which the denial is based; |
|
A description of and reason for any additional information needed to process the claim; and |
|
A description of the Plans review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures, including a statement of the claimants right to bring a civil action under ERISA section 502(a) following an adverse benefit determination on review. |
If a claim is wholly or partially denied, the plan administrator shall notify the claimant of the plans adverse benefit determination within a reasonable period of time, but not later than 90 days after receipt of the claim by the plan, unless the plan administrator determines that special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the claim. If the plan administrator determines that an extension of time for processing is required, written notice of the extension shall be furnished to the claimant prior to the termination of the initial 90-day period. In no event shall such extension exceed a period of 90 days from the end of such initial period. The extension notice shall indicate the special circumstances requiring an extension of time and the date by which the plan expects to render the benefit determination.
(b) |
Appeal The participant or his duly authorized representative may: |
|
Make a written request for a review of the participants case by the named fiduciary; |
|
Review upon request and free of charge, have reasonable access to, and have copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the claimants claim for benefits; |
|
Submit written issues, comments, documents, records, and other information relating to the claim for benefits, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination. |
The written request for review must be submitted no later than 60 days after receiving written notification of denial of benefits. A document, record, or other information shall be considered relevant to a claimants claim if such document, record, or other information:
|
Was relied upon in making the benefit determination; |
|
Was submitted, considered, or generated in the course of making the benefit determination, without regard to whether such document, record, or other information was relied upon in making the benefit determination; or |
|
Demonstrates compliance with the administrative processes and safeguards required by law in making the benefit determination. |
(c) |
Appeal Procedure |
(1) |
Except as provided in Section 6.3(c)(2), the named fiduciary must render a decision no later than 60 days after receiving the written request for review, unless circumstances make it impossible to do so; but in no event shall the decision be rendered later than 120 days after the request for review is received. If the named fiduciary determines that an extension of time for processing is required, written notice of the extension shall be furnished to the claimant by the plan administrator prior to the termination of the initial 60-day period. The extension notice shall indicate the special circumstances requiring an extension of time and the date by which the plan expects to render the determination on review. |
|
|
|||
Copyright © 2010 by Conrad Siegel Actuaries | 35 |
Penn Security Bank & Trust Co. Employee Stock Ownership Plan
(2) |
If the named fiduciary is a committee or board of trustees that holds regularly scheduled meetings at least quarterly, Section 6.3(c)(1) shall not apply. The named fiduciary shall instead make a benefit determination no later than the date of the meeting of the committee or board that immediately follows the plans receipt of a request for review, unless the request for review is filed within 30 days preceding the date of such meeting. In such case, a benefit determination may be made by no later than the date of the second meeting following the plans receipt of the request for review. If special circumstances require a further extension of time for processing, a benefit determination shall be rendered not later than the third meeting of the committee or board following the plans receipt of the request for review. If such an extension of time for review is required because of special circumstances, the plan administrator shall provide the claimant with written notice of the extension, describing the special circumstances and the date as of which the benefit determination will be made, prior to the commencement of the extension. The plan administrator shall notify the claimant of the benefit determination as soon as possible, but not later than 5 days after the benefit determination is made. |
(3) |
The review shall take into account all comments, documents, records, and other information submitted by the claimant relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination. If the claim is denied upon review, the written notice of denial shall include the items listed in Section 6.3(a) and the statement required by Regulation section 2560.503-1(j)(5)(iii) regarding the possible availability of alternative dispute resolution options. |
(d) |
Limitation on Time Period for Litigation of a Benefit Claim Following receipt of the written rendering of the named fiduciarys decision under Section 6.3(c), the participant shall have 365 days in which to file suit in the appropriate court. Thereafter, the right to contest the decision shall be waived. |
Section 6.4 Trust Fund
(a) |
Appointment of Trustee |
The employer shall appoint a trustee for the proper care and custody of all funds, securities and other properties in the trust, and for investment of plan assets (or for execution of such orders as it receives from an investment manager appointed for investment of plan assets). The duties and powers of the trustee shall be set forth in a trust agreement executed by the employer, which is incorporated herein by reference. The named fiduciary shall review at regular intervals the performance of the trustee and shall re-evaluate the appointment of such trustee. After the employer has appointed the trustee and the named fiduciary has received a written notice of acceptance of its responsibility, the fiduciary responsibility with respect to the proper care and custody of plan assets shall be considered as the responsibility of the trustee. Unless otherwise allocated to an investment manager, the fiduciary responsibility with respect to investment of plan assets shall likewise be considered as the responsibility of the trustee.
(b) |
Appointment of Investment Manager |
The named fiduciary may appoint an investment manager who is other than the trustee, which investment manager may be a bank or an investment advisor registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Investment Advisors Act of 1940. Such investment manager, if appointed, shall have sole discretion in the investment of plan assets, subject to the funding policy. The named fiduciary shall review at regular intervals no less frequently than annually, the performance of such investment manager and shall re-evaluate the appointment of such investment manager. After the named fiduciary has appointed an investment manager and has received a written notice of acceptance of its responsibility, the fiduciary responsibility with respect to investment of plan assets shall be considered as the responsibility of the investment manager.
(c) |
Expenses |
The trust fund may pay the expenses incurred in the administration of the plan and the investment of the fund, provided the cost is reasonable. Such expenses shall include legal fees incurred by the plan administrator or the trustee, provided such fiduciaries are not proven to have committed a prohibited transaction. If the trust fund pays the expenses, the expenses shall be allocated against the participant accounts on a pro rata basis.
Copyright © 2010 by Conrad Siegel Actuaries | 36 |
Penn Security Bank & Trust Co. Employee Stock Ownership Plan
Section 6.5 Investment Policy
(a) |
The plan is designed to invest primarily in corporate stock. It is specifically intended that this employee stock ownership plan qualify and operate as an eligible individual account plan as defined in ERISA section 407(d)(3). As such, and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the trustee is hereby specifically authorized to: |
(1) |
acquire, hold, sell, and distribute corporate stock that is qualified employer stock. |
(2) |
invest in such corporate stock and not limit its holdings of such stock to 10% of trust assets. The trustee may invest up to 100% of plan assets in corporate stock without regard to any plan or trust agreement requirement to diversify investments as permitted under ERISA section 404(a)(2). |
(3) |
acquire or sell corporate stock in a transaction with a disqualified person or a party in interest (as those terms are defined in ERISA and the Code) provided that no commission is charged and the transaction is for adequate consideration. |
(b) |
With due regard to Section 6.5(a), the plan administrator may also direct the trustee to invest funds under the plan in other property described in the Trust Agreement or in life insurance policies to the extent permitted by Section 6.5(c), or the trustee may hold such funds in cash or cash equivalents. |
(c) |
With due regard to Section 6.5(a), the plan administrator may also direct the trustee to invest funds under the plan in insurance policies on the life of any keyman employee. The proceeds of a keyman insurance policy may not be used for the repayment of any indebtedness owed by the plan that is secured by corporate stock but shall be allocated to participants in proportion to their account balances. The amount of employer contribution to be allocated to participants under Section 3.2 shall be reduced by the amount of premiums paid on keyman insurance policies during the plan year. The employer shall contribute an amount each year that is sufficient to pay the required premiums. The proceeds from an exempt loan shall in no event be used to purchase such insurance policies. No insurance company that may issue such policies shall be deemed to be a party to this plan. |
(d) |
The plan may not obligate itself to acquire corporate stock from a particular holder thereof at an indefinite time determined upon the happening of an event such as the death of the holder. |
(e) |
The plan may not obligate itself to acquire corporate stock under a put option binding upon the plan. However, at the time a put option is exercised, the plan may be given an option to assume the rights and obligations of the employer under a put option binding upon the employer. |
(f) |
All purchases of corporate stock shall be made at a price that, in the judgment of the plan administrator, does not exceed the fair market value thereof. All sales of corporate stock shall be made at a price that, in the judgment of the plan administrator, is not less than the fair market value thereof. The valuation rules set forth in Section 6.7 shall be applicable. |
Section 6.6 Prohibitions Against Allocations
(a) |
Transactions Involving Corporate Stock of a C Corporation This Section 6.6(a) shall apply to corporate stock of a C corporation acquired by the plan after October 22, 1986 in a sale to which Code section 1042 or, for estates of decedents who died prior to December 20, 1989, Code section 2057 (as in effect December 19, 1989) applies. |
(1) |
No portion of the trust fund attributable to (or allocable instead of) such corporate stock may accrue or be allocated directly or indirectly under any qualified plan maintained by the employer during the nonallocation period, for the benefit of: |
(A) |
Any taxpayer who makes an election under Code section 1042(a) with respect to corporate stock or any decedent if the executor of the estate of the decedent makes a qualified sale to which Code section 2057 applies; |
(B) |
Any individual who is related to the taxpayer or the decedent (as defined in Code section 267(b)); or |
(C) |
Any other person who owns more than 25% of: |
(i) |
any class of outstanding stock of the employer or affiliated employer which issued such corporate stock; or |
(ii) |
the total value of any class of outstanding stock of the employer or affiliated employer. |
For the purpose of determining ownership, the attribution rules of Code section 318(a) shall be applied with the exception of Code section 318(a)(2)(B)(i).
Copyright © 2010 by Conrad Siegel Actuaries | 37 |
Penn Security Bank & Trust Co. Employee Stock Ownership Plan
(2) |
An individual who is related to the taxpayer (or the decedent) ]shall not include lineal descendants of the taxpayer, if the aggregate amount allocated to the benefit of all such lineal descendants during the nonallocation period does not exceed more than 5% of the corporate stock (or amounts allocated in their stead) held by the plan which are attributable to a sale to the plan by any person related to such descendants (within the meaning of Code section 267(c)(4)) in a transaction to which Code section 1042 or Code section 2057 is applied. |
(3) |
A person shall be treated as meeting the 25% stock ownership requirement of Section 6.6(a)(1)(C) if such person owns more than 25% of the stock: (A) at any time during the one year period ending on the date of sale of corporate stock to the plan, or (B) on the date as of which corporate stock is allocated to participants in the plan. |
(4) |
For purposes of Section 6.6(a)(1), nonallocation period, for plan years beginning after December 31, 1986, means the period beginning on the date of the sale of the corporate stock and ending on the later of the date which is ten years after the date of sale or the date of the plan allocation attributable to the final payment of acquisition indebtedness incurred in connection with such sale. |
(b) |
Disqualified Persons under Plan Sponsored by S Corporation This Section 6.6(b) shall be effective for plan years beginning after December 31, 2004. If the corporate stock held by this plan is or becomes the stock of an S corporation, no portion of the trust fund attributable to (or allocable instead of) such corporate stock may accrue or be allocated directly or indirectly under any qualified plan maintained by the employer during a nonallocation year, for the benefit of any disqualified person. Such impermissible allocations shall include any contribution or other annual addition (e.g. forfeiture allocation) under this plan or any other qualified plan (including a release and allocation from the unallocated corporate stock suspense account) that would have otherwise been added to the disqualified persons account and invested in the stock of the S corporation. Such impermissible accruals shall include all stock of the S corporation and any other plan assets attributable to such stock (including Code section 1368 distributions, sale proceeds, and earnings on either the distributions or the proceeds) held for a disqualified persons account, whether attributable to current or prior year contributions. |
(1) |
For the purpose of this Section 6.6(b), a disqualified person is any person if: |
(A) |
the number of such persons deemed-owned ESOP shares of the S corporation is at least 10% of the number of deemed-owned ESOP shares of the S corporation; |
(B) |
the aggregate number of such persons deemed-owned ESOP shares and synthetic equity shares of the S corporation is at least 10% of the sum of: (i) the total number of deemed-owned ESOP shares, and (ii) the persons synthetic equity shares of the S corporation; or |
(C) |
the aggregate number of the S corporations deemed-owned ESOP shares of such person and the members of such persons family is at least 20% of the number of deemed-owned ESOP shares of the S corporation; |
(D) |
the aggregate number of the S corporations deemed-owned ESOP shares and synthetic equity shares of such person and the members of such persons family is at least 20% of the sum of: (i) the total number of deemed-owned ESOP shares, and (ii) the synthetic equity shares of the S corporation owned by such person and the members of such persons family; |
(E) |
any member of the family of a person described in Section 6.6(b)(1)(C) or (D) with deemed-owned shares if the person is not otherwise treated as a disqualified person. |
(2) |
In order to determine who is a disqualified person for purposes of Section 6.6(b), the following definitions shall apply. |
(A) |
Member of the family means, with respect to any individual: |
(i) |
the spouse of the individual; |
(ii) |
an ancestor or lineal descendant of the individual or the individuals spouse; |
(iii) |
a brother or sister of the individual or the individuals spouse and any lineal descendant of the brother or sister; and |
(iv) |
the spouse of any individual described in Section 6.6(b)(2)(A)(ii) or (iii). |
For these purposes, a spouse of an individual who is legally separated from such individual under a decree of divorce or separate maintenance shall not be treated as such individuals spouse.
Copyright © 2010 by Conrad Siegel Actuaries | 38 |
Penn Security Bank & Trust Co. Employee Stock Ownership Plan
(B) |
Deemed-owned shares means, with respect to any person: |
(i) |
the stock in the S corporation constituting corporate stock that is allocated to such person under this plan; and |
(ii) |
such persons share of the corporate stock that is held by the plan but that is not allocated to any participants. A persons share of unallocated corporate stock is the amount of the unallocated stock that would be allocated to such person if the unallocated stock were allocated to all participants in the same proportions as the most recent stock allocation under the plan. If there has been no prior release and allocation from a suspense account, the persons share of unallocated corporate stock shall be determined in proportion to a reasonable estimate of the shares that would be released and allocated in the first year of a loan repayment. |
(3) |
For the purpose of this Section 6.6(b), a nonallocation year means any plan year if, at any time during such plan year, the plan holds corporate stock that is the stock of an S corporation and disqualified persons own at least 50% of: (i) the number of outstanding shares in the S corporation, including deemed-owned plan shares; or (ii) the sum of the outstanding shares in the S corporation (including deemed-owned plan shares) plus the shares of synthetic equity in the S corporation owned by disqualified persons. |
(A) |
Ownership percentage shall be determined by applying the Code section 318(a) attribution rules with the exception that in applying Code section 318(a)(1), the members of an individuals family shall include members of the family described in Section 6.6(b)(2)(A) and Code section 318(a)(4) shall not apply. An individual shall be treated as owning deemed-owned shares notwithstanding the employee trust exception in Code section 318(a)(2)(B)(i). |
(B) |
An individual shall be treated as owning corporate stock that the individual has a right to acquire if, at all times during the period when such right is effective, the stock is both issued and outstanding and is held by persons other than this plan, the employer, or a related entity. This rule shall only apply if its application results in a nonallocation year. Further, this rule shall not apply to a right to acquire corporate stock held by a shareholder subject to income tax that would not be taken into account in determining if an S corporation has a second class of stock under Regulation section 1.1361-1(1)(2)(iii) or (1)(4)(iii)(C), provided the principal purpose of the right is not the avoidance or evasion of a nonallocation year. |
If any share of corporate stock is treated as being owned by more than one person, then the share shall be counted as a single share. It shall be treated as being owned by a disqualified person if any of the owners is a disqualified person.
(4) |
For purposes of Section 6.6(b), in the case of a person who owns synthetic equity in the S corporation, except to the extent provided in regulations, the shares of stock in such corporation on which such synthetic equity is based shall be treated as outstanding stock in such corporation and deemed-owned shares of such person if such treatment of synthetic equity of one or more such persons results in the treatment of any person as a disqualified person or the treatment of any plan year as a nonallocation year. |
For purposes of this Section 6.6(b)(4), synthetic equity shall be treated as owned by a person in the same manner as stock is treated as owned by a person, directly or under the attribution rules of Section 6.6(b)(3)(A). If, without regard to this Section 6.6(b)(4), a person is treated as a disqualified person or a plan year is treated as a nonallocation year, this Section 6.6(b)(4) shall not be construed to result in the person or plan year not being so treated.
Synthetic equity means any stock option, warrant, restricted stock, deferred issuance stock right, stock appreciation right payable in stock, or similar interest or right that gives the holder the right to acquire or receive stock of the S corporation in the future; however, synthetic stock shall not include stock treated as being owned by the individual pursuant to Section 6.6(b)(3)(B). A right of first refusal to acquire stock held by an ESOP shall not be treated as a right to acquire stock of the S corporation if it meets the requirements of Regulation section 1.409(p)-1(f)(2)(ii)(B). Synthetic equity shall include: (A) a stock appreciation right, phantom stock unit, or similar right to a future cash (or other non-stock) payment from the S corporation based on the value of such stock or appreciation in such value; (B) a right to acquire stock or similar interests in a related entity as set forth in Regulation section 1.409(p)-1(f)(2)(iii); and (C) certain nonqualified deferred compensation as set forth in Regulation section 1.409(p)-1(f)(2)(iv).
|
|
|||
Copyright © 2010 by Conrad Siegel Actuaries | 39 |
Penn Security Bank & Trust Co. Employee Stock Ownership Plan
A related entity for the purpose of this Section 6.6(b)(4) means any entity in which the S corporation holds an interest and which is a partnership, a trust, an eligible entity that is disregarded as an entity that is separate from its owner under Regulation section 301.7701-3 or a qualified subchapter S subsidiary under Code section 1361(b)(3).
Synthetic equity does not include shares that are deemed-owned ESOP shares (or any rights with respect to deemed-owned ESOP shares to the extent such rights are specifically provided under Code section 409(h).
The number of synthetic equity stock shares shall be determined by reference to the S corporation shares. The person shall be treated as owning the number of shares deliverable pursuant to the synthetic equity. Where payment is made in cash or other property, the number of synthetic equity shares shall equal the number of shares having an equal fair market value. Where the synthetic equity is a right to purchase or receive shares, the number of shares shall be determined without regard to lapse restrictions or payment to be made for the shares. In the case of synthetic equity that is determined by reference to shares of stock (or similar interests) in a related entity, the person who is entitled to the synthetic equity shall be treated as owning shares of stock of the S corporation with the same aggregate value as the number of shares of stock (or similar interests) of the related entity (with such value determined without regard to any lapse restriction as defined in Regulation section 1.83-3(i)).
In the case of any synthetic equity to which the preceding paragraph does not apply, the person who is entitled to the synthetic equity shall be treated as owning on any date a number of shares of stock in the S corporation equal to the present value (on that date) of the synthetic equity (with such value determined without regard to any lapse restriction as defined in Regulation section 1.83-3(i)) divided by the fair market value of a share of the S corporations stock as of that date. The determination shall be made as of the first day of the first plan year beginning on or after January 1, 2005. Thereafter, the plan shall use the tri-annual recalculation as permitted under Regulation section 1.409(p)-1(f)(4)(iii)(C), subject to the conditions of Regulation section 1.409(p)-1(f)(4)(iii)(C)(4).
The number of synthetic shares otherwise determined under this Section 6.6(b)(4) shall be decreased ratably to the extent that shares of the S corporation are owned by a person who is not an ESOP (and who is subject to federal income taxes).
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 6.6(b)(4), if a synthetic equity right includes (directly or indirectly) a right to purchase or receive shares of S corporation stock that have per-share voting rights greater than the per-share voting rights of one or more shares of S corporation stock held under this plan, then the number of shares of deemed owned synthetic equity attributable to such right shall not be less than the number of shares that would have the same voting rights if the shares had the same per-share voting rights as shares held by the plan with the least voting rights.
(5) |
Prevention of Prohibited Allocation In order to prevent a nonallocation year or a prohibited allocation during a nonallocation year, the account of a disqualified person (or a person reasonably expected to become a disqualified person absent a transfer described in this paragraph) including any corporate stock shall be transferred into either a separate portion of this plan that shall be a profit sharing plan or a non-ESOP, qualified plan of the employer. In the event of such a transfer, the recipient plan shall be subject to tax on unrelated business taxable income with respect to the corporate stock. |
Section 6.7 Valuation of the Trust Fund
(a) |
The plan administrator shall direct the trustee, as of each allocation date, and at such other date or dates deemed necessary by the plan administrator, herein called valuation date, to determine the net worth of the assets comprising the trust fund as it exists on the valuation date prior to taking into consideration any contribution to be allocated for that plan year. In determining such net worth, the trustee shall value the assets comprising the trust fund at their fair market value as of the valuation date and shall deduct all expenses for which the trustee has not yet obtained reimbursement from the employer or the trust fund. |
|
|
|||
Copyright © 2010 by Conrad Siegel Actuaries | 40 |
Penn Security Bank & Trust Co. Employee Stock Ownership Plan
(b) |
Valuations must be made in good faith and based on all relevant factors for determining the fair market value of securities. In the case of a transaction between a plan and a disqualified person, value must be determined as of the date of the transaction. For all other plan purposes, value must be determined as of the most recent valuation date under the plan. An independent appraisal will not in itself be a good faith determination of value in the case of a transaction between the plan and a disqualified person. However, in other cases, a determination of fair market value based on at least an annual appraisal independently arrived at by a person who customarily makes such appraisals and who is independent of any party to the transaction will be deemed to be a good faith determination of value. Corporate stock not readily tradable on an established securities market shall be valued by an independent appraiser meeting requirements similar to the requirements of the Regulations prescribed under Code section 170(a)(1). |
Section 6.8 Voting Corporate Stock
The trustee shall vote all corporate stock held by it as part of the plan assets at such time and in such manner as the plan administrator shall direct. If the plan administrator shall fail or refuse to give the trustee timely instructions as to how to vote any corporate stock as to which the trustee otherwise has the right to vote, the trustee shall not exercise its power to vote such corporate stock, except as described herein with respect to a tender offer or a corporate matter requiring pass-through voting rights.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, since the employer has a registration-type class of securities, each participant (or beneficiary) shall be entitled to direct the trustee as to the manner in which the corporate stock that is entitled to vote and which is allocated to the corporate stock account of such participant is to be voted. For purposes of this Section 6.8, the term registration-type class of securities means: (a) a class of securities required to be registered under Securities Exchange Act of 1934 section 12; and (b) a class of securities which would be required to be so registered except for the exemption from registration provided in section 12(g)(2)(H).
In the event a tender offer is made for shares of corporate stock, each participant (or beneficiary) shall be entitled to direct the trustee as to whether or not the shares of corporate stock allocated to his corporate stock account shall be tendered pursuant to such offer. All shares of corporate stock allocated to accounts for which the trustee did not receive tender instructions from a participant or beneficiary and all shares held in the unallocated corporate stock suspense account will be tendered or not tendered by the trustee in its discretion and in accordance with its fiduciary duties under ERISA. The trustee may not tender any shares that are pledged as security for an exempt loan without first obtaining any required approvals.
Section 6.9 ESOP Loans
(a) |
The employer may direct the trustee to incur a loan on behalf of the trust in a manner and under conditions that will cause the loan to be an exempt loan within the meaning of Code section 4975(d)(2) and the regulations thereunder. At the time that the loan is made, the interest rate for the loan and the price of stock to be acquired with the loan proceeds shall not be such that plan assets might be drained off. A loan shall be used primarily for the benefit of participants and their beneficiaries. The proceeds of each such loan shall be used, within a reasonable time after the loan is obtained, only to purchase corporate stock, to repay the loan, or to repay any prior loan. The loan must be at a reasonable rate of interest. The loan must be for a specific term and may not be payable at the demand of any person, except in the case of default. |
(b) |
Any such loan shall be secured solely by shares of corporate stock acquired with the proceeds of the loan and shares of such stock that were used as collateral on a prior loan which was repaid with the proceeds of the current loan. Such stock pledged as collateral shall be placed in the unallocated corporate stock suspense account and released pursuant to Section 6.9(c) as the loan is repaid. Corporate stock released from the suspense account shall be allocated in the manner described in Section 3.4. The payments made with respect to the loan during a plan year shall not exceed an amount equal to the sum of the employer contributions and earnings received during or prior to the year less such payments in prior years. Such contributions and earnings shall be accounted for separately under the plan until the loan is repaid. |
|
|
|||
Copyright © 2010 by Conrad Siegel Actuaries | 41 |
Penn Security Bank & Trust Co. Employee Stock Ownership Plan
No person entitled to payment under a loan made pursuant to this Section 6.9 shall have recourse against any trust fund assets other than the stock used as collateral for the loan, employer contributions of cash that are available to meet obligations under the loan and earnings attributable to such collateral, and the investment of such contributions. Participating employer contributions made with respect to any plan year during which the loan remains unpaid and earnings on such contributions, shall be deemed available to meet obligations under the loan, unless otherwise provided by the employer at the time such contributions are made. With respect to an S corporation, the employer contribution shall not be available to meet the loan obligations unless the corporate stock released from the suspense account and allocated to each eligible participant will have a fair market value of not less than the amount of the contribution that would otherwise have been allocated to such participant for the year.
(c) |
Any pledge of stock as collateral under this Section 6.9 shall provide for the release of shares so pledged upon the payment of any portion of the loan. Shares so pledged shall be released in the proportion that the principal and interest, paid on the loan for the plan year, bears to the aggregate principal and interest, paid for the current plan year and each plan year thereafter, as provided in Regulation section 54.4975-7(b)(8). |
(d) |
Payments of principal and interest on any loan under this Section 6.9 shall be made by the trustee at the direction of the employer solely from: (i) employer contributions (other than contributions of corporate stock) available to meet obligations under the loan, (ii) earnings from the investment of such contributions, (iii) earnings attributable to stock pledged as collateral for the loan, (iv) applicable dividends on stock, and (v) the proceeds of a subsequent loan made to repay the loan. If a dividend is paid with respect to corporate stock that is allocated to a participant, such dividend shall not constitute an applicable dividend and shall not be applied to repay the loan if the corporate stock allocable to the participant from the suspense account by reason of any payment made on the loan for the plan year does not have a fair market value equal to or greater than the amount of the dividend. The contributions and earnings available to pay the loan must be accounted for separately by the plan administrator until the loan is repaid. |
(e) |
Subject to the limitations in Section 5.1 on annual additions to a participants account, assets released from the suspense account by reason of payment made on a loan shall be allocated immediately upon such payment to the accounts of all participants who then would be entitled to an allocation of contributions if such payment had been made on the last day of the plan year. |
(f) |
In the event of a loan default, the value of plan assets transferred in satisfaction of the loan shall not exceed the amount of default. If the lender is a disqualified person, the terms of the loan shall provide for a transfer of plan assets upon default only upon and to the extent of the failure of the plan to meet the payment schedule of the loan. |
Section 6.10 Current Obligations
Employer contributions in cash and other cash received by the trust fund shall first be applied to pay any current obligations of the trust fund. Current obligations means trust fund expenses and trust obligations arising from the extension of credit to the trust and payable in cash within one year from the date an employer contribution is due. With respect to the estates of decedents who died on or before July 12, 1989, trust obligations shall include the liability for payment of taxes incurred pursuant to Code section 2210(b) and imposed by Code section 2001. Further, the plan administrator shall enter into a written agreement as described in section 2210(e) before such liability shall be payable.
ARTICLE VII AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF PLAN
Section 7.1 Right to Discontinue and Amend
It is the expectation of the employer that it will continue this plan indefinitely and make the payments of its contributions hereunder, but the continuance of the plan is not assumed as a contractual obligation of the employer and the right is reserved by the employer, at any time, to reduce, suspend or discontinue its contributions hereunder.
Section 7.2 Amendments
Except as herein limited, the employer shall have the right to amend this plan at any time to any extent that it may deem advisable. Such amendment shall be stated in writing. It shall be authorized by action of the board of directors under the corporate by-laws and such authorization shall designate the person to execute the amendment.
|
|
|||
Copyright © 2010 by Conrad Siegel Actuaries | 42 |
Penn Security Bank & Trust Co. Employee Stock Ownership Plan
The employers right to amend the plan shall be limited as follows:
(a) |
No amendment shall increase the duties or liabilities of the plan administrator, the trustee, or other fiduciary without their respective written consent. |
(b) |
No amendments shall have the effect of vesting in the employer any interest in or control over any contracts issued pursuant hereto or any other property in the fund. |
(c) |
No amendment to the plan shall be effective to the extent that it has the effect of decreasing a participants accrued benefit. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, a participants account balance may be reduced to the extent permitted under Code section 412(c)(8). For purposes of this paragraph, a plan amendment that has the effect of decreasing a participants account balance, with respect to benefits attributable to service before the amendment shall be treated as reducing an accrued benefit. Furthermore, if the vesting schedule of a plan is amended, in the case of an employee who is a participant as of the later of the date such amendment is adopted or the date it becomes effective, the nonforfeitable percentage (determined as of such date) of such employees right to his employer-derived accrued benefit will not be less than his percentage computed under the plan without regard to such amendment. |
(d) |
A plan amendment may eliminate or restrict the ability of a participant to receive payment of his or her account balance under a particular optional form of benefit if the amendment provides a single-sum distribution form that is otherwise identical to the optional form of benefit being eliminated or restricted. For this purpose, a single-sum distribution form is otherwise identical only if the single-sum distribution form is identical in all respects to the eliminated or restricted optional form of benefit (or would be identical except that it provides greater rights to the participant) except with respect to the timing of payments after commencement. Further, in accordance with Regulation section 1.411(d)-4, A-2(d)(1)(i), the employer through a plan amendment or through the exercise of its discretionary power may eliminate or restrict the ability of a participant to receive payment of his or her account balance in a single-sum and require the participant to receive his distribution in the form of installment payments, provided such action is taken on a nondiscriminatory basis. |
(e) |
No amendment to the vesting schedule adopted by the employer hereunder shall deprive a participant of his vested portion of his employer contribution account to the date of such amendment. If the plans vesting schedule is amended, or the plan is amended in any way that directly or indirectly affects the computation of the participants nonforfeitable percentage or if the plan is deemed amended by an automatic change to or from a top-heavy vesting schedule, each participant with at least 3 years of service with the employer may elect, within a reasonable period after the adoption of the amendment or change, to have the nonforfeitable percentage computed under the plan without regard to such amendment or change. For participants who do not have at least one hour of service in any plan year beginning after December 31, 1988, 5 years of service shall be substituted for 3 years of service in the preceding sentence. The period during which the election may be made shall commence with the date the amendment is adopted or deemed to be made and shall end on the latest of: |
(1) |
60 days after the amendment is adopted; |
(2) |
60 days after the amendment becomes effective; or |
(3) |
60 days after the participant is issued written notice of the amendment by the employer or plan administrator. |
Section 7.3 Protection of Benefits in Case of Plan Merger
In the event of a merger or consolidation with, or transfer of assets or liabilities to any other plan, each participant will receive a benefit immediately after such merger, consolidation or transfer (if the plan then terminated) that is at least equal to the benefit the participant was entitled to immediately before such merger, consolidation or transfer (if the plan had terminated).
The transfer of amounts from this trust to a nonqualified foreign trust shall be treated as a distribution from this plan. Further, the transfer of assets and liabilities from this plan to a plan that satisfies Puerto Rico Code section 1165 shall also be treated as a distribution from this plan.
Section 7.4 Termination of Plan
(a) |
When Plan Terminates This plan shall terminate upon the happening of any of the following events: legal adjudication of the employer as bankrupt; a general assignment by the employer to or for the benefit of its creditors; the legal dissolution of the employer; or termination of the plan by the employer. |
|
|
|||
Copyright © 2010 by Conrad Siegel Actuaries | 43 |
Penn Security Bank & Trust Co. Employee Stock Ownership Plan
(b) |
Allocation of Assets Upon termination, partial termination, or complete discontinuance of employer contributions, the account balance of each affected participant who is an active participant or who is not an active participant but has neither received a complete distribution of his vested accrued benefit nor incurred five one-year breaks in service shall be 100% vested and nonforfeitable. The amount of the fund assets shall be allocated to each participant, subject to provisions for expenses of administration of the liquidation, in the ratio that such participants account bears to all accounts. If a participant under this plan has terminated his employment at any time after the first day of the plan year in which the employer made his final contribution to the plan, and if any portion of any account of such terminated participant was forfeited and reallocated to the remaining participants, such forfeiture shall be reversed and the forfeited amount shall be credited to the account of such terminated participant. |
ARTICLE VIII MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
Section 8.1 Exclusive Benefit Non-Reversion
The plan is created for the exclusive benefit of the employees of the employer and shall be interpreted in a manner consistent with its being a qualified plan as defined in section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code and with ERISA. The corpus or income of the trust may not be diverted to or used for other than the exclusive benefit of the participants or their beneficiaries (except for defraying reasonable expenses of administering the plan).
Notwithstanding the above, a contribution paid by the employer to the trust may be repaid to the employer under the following circumstances:
(a) |
Any contribution made by the employer because of a mistake of fact must be returned to the employer within one year of the contribution. |
(b) |
In the event the deduction of a contribution made by the employer is disallowed under Code section 404, such contribution (to the extent disallowed) must be returned to the employer within one year of the disallowance of the deduction. |
(c) |
If the Commissioner of Internal Revenue determines that the plan is not initially qualified under the Internal Revenue Code, any contribution made incident to that initial qualification by the employer must be returned to the employer within one year after the date the initial qualification is denied, but only if the application for the qualification is made by the time prescribed by law for filing the employers return for the taxable year in which the plan is adopted, or such later date as the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe. |
Section 8.2 Inalienability of Benefits
No benefit or interest available hereunder shall be subject to assignment or alienation, either voluntarily or involuntarily. The preceding sentence shall also apply to the creation, assignment, or recognition of a right to any benefit payable with respect to a participant pursuant to a domestic relations order, unless such order is determined to be a qualified domestic relations order as defined in Code section 414(p), or any domestic relations order entered before January 1, 1985.
Notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, effective with respect to judgments, orders, and decrees issued, and settlement agreements entered into, on or after August 5, 1997, a participants benefit (and that of his spouse) shall be reduced to satisfy liabilities of the participant to the plan due to (1) the participant being convicted of committing a crime involving the plan, (2) a civil judgment (or consent order or decree) entered by a court in an action brought in connection with a violation of the fiduciary provisions of part 4 of subtitle B of Title I of ERISA, or (3) a settlement agreement between the Secretary of Labor or the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation and the participant in connection with a violation of the fiduciary provisions of ERISA. No reduction shall be made pursuant to this paragraph, unless the judgment, order, decree, or settlement agreement shall expressly provide for the offset of all or part of the amount ordered or required to be paid to the plan against the participants benefits provided under the plan.
Section 8.3 Employer-Employee Relationship
This plan is not to be construed as creating or changing any contract of employment between the employer and its employees, and the employer retains the right to deal with its employees in the same manner as though this plan had not been created.
|
|
|||
Copyright © 2010 by Conrad Siegel Actuaries | 44 |
Penn Security Bank & Trust Co. Employee Stock Ownership Plan
Section 8.4 Binding Agreement
This plan shall be binding on the heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns as such terms may be applicable to any or all parties hereto, and on any participants, present or future.
Section 8.5 Separability
If any provision of this plan shall be held invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision hereof and this plan shall be construed and enforced as if such provision had not been included.
Section 8.6 Construction
The plan shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the state in which the employer was incorporated and with ERISA.
Section 8.7 Copies of Plan
This plan may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed as an original, and said counterparts shall constitute but one and the same instrument that may be sufficiently evidenced by any one counterpart.
Section 8.8 Interpretation
Wherever appropriate, words used in this plan in the singular may include the plural or the plural may be read as singular, and the masculine may include the feminine.
Section 8.9 Securities and Exchange Commission Approval
The employer may request an interpretative letter from the Securities and Exchange Commission stating that the transfers of corporate stock contemplated hereunder do not involve transactions requiring a registration of such corporate stock under the Securities Act of 1933. In the event that a favorable interpretative letter is not obtained, the employer reserves the right to amend the plan and trust retroactively to their effective dates in order to obtain a favorable interpretative letter or to terminate the plan.
Section 8.10 Nonterminable Right of Certain Holders
No corporate stock, except as provided in Section 5.5, acquired with the proceeds of an exempt loan may be subject to a put, call, or other option, or buy-sell or similar arrangement when held by and when distributed from the trust, whether or not the plan is then an ESOP. This right is nonterminable. Such right shall continue to exist under the terms of this plan so long as any corporate stock acquired with the proceeds of such a loan is held by the trust or by any participant or beneficiary; and neither the repayment of such loan nor the failure of the plan to be an ESOP, nor an amendment of the plan shall cause a termination of said right.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Employer has caused this plan to be executed this day of , .
Employer: |
||
PENN SECURITY BANK & TRUST CO. |
||
By: |
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|||
Copyright © 2010 by Conrad Siegel Actuaries | 45 |
Exhibit 10.9
Penn Security Bank & Trust Company
Excess Benefit Plan
Originally Effective as of January 3, 2006
As Amended and Restated December 31, 2008, Effective as of January 3, 2006
RECITALS
This Penn Security Bank & Trust Company Supplemental Benefit Plan for Craig W. Best hereinafter referred to as (the Plan) was originally adopted by Penn Security Bank & Trust Company (hereinafter referred to as the Employer) effective as of January 3,2006, for Craig W. Best (hereinafter referred to as the Participant). The purpose of the Plan is to grant additional benefits in excess of those accrued in the pension plan due to the limit on compensation contained in Section 401(a) (17) of the Code. The Plan is intended to be an unfunded excess benefit plan under Section 201(2) of the Employee Retirement income Security Act of 1974 (ERISA).
In order to comply with Section 409A of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder, the Employer hereby amends and restates the Plan in its entirety, effective as of January 3, 2006.
Accordingly, the following Plan is Adopted.
ARTICLE I -DEFINITIONS
1.1 ACCRUED BENEFIT means the benefit accrued on behalf of the Participant as set forth in Section 3.1.
1.2 ACTUARIAL EQUIVALENT as used in this document will have the same meaning as set forth in Section 1.2 of the Pension Plan.
1.3 BENEFICIARY means any person or persons so designated in accordance with the provisions of Article VI.
1.4 CODE means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and the regulations thereunder, as amended from time to time.
1.5 ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEE means, for any Plan Year, (or an applicable portion thereof), a person employed by the Employer who is a participant in the Pension Plan.
1.6 EMPLOYER means Penn Security Bank & Trust Company and its successors and assigns unless otherwise herein provided, or any other corporation or business organization which, with the consent of Penn Security Bank & Trust Company, or its successors or assigns, assumes the Employers obligations hereunder, or any other corporation.
1.7 ENTRY DATE means with respect to the Participant the first day of the pay period following the date on which he first becomes an Eligible Employee.
1.8 PARTICIPANT means Craig W. Best.
1.9 PENSION PLAN means the Penn Security Bank & Trust Company Employees Pension Plan, Number 001, as may be amended from time to time.
1.10 PLAN means this Penn Security Bank & Trust Company Excess Benefit Plan, as amended from time to time.
1.11 PLAN YEAR means the twelve (12) month period ending on December 31 of each year during which the Plan is in effect.
ARTICLE II -ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION
2.1 ELIGIBILITY. The Participant, as an Eligible Employee, shall become a participant in the Plan on the Entry Date.
2.2 RE-EMPLOYMENT. If the Participants employment with the Employer is terminated and the Participant is subsequently re-employed, he shall become a participant in the Plan upon such re-employment.
2.3 CHANGE OF EMPLOYMENT CATEGORY. During any period in which the Participant remains in the employ of the Employer, but ceases to be an Eligible Employee, he or she shall not participate in the Plan.
ARTICLE III -BENEFITS
3.1 ACCRUED BENEFIT. The Employer will pay or cause to be paid to the Participant or his Beneficiary, as the case may be, an amount which is equivalent to the excess, if any, of (i) the amount the Participant or Beneficiary would have been entitled to receive under the Pension Plan for each Plan Year, if the provisions of the Pension Plan were administered without regard to the limitations required by Section 40l(a)(17) of the Code and any regulations thereunder, over (ii) the amount the Participant or Beneficiary was entitled to receive under the Pension Plan for such Plan Year. The amounts described in Subsections (i) and (ii) above shall be computed as of the date of separation from service of the Participant with the Employer.
3.2 LIMITATIONS ON BENEFITS. In no event shall the Participant be entitled to receive total benefits from the Plan and the Pension Plan in excess of the benefit he would have received from the Pension Plan if the limitations under Code Section 40l(a)(17) were not applicable to the Pension Plan.
ARTICLE IV -ENTITLEMENT TO BENEFITS
4.1 SEPARATION FROM SERVICE. If the Participant separates from service with the Employer for any reason, the Participants Accrued Benefit at the date of termination shall be valued and payable according to the provisions of Article V.
4.2 CHANGE OF CONTROL. If a Change of Control of the Employer occurs, the Participants Accrued Benefit at the date of the Change of Control shall be valued and payable according to the provisions of Article V. For purposes of this Section, a Change of Control shall occur when any person other than the Employer obtains ownership or voting power with respect to greater than 50 percent of the aggregate value or voting power, as applicable, of the Employers capital stock or the capital stock of Employers holding company, Penseco Financial Services Corporation.
2
ARTICLE V -DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS
5.1 AMOUNT. The Participant (or his Beneficiary) shall become entitled to receive, by virtue of the Participants separation from service with the Employer, a distribution in an aggregate amount equal to the Participants Accrued Benefit. Any payment due hereunder will be paid by the Employer from its general assets.
5.2 METHOD OF PAYMENT.
(a) Cash Payments . All payments under the Plan shall be made in cash.
(b) Time and Manner of Payment . The Actuarial Equivalent of the Participants Accrued Benefit shall be distributed in a single lump sum payment within five (5) days following the date that is six months after the date the Participant separates from service with the Employer.
(c) Separation from Service . Notwithstanding the foregoing, and anything herein to the contrary, the receipt of any benefits under this Plan as a result of a termination of employment shall be subject to satisfaction of the condition precedent that the Participant undergo a separation from service within the meaning of Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-1(h) or any successor thereto.
5.3 DEATH BENEFITS. If a Participant dies before terminating his employment with the Employer and before the commencement of payments to the Participant hereunder, the Actuarial Equivalent of the entire value of the Participants Accrued Benefit shall be paid, in a single lump sum within 60 days following the date of death, to the Beneficiary designated in accordance with Section 6.1.
If a Participant dies after terminating his employment with the Employer, but before the commencement of payments to the Participant hereunder, the Actuarial Equivalent of the entire value of the Participants Accrued Benefit shall be paid, in a single lump sum within 60 days following the date of death, to the Beneficiary designated in accordance with Section 6.1.
ARTICLE VI -BENEFICIARIES; PARTICIPANT DATA
6.1 DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARIES. Each Participant from time to time may designate any person or persons (who may be named contingently or successively) to receive such benefits as may be payable under the Plan upon or after the Participants death, and such designation may be changed from time to time by the Participant by filing a new designation. Each designation will revoke all prior designations by the same Participant, shall be in a form prescribed by the Employer, and will be effective only when filed in writing with the Employer during the Participants lifetime.
In the absence of a valid Beneficiary designation, or if, at the time any benefit payment is due to a Beneficiary, there in no living Beneficiary validly named by the Participant, the Employer shall pay any such benefit payment to the Participants spouse, if then living, but otherwise to the Participants then living descendants, if any, per stripes, but, if none, to the Participants estate. In determining the existence of identity of anyone entitled to a benefit payment, the Employer may rely conclusively upon information supplied by the Participants personal representative, executor or administrator. If a question arises as to the existence or identity of anyone entitled to receive a benefit payment as aforesaid, or if a dispute arises with respect to any such payment, then, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Employer, in its sole discretion, may distribute such payment to the Participants estate without liability for any tax or other consequences which might flow therefrom, or may take such other action as the Employer deems to be appropriate.
3
6.2 INFORMATION TO BE FURNISHED BY PARTICIPANTS AND BENEFICIARIES; INABILITY TO LOCATE PARTICIPANTS OR BENEFICIARIES. Any communication, statement or notice addressed to the Participant or to a Beneficiary at his last post office address as shown on the Employers records shall be binding on the Participant or Beneficiary for all purposes of the Plan. The Employer shall not be obligated to search for any Participant or Beneficiary beyond the sending of a registered letter to such last known address. If the Employer notifies any Participant or Beneficiary that he is entitled to an amount under the Plan and the Participant or Beneficiary fails to claim such amount or make his location known to the Employer within three (3) years thereafter, then, except as otherwise required by law, if the location of one or more of the next of kin of the Participant is known to the Employer, the Employer may direct distribution of such amount to anyone or more or all of such next of kin, and such proportions as the Employer determines. If the location of note of the foregoing persons can be determined, the Employer shall have the right to direct that the amount payable shall be deemed to be a forfeiture, except that the dollar amount of the forfeiture, unadjusted for deemed gains or losses in the interim, shall be paid by the Employer if a claim for the benefit subsequently is made by the Participant or the Beneficiary to whom it was payable. If a benefit payable to an unallocated Participant or Beneficiary is subject to escheat pursuant to applicable state law, the Employer shall not be liable to any person for any payment made in accordance with such law.
ARTICLE VII -ADMINISTRATION
7.1 ADMINISTRATIVE AUTHORITY. Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, the Employer shall have the sole responsibility for and the sole control of the operation and administration of the Plan, and shall have the power and authority to take all action and to make all decisions and interpretations which may be necessary or appropriate in order to administer and operate the Plan, including, without limiting the generality ofthe foregoing, the power, duty and responsibility to;
(a) Resolve and determine all disputes or questions arising under the Plan, including the power to detetmine the rights ofthe Patiicipant and Beneficiaries, their respective benefits, and to remedy any ambiguities, inconsistencies or omissions in the Plan.
(b) Adopt such rules or procedures and regulations as in its opinion may be necessary for the proper and efficient administration ofthe Plan and are consistent with the Plan.
(c) Implement the Plan in accordance with the terms and the rules and regulations adopted as above.
4
(d) Make determinations with respect to the Participant and make determinations concerning the crediting and distribution of Plan Accounts.
(e) Appoint any persons or firms, or otherwise act to secure specialized advice or assistance, as it deems necessary or desirable in connection with the administration and operation of the Plan, and the Employer shall be entitled to rely conclusively upon, and shall be fully protected in any action or omission taken by it in good faith reliance upon, the advice or opinion of such firms or persons. The Employer shall have the power and authority to delegate from time to time by written instrument all or any part obits duties, powers or responsibilities under the Plan, both ministerial and discretionary, as it deems appropriate, to any person or committee, and in the same mariner to revoke any such delegation of duties, powers or responsibilities. Any action of such person or committee in the exercise of such delegated duties, powers or responsibilities shall have the same force and effect for all purposes hereunder as if such action had been taken by the Employer. Further, the Employer may authorize one or more persons to execute any certificate or document on behalf of the Employer, in which any person notified by the Employer of such authorization shall be entitled to accept and conclusively rely upon any such certificate or document executed by such person as representing action by the Employer until such third person shall have been notified of the revocation of such authority.
7.2 UNIFORMITY OF DISCRETIONARY ACTS. Whenever in the administration or operation of the Plan discretionary actions by the Employer are required or permitted, such actions shall be consistently and uniformly applied to all persons similarly situated, and no such action shall be taken which shall discriminate in favor of any particular person or group of persons.
7.3 LITIGATION. Except as may be otherwise required by law, in any action or judicial proceeding affecting the Plan, the Participant or his Beneficiary shall be entitled to any notice or service or process, and any final judgment entered in such action shall be binding on all persons interested in, or claiming under, the Plan.
7.4 PAYMENT OF ADMINISTRATION EXPENSES. All expenses incurred in the administration and operation of the Plan, including any taxes payable by the Employer in respect of the Plan, shall be paid by the Employer.
ARTICLE VIII . AMENDMENT
8.1 RIGHT TO AMEND. The Employer, by written instrument executed by the Employer, shall have the right to amend the Plan, at any time and with respect to any provisions hereof, and all parties hereto or claiming any interest hereunder shall be bound by such amendment; provided, however, that no such amendment shall deprive the Participant or his Beneficiary of a right accrued hereunder prior to the date of the amendment.
8.2 AMENDMENTS TO ENSURE PROPER CHARACTERIZATION OF THE PLAN. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 8.1, the Plan agreement may be amended by the Employer at any time, retroactively if required, if found necessary, in the opinion of the Employer, in order to conform the Plan to the provision and requirements of any applicable law (including ERISA and the Code). No such amendment shall be considered prejudicial to any interest of the Participant or a Beneficiary hereunder.
5
ARTICLE IX -TERMINATION
9.1 EMPLOYERS RIGHT TO TERMINATE OR SUSPEND PLAN. The Employer reserves the right, at any time, to terminate the Plan and/or its obligation to make farther credits to the Plan Participant. The Employer also reserves the right, at any time to suspend the operation of the Plan for a fixed or indeterminate period of time.
9.2 AUTOMATIC TERMINATION OF PLAN. The Plan, but not its accrued benefits, automatically shall terminate upon the dissolution of the Employer, or upon its merger into or consolidation with any other corporation or business organization if there is a failure by the surviving cooperation or business organization to adopt specifically and agree to continue the Plan.
(a) If the Employer terminates the Plan within thirty (30) days before, or twelve (12) months after a change in control (as defined in Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-3(i)(5)), the Actuarial Equivalent of the Participants Accrued Benefit shall be distributed in a lump sum as soon as practicable following such termination of the Plan, provided that all distributions are made no later than twelve (12) months following such termination of the Plan and further provided that all of the Employers plans that would be aggregated with this Plan under Code Section 409A or the regulations thereunder are terminated so that all participants in the similar arrangements are required to receive all amounts of compensation deferred under the terminated plans within twelve (12) months of the termination of the plans.
(b) If the Employer terminates the Plan upon the Employers dissolution or with the approval of a bankruptcy court, the Actuarial Equivalent of the Participants Accrued Benefit shall be distributed in a lump sum as soon as practicable following such termination of the Plan, provided that the amounts deferred under the Plan are included in the Participants gross income in the latest of (i) the calendar year in which the Plan terminates; (ii) the calendar year in which the amount is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture; or (iii) the first calendar year in which the distribution is administratively practical.
9.3 SUSPENSION OF DEFERRALS. In the event of a suspension of the Plan, the Employer shall continue all aspects of the Plan, other than benefit accruals, during the period of the suspension in accordance with Articles IV and V.
9.4 ALLOCATION AND DISTRIBUTION. This Section shall become operative on a complete termination of the Plan. The provisions of this Section also shall become operative in the event of a partial termination of the Plan, as determined by the Employer, but only with respect to that portion of the Plan attributable to the Participant.
ARTICLE X -MISCELLANEOUS
10.1 LIMITATIONS ON LIABILITY OF THE EMPLOYER. Neither the establishment of the Plan nor any modification thereof, nor the creation of any account under the Plan, nor the payment of any benefits under the Plan shall be construed as giving to any Participant or other parson any legal or equitable right against the Employer, or any officer or employer thereof except as provided by law or by any Plan provision. In no event shall the Employer, or any successor, employee, officer, director, or stockholder of the Employer, be liable to any person on account of any claim arising by reason of the provisions of the Plan or of any instrument or instruments implementing its provisions, or for the failure of the Participant, Beneficiary, or other person to be entitled to any particular tax consequences with respect to the Plan, or any credit or distribution hereunder.
6
10.2 CONSTRUCTION. If any provision of the Plan is held to be illegal or void, such illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining provisions of the Plan, but shall be fully severable, and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if said illegal or invalid provision had never been inserted herein. For all purposes of the Plan, where the context admits, the singular shall include the plural, and the plural shall include the singular. The headings of articles and sections herein are inserted only for convenience of reference and are not to be considered in the construction of the Plan. Participation under this Plan will not give the Participant the right to be retained in the service of the Employer or any right or claim to any benefit under the Plan unless such right or claim has specifically accrued hereunder.
The Plan is intended to be and at all time shall be interpreted and administered, so as to qualify as an unfunded deferred compensation plan, and no provision of the Plan shall be interpreted so as to give any individual any light in any assets of the Employer which right is greater than the rights of a general unsecured creditor of the Employer.
10.3 SPENDTHRIFT PROVISION. No amount payable to the Participant or Beneficiary under the Plan will, except as otherwise specifically provided by law, be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, attachment, garnishment, sale, transfer, assignment (either at law or in equity), levy execution, pledge, encumbrance, charge, or any other legal or equitable process, and any attempt to do so will be void; nor will any benefit be in any manner liable for or subject to the debts, contracts, liabilities, engagements, or torts of the person entitled thereto. Further, (i) the withholding of taxes from Plan benefits, (ii) the recovery under the Plan of overpayments of benefits previously made to the Participant or Beneficiary, (iii) if applicable, the transfer of benefit rights from the Plan to another plan, or (iv) the direct deposit of benefit payments to an account in a banking institution (if not actually part of an arrangement constituting an assignment or alienation) shall not be construed as an assignment or alienation.
In the event that the Participants or Beneficiarys benefits hereunder are garnished or attached by order of any court, the Employer may bring an action or a declaratory judgment in a court of competent jurisdiction to determine the proper recipient of the benefits to be paid under the Plan. During the pendency of said action, any benefits that become payable shall be held as credits to the Participants or Beneficiarys Account or, if the Employer prefers, paid into the court as they become payable, to be distributed by the court to the recipient as the court deems proper at close of said action.
7
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Employer has caused the Plan to be executed and its seal to be affixed hereto, effective as of the 31st day of December, 2008.
NAME OF PARTICIPANT | ||
Craig W. Best | ||
/s/ Craig W. Best |
||
NAME OF EMPLOYER | ||
Penn Security Bank & Trust Company | ||
/s/ Richard P. Rossi |
||
Richard P. Rossi | ||
Senior Vice President, HR |
8
EXHIBIT 21.1
LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES
Penn Security Bank and Trust Company
EXHIBIT 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (No. 333-166886) of Penseco Financial Services Corporation of our report dated March 14, 2011 relating to the financial statements and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010.
/s/ McGrail Merkel Quinn & Associates |
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania |
March 14, 2011 |
Exhibit 31.1
CERTIFICATIONS
I, Craig W. Best, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this Form 10-K of Penseco Financial Services Corporation;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrants other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f))for the registrant and have:
a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrants disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrants internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrants most recent fiscal quarter (the registrants fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrants internal control over financial reporting; and
5. The registrants other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrants auditors and the audit committee of the registrants board of directors:
a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrants ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrants internal control over financial reporting.
Date: March 14, 2011
/s/ Craig W. Best |
Craig W. Best |
(Principal Executive Officer) |
President and CEO |
Exhibit 31.2
I, Patrick Scanlon, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this Form 10-K of Penseco Financial Services Corporation;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrants other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f))for the registrant and have:
a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrants disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrants internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrants most recent fiscal quarter (the registrants fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrants internal control over financial reporting; and
5. The registrants other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrants auditors and the audit committee of the registrants board of directors:
a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrants ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrants internal control over financial reporting.
Date: March 14, 2011
/s/ Patrick Scanlon |
Patrick Scanlon |
Senior Vice President, Finance Division Head |
(Principal Financial Officer) |
Exhibit 32.1
CERTIFICATION OF PERIODIC FINANCIAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (subsection (a) and (b) of Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code), the undersigned officer of Penseco Financial Services Corporation (the Company) certifies to the best of his knowledge that:
(1) The Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2010 (the Form 10-K) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the Act); and
(2) The information contained in the Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company as for the dates and for the periods referred to in the Form 10-K.
/s/ Craig W. Best |
Craig W. Best |
President and CEO |
(Principal Executive Officer) |
March 14, 2011 |
Exhibit 32.2
CERTIFICATION OF PERIODIC FINANCIAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (subsection (a) and (b) of Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code), the undersigned officer of Penseco Financial Services Corporation (the Company) certifies to the best of his knowledge that:
(1) The Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2010 (the Form 10-K) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the Act); and
(2) The information contained in the Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company as for the dates and for the periods referred to in the Form 10-K.
/s/ Patrick Scanlon |
Patrick Scanlon |
Senior Vice President, Finance Division Head |
(Principal Financial Officer) |
March 14, 2011 |